summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-02-06 23:31:03 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-02-06 23:31:03 -0800
commit45a7c8752cb00c03777f426a5b248f33153333f7 (patch)
tree49a72b2f110bd50241774ef10bdf89bfe54fdc24
parent242b5fcf9489d7fc93dd6dcb6c00b95e01836e68 (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/54364-8.txt6077
-rw-r--r--old/54364-8.zipbin107737 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/54364-h.zipbin409568 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/54364-h/54364-h.htm8924
-rw-r--r--old/54364-h/images/cover.jpgbin198258 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/54364-h/images/frontis.jpgbin94860 -> 0 bytes
9 files changed, 17 insertions, 15001 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca00cd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #54364 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/54364)
diff --git a/old/54364-8.txt b/old/54364-8.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c3684f..0000000
--- a/old/54364-8.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6077 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Brighton Boys in the Submarine Treasure
-Ship, by Lieutenant James R. Driscoll
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-
-Title: The Brighton Boys in the Submarine Treasure Ship
-
-Author: Lieutenant James R. Driscoll
-
-Release Date: March 14, 2017 [EBook #54364]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BRIGHTON BOYS ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by David Edwards, Ralph and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (Images courtesy
-of the Digital Library@Villanova University
-(http://digital.library.villanova.edu/))
-
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber's Note:
-
- Italic text is denoted by _underscores_.
- Punctuation and possible typographical errors have been changed.
- Archaic, variable and inconsistent spelling and hyphenation have been
- preserved.
-
-
-
-
-THE BRIGHTON BOYS SERIES
-
-BY
-
-LIEUTENANT JAMES R. DRISCOLL
-
-
- THE BRIGHTON BOYS WITH THE FLYING CORPS
-
- THE BRIGHTON BOYS IN THE TRENCHES
-
- THE BRIGHTON BOYS WITH THE BATTLE FLEET
-
- THE BRIGHTON BOYS IN THE RADIO SERVICE
-
- THE BRIGHTON BOYS WITH THE SUBMARINE FLEET
-
- THE BRIGHTON BOYS WITH THE ENGINEERS AT CANTIGNY
-
- THE BRIGHTON BOYS AT CHATEAU-THIERRY
-
- THE BRIGHTON BOYS AT ST. MIHIEL
-
- THE BRIGHTON BOYS IN THE ARGONNE
-
- THE BRIGHTON BOYS IN TRANSATLANTIC FLIGHT
-
- THE BRIGHTON BOYS IN THE SUBMARINE TREASURE SHIP
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: THE TORPEDO HAD STRUCK SQUARELY ABAFT THE SHIP'S
-MAGAZINE]
-
-
-
-
- The BRIGHTON BOYS in the
- Submarine Treasure Ship
-
-
- BY
- LIEUTENANT JAMES R. DRISCOLL
-
-
- ILLUSTRATED
-
-
- THE JOHN C. WINSTON COMPANY
- PHILADELPHIA
-
-
-
-
- Copyright, 1920, by
- THE JOHN C. WINSTON CO.
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER PAGE
-
- I. NEW WORLDS TO CONQUER 9
-
- II. "DOWN WITH THE REDS!" 20
-
- III. SIGNED UP FOR SALVAGE 31
-
- IV. ON THE GOLDEN TRAIL 42
-
- V. A SUBMARINE PICKPOCKET 54
-
- VI. JAY FIGHTS FOR HIS LIFE 66
-
- VII. DIAMONDS ARE TRUMP 78
-
- VIII. UNCLE SAM CALLS 90
-
- IX. FOUND--ONE U-BOAT! 102
-
- X. CAUGHT WITH THE GOODS 114
-
- XI. THE SPY 125
-
- XII. INTRODUCING THE "JULES VERNE" 137
-
- XIII. DIVING DE LUXE 148
-
- XIV. AN UNEXPECTED FIND 159
-
- XV. TRAPPED IN THE DIVING BELL 170
-
- XVI. AN EXPLOSION IMPENDS 179
-
- XVII. A DOG TO THE RESCUE 191
-
- XVIII. HONORS FOR HEROES 202
-
- XIX. IN THE PIRATES' NEST 214
-
- XX. THE TREASURE RECLAIMED 227
-
- XXI. BACK TO BRIGHTON 239
-
-
-
-
-The Brighton Boys in the Submarine Treasure Ship
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-NEW WORLDS TO CONQUER
-
-
-"Look, Dick, what's that out there in the water right on the line of
-that ventilator?"
-
-Jay Thacker, ensign in the Navy of the United States, veteran of many
-months' service in the grand fleet of the American Admiral Sims in
-European waters, grabbed his old chum Dick Monaghan by the coat sleeve
-and pointed a long lean finger out to the open expanse of sea.
-
-The two bronzed boys, rugged and fit after their experiences of the
-Great War, erect and sturdy looking in their natty uniforms, stood on
-the aft deck of the giant _Leviathan_, United States army transport,
-once the pride of the German merchant marine, now a carrier of men and
-merchandise sailing under the Stars and Stripes.
-
-Homeward bound were they after two years' service in the naval branch
-of their country's armed forces. Once ordinary seamen Richard Monaghan
-and Jay Thacker, back in the days when they had left Brighton Academy
-on a balmy spring morning to enlist in the Navy, they were coming
-back Ensigns Monaghan and Thacker, if you please! By virtue of their
-splendid records while with the American fleet, they had won the
-deserved promotions that had brought them to their present rank.
-
-Through many weary months they had labored in the mine-sweeping section
-of the fleet, alternating with the French and English in clearing the
-North Sea of the deadly floating bombs set adrift by the scions of the
-German eagle, who sought thus to destroy those riding battleships that
-had awaited all in vain the coming out of the monster German fleet
-from the safe retreat of the Kiel Canal. It had been hard, tedious,
-dangerous work; work to sorely try the nerve and patience of men whose
-great desire had been to meet the Hun in the open sea in a free-for-all
-fight.
-
-But better things had remained in store for these two valiant sons
-of Brighton who had turned their backs on their dear old alma mater
-to honor the call of their country. It had been allotted to them,
-along with other chosen men of the American fleet, to lay the famous
-mine barrier across the northern bottle of the North Sea--from the
-craggy shores of Scotland to the embracing waters of the Scandinavian
-countries. And it had been a great day when the marvelous task had
-been completed, but there followed a greater day when the first
-of the German raiders had run afoul of the mighty barrier and had
-been "knocked for a goal" as Dick put it. What a rejoicing when the
-President of the United States and the Secretary of the Navy had cabled
-the thanks of a grateful nation to every last man in the fleet for this
-splendid bit of service that had written a new chapter high in the
-pages of Yankee naval history!
-
-Now it was all over; the long days and nights of untiring vigils, of
-tempestuous tussles with the elements, and hard, unrelenting toil.
-Back home now to the country they had left in the long ago; to the old
-friends and familiar places they had dreamed about in the monotony of
-the long night hours at sea. Two years away from home and dear old
-Brighton! The hours dragged slowly while the great ship _Leviathan_
-ploughed the deep with her cargo of enlisted officers and men, now
-mustered out of service and awaiting only the lowering of the
-gangplank at Hoboken until they would be back again in "civvies" and
-the comforts of life again.
-
-"What do you mean? I don't see anything," replied Dick in answer to his
-chum's startled exclamation.
-
-"Don't you see it--something sticking up out of the water like a long
-spar, or an old masthead of some sort?" continued Jay. He got behind
-his chum now and pointed over his shoulder.
-
-Dick peered more intently into the misty haze that hung low over the
-horizon.
-
-"Blamed if I can see anything, old pal, except the blue expanse of
-water. Guess maybe you are dreaming, or perhaps old man Neptune, King
-of the Deep, has thrust one of the prongs of his trident up through the
-waves."
-
-Monaghan guessed his old "bunkie" was "seeing things."
-
-"Nothing of the sort," retorted Jay. "Now look again, old top, just
-where I tell you to." Thacker was positive he beheld some odd object on
-the crest of the sea probably two miles or more away.
-
-As they looked together again their old friend Fismes, dancing at
-their feet on the transport deck, manifested an interest in the
-proceedings by setting up a raucous barking. Good old Fismes! Once a
-mascot aboard a German cruiser, he had been flung to the embrace of
-old ocean's gray and melancholy waste on a fateful day when one of
-the dandy little American submarines, with a single sting from its
-scorpion-like torpedo chamber, had blown the Hun warship off the map
-of the world. Swimming in the water, all but exhausted, he had been
-picked up by the American crew of which Thacker and Monaghan were
-members. By right of their first aid measures he had been allotted to
-the two Brighton boys by common consent, and he, too, was coming along
-to America as the most treasured war trophy the two lads possessed.
-Through all the long days Fismes had been a close companion. Sleek and
-fat as a result of good care and plentiful food, he was a favorite
-among all the retiring service men.
-
-"Keep still, Fismes; no more subs, old boy," cautioned Jay, remembering
-how the dog invariably had kicked up all kind of canine didoes every
-time there had been a likelihood of "going into action," after he had
-"joined up" with Uncle Sam.
-
-"Do you see it now?" asked Jay with a show of impatience.
-
-Dick was scanning the skyline intently.
-
-"Sure, I get you, old man," he replied after closer scrutiny of the
-water. "Now I see it, sure as guns. About two points off the starboard
-quarter. What in the world is it?" he continued, shading his eyes with
-cupped hands the better to focus on the object.
-
-"Blamed if I know," answered Jay. "Wait a minute. I'll run down to
-quarters and get the glasses."
-
-Off he dashed with Fismes at his heels, leaving his chum standing at
-the rail. In a moment he was back with a burnished pair of binoculars
-which, once adjusted, he trained on the floating object in the sea.
-
-"Just what I doped it to be," affirmed Jay after one long look. "A
-masthead bobbing up and down in the water. Some old battered hulk of a
-ship that has sailed its last long voyage, sure as you are born."
-
-Dick reached for the glasses. "Let's have a look," he requested.
-
-Jay extended the binoculars, and it took only one hurried glance on the
-part of his chum to corroborate the former's surmise.
-
-"Guess you're right, pal," confirmed Dick. "A derelict loose in the
-pathway of ocean traffic. Some one of the vessels belonging to the
-allied nations probably sunk by one of the German submarines during the
-war. Gone to her last resting-place in the salty brine."
-
-After studying the derelict for several minutes the two ensigns hurried
-off to the executive officer of the _Leviathan_ to report their find.
-They found him, too, with glasses examining the derelict.
-
-"Beg pardon, sir, but we thought perhaps you hadn't seen it," said Jay
-deferentially.
-
-The officer nodded a smiling assent. He was busy taking the latitude
-and longitude of the wreck to report to maritime quarters in New York
-and London by wireless. No use stopping, for nothing could be done; the
-derelict would float until some salvage crew came to blow it up or take
-it in tow--a menace to all shipping traveling this way.
-
-Back to the rail hurried the two young officers, intent on studying
-the wreck as long as it remained within vision. Their discussion fell
-naturally into the number of grand old ships that had gone down during
-the war--the "wind-jammers" of earlier days, the sailing craft that had
-been drafted for service in the transportation of supplies, and the
-still more modern steam craft--all of them victims of the submarine's
-merciless hunger for tonnage through four years of frenzied world war.
-
-"Many gallant old ships down there under the waves," remarked Jay as
-he peered thoughtfully over the rail into the swirling waters that
-were churned into a mad rapids by the massive propeller blades of the
-_Leviathan_.
-
-Dick slung the glasses over his shoulder and fell into the speculative
-mood of his old Brighton roommate.
-
-"Right you are, Jay; good old ships of the line that have anchored for
-the last time on the bottom of the sea. Imbedded in silt or wasting
-away on their rocky beds. Gone but not forgotten."
-
-Jay stirred from his revery.
-
-"Not so sure about that 'gone but not forgotten' stuff," was his
-observation. "Science will never let all those ships stay there for
-keeps--not on your tin cup. Think of all the ships sunk! Think of the
-billions of cargo that went down with them--billions of dollars' worth
-of valuable stuff of all kinds."
-
-"Yes, and most of it perishable like foodstuffs, grain and the like
-that by this time has crumbled into decay deep down in Davy Jones'
-locker," broke in Dick.
-
-"Yes, I know," continued Jay, "but how about all the coal that could
-be reclaimed? Think of the ores and the steel and the guns and shells
-and stuff like that; they would still be good should they ever be
-reclaimed. And oh, boy, think of all the gold bullion and the silver
-and all the priceless stuff that's still as good as the day it first
-saw the rays of the sun. Man alive!"
-
-Jay's eyes sparkled at the thought of the treasure deep down in the
-fathoms--ransoms big enough to buy whole countries of the earth!
-
-"Yes, I know, but how you going to get it up?" interrogated Dick.
-Conservative old Dick! He was figuratively from Missouri, and had to be
-shown any proposition in cold facts and figures before he would dive
-in--except when it was an order of duty. Then he was Johnny-on-the-spot
-with all his heart and soul, wherever duty took him.
-
-"Get wise to yourself," counseled Jay, throwing his arm affectionately
-about his chum's shoulders. "You know as well as I do that it's
-possible; that salvagers can wrest a big bunch of that good old mazuma
-from 'Pop' Neptune.
-
-"You ought to know; you've seen for yourself how it can be done," went
-on Jay at a rapid rate.
-
-Both boys had, indeed, had sufficient experience under the water to
-acquaint them with the fundamentals of deep-sea salvage. While serving
-with the Yankee fleets abroad, particularly in the laying of the North
-Sea mine wall, they had taken many a dip in diving armor below the
-surface of the sea. True, it had not been in the exploration of sunken
-ships or the reclamation of submerged cargoes; but their long, hard
-hours "down below" while adjusting mine screens and bombs had qualified
-them as first class divers in the strictest sense of the word.
-
-"Sure, I know; I was only kidding. I just wanted to see what you
-would say," was Dick's rejoinder. But while he was convinced that
-nonperishable cargoes could be reclaimed, he was inclined to be
-skeptical about the raising of sunken ships.
-
-"Well, you just wait, old pal, and see what Uncle Sam, Johnny Bull, and
-the rest of them do," argued Jay. "They are raising the Hun warships in
-Scapa Flow right now, and pretty soon you'll see them go after all the
-cargo ships that lie in shallow water. I'll wager you an apple against
-a swell feed at the Astor those Germans are out after them already."
-
-"I reckon you are right," put in Dick after a moment's reflection.
-
-"And as for me, I'd like nothing better than to ship with a salvage
-crew this summer until Brighton opens in the fall." Jay said it with a
-broad grin.
-
-Dick surveyed his chum for a moment, looking full in his eyes.
-
-"On the level?" he queried rather incredulously.
-
-"Nothing would strike me better--action for mine," snapped Jay. "Holy
-smoke! think of the chance to stock up on some big coin! If a fellow
-got in right he could lay away enough to finish at Brighton and go on
-to college. I'd go in a minute if the chance developed."
-
-Like a flash the whole picture opened up to Dick--an opportunity to use
-the experience they had gained in the Navy to rake in some good honest
-"kale" during the summer recess.
-
-"Dad burn it! Hanged if I wouldn't go in myself," came his convincing
-reply as he thrust his arm into the arm of his chum and set off across
-decks in answer to the evening mess call.
-
-The chance to reclaim lost treasure measured in millions from the very
-bottom of the sea--something that Jules Verne had only pictured.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-"DOWN WITH THE REDS!"
-
-
-"Come on, Fismes, old boy; you've been with us in more than one pinch
-and saw us safely through," called Jay a few mornings later to the
-famous dog of war that he and Dick Monaghan had brought home with them
-from the North Sea.
-
-Ensigns Thacker and Monaghan, home less than a week, were losing no
-time. It was only three months until the opening of Brighton Academy
-for the fall term, and both lads were keen on getting back again to
-finish their preparatory school courses. A job! That was what they
-wanted. The chance to earn a few dollars that would go a long way
-toward seeing them through their final year at Brighton.
-
-Jay was a fatherless lad whose dad had lost his life some years
-previously in the big shipyard that was one of the major industries of
-the hustling New England city of Bridgeford. His mother had been able
-to make things go by reason of a small English estate left her by an
-aunt, together with an allowance provided by the shipbuilding company.
-An only sister had made ready money during the war in the central
-offices. Jay had helped work his way through three years at Brighton
-and was all set on a college career.
-
-His chum, Dick Monaghan, came of a family of moderate means. Neither
-lad was averse to good honest toil, and invariably spent the summer
-recess between school years working in the shipyards at one job or
-another. Tall, well-built as a result of their athletic training on
-the football field and in the "gym" at Brighton, they could stack up
-against the toughest kind of work and get away with it.
-
-Back from war, without funds except for the final pay-off, they were
-out again for a summer job. The home-coming had been a joyous reunion;
-hearty handshakes, reminiscences of the long campaign and a friendly
-succession of "Good work, boys," and "We're proud of you." But the job
-was now the thing--and the sooner the better for this pair.
-
-"Come on, Fismes, you'll have to help us put this over," sang out Dick,
-as he swung alongside his chum, and together they set their faces
-toward the waterfront, with the dog tagging along at their heels.
-
-"Think we'll have any trouble horning in again at the old works,"
-suggested Dick as they elbowed their way along, bowing to various
-friends whom they chanced to pass.
-
-"Well, they've been laying some of the hands off, according to what I
-hear," answered Jay. "However, there's no telling until we try; there
-may be a chance for a couple of retired seadogs."
-
-"Here's hoping," was Dick's optimistic sally.
-
-Soon they were in sight of the familiar old shipyard; the giant
-steel-framed shipways looming against the sky like monster spider webs;
-the throbbing rat-tat-tat of the riveting machines borne into their
-ears with a haunting familiarity.
-
-"Just the same as ever, kiddo," laughed Jay, as he turned to his chum.
-
-"Only bigger and busier than ever finishing up contracts," came the
-reply.
-
-They were edging toward the main gate, when some one came hurrying up
-behind and literally threw himself upon the two lads.
-
-"Well, I'll be horn-swaggled if it ain't me good old buddies Jay
-Thacker and Dick Monaghan," came the precipitous cry. "Mit me, boys,
-I'm tickled to death to see you all again."
-
-Turning, the Brighton boys found themselves face to face with their
-old friend, Larry Seymour, one of their old Bridgeford crowd who had
-gone away into the army early in the war. Larry, the life of the party,
-who could find fun in a funeral and keep things stirring all the time.
-
-"Hello, Larry," the chums exclaimed in unison, fairly hugging the
-newcomer. It had been more than two years since they had last met. And
-what a lot had happened! Larry was in overalls and begrimed with all
-the firsthand evidences of toil.
-
-"Working in the yard?" asked Dick after the hand-pumping had subsided
-and they had told somewhat in hurried detail where they had been and
-what they had been doing since last they were together.
-
-"Am I working? Say, bo, if rivets was railroad spikes I'd have built a
-line to Mars by way of Venus and all around to the moon again," was the
-bantering reply.
-
-"Think we can land a job again?" asked Dick.
-
-"Aces beat deuces every time, fellows," was Larry's somewhat flippant
-reply. "If you guys can't get a job at the works again then the figure
-of Justice in the courthouse has lost the scales she's been carrying in
-her good right fist all these years."
-
-Dick and Jay were absorbing some of the optimism of their stout-hearted
-old friend. They had been a bit dubious about being able to get a job
-right away; and time meant a whole lot when it was only ninety days or
-so until the opening of Brighton.
-
-"Montey Brown still boss of the yard?" queried Jay of the newcomer. He
-referred to Montague Brown, who for years had been yard superintendent
-of Bridgeford's bustling shipbuilding industry. Brown had told the boys
-when they went away into the service that their old jobs would be ready
-for them.
-
-"Bet your life he's still around," was Larry's reassuring reply, to
-which he added, somewhat facetiously: "Montey couldn't be pried away
-from Bridgeford Yard by all the king's horses and all the king's men."
-
-In lightning style Seymour traced the activities of the old workshop
-during the period of his re-employment following the expiration of his
-army term. During the war, it appeared, the yard had sailed serenely
-along, turning out new tonnage at a record-breaking clip, particularly
-vessels and equipment for the United States Navy.
-
-Since the armistice there had come a change over the works. The places
-of hundreds of men who had gone out into the service had been taken
-for the most part by workmen of foreign birth. Many of them illiterate
-and unappreciative of American freedom, they had fallen easy prey to
-the radical labor leaders who had sprung up within the works like
-mushrooms growing overnight.
-
-Preaching the doctrines of the Russian Reds, these extremists in
-economic thought had sown discord among the rank and file of the
-men, particularly the foreigners, preaching the dictatorship of the
-proletariat, which meant that the men who work with their hands must be
-the masters. Jay and Dick heard to their surprise that during the time
-the brave boys of America had been offering their services, their very
-lives, for their country, these Bolshevists had been openly plotting
-against the whole republican plan of American life.
-
-"Secret meetings, wild speeches and all kinds of goings on," muttered
-Larry. "All the time talking about strikes and walkouts, and even
-threatening among themselves to take over the whole blamed works and
-run 'em themselves."
-
-To the two naval veterans, who had always shared a distinctive pride
-in the big shipyard, this seemed an incredible state of affairs;
-laborers who had enjoyed fancy wages during the time of the war while
-millions of loyal Americans were serving abroad now fanning the flames
-of industrial revolution!
-
-"Looks like there was lots more good work cut out for us fellows right
-here at home," was Dick's rather caustic comment.
-
-"You bet your life there is, and we are getting back on the job just
-in time so far as I can see," was Larry's rejoinder, as he went on to
-relate some of the later developments in the yard's labor situation.
-Only the previous night, it appeared, the strike leaders, in a long
-and noisy meeting, had decided to submit their claims forthwith for a
-seven-hour day and a forty percent increase in wages.
-
-"Things are likely to open up right lively then on a moment's notice,"
-remarked Dick.
-
-"No telling when and what them bullshevicks is liable to pull off,"
-offered Seymour.
-
-By now the trio had arrived before the main gate of the yard. Old Bill
-Cavanaugh, the veteran watchman, recognized the two Brighton boys in
-an instant and gave them a hearty welcome. No need for a pass here,
-since no more popular boys had ever passed the gate than Dick and Jay.
-Fismes, too, got by with a wag of his tail.
-
-"Hello, what's this," whistled Larry, as he directed attention across
-the yard to an open space fronting the administration building. Three
-or four score men, riggers, riveters, yard laborers of all kinds, were
-swaying to and fro around one who seemed buffeted about like a huge
-cork in a mountain brook. Loud cries, angry voices, mingled oaths and
-the strident tones of inflamed speakers rent the air. They seemed to be
-venting their anger on the lone figure in the midst of the turbulent
-group.
-
-"Looks like a sure enough riot," surmised Dick.
-
-The three youths came to a dead stop eager to get a line on what was
-going on and to make out if possible what it was all about.
-
-"Let's move up closer and get an earful," suggested Dick. At once the
-trio headed across the yard toward the scene of trouble.
-
-"Likely more of this Red stuff," Seymour was saying. Hardly had the
-words escaped his lips before the demonstration, indeed, became a
-regular riot. With one accord, it seemed, the crowd closed in upon the
-beleaguered one in their midst. Louder and louder grew their voices.
-Cries of "Punch the stiff!" and "Soak him!" could be heard at this
-distance.
-
-"Looks like rough stuff here, boys," cried Dick, alarmed at the antics
-of the crowd and fearful for the fate of the lone figure whose face was
-lost in the pack of swirling humanity.
-
-"And just about time that we took a hand in it; what do you say, boys?"
-came Jay's response.
-
-"With you all the way," replied the other two.
-
-Suiting action to words, Jay broke into a run, closely followed by Dick
-and Larry, with Fismes flying at their heels, barking furiously.
-
-Like a flying wedge the trio of sturdy war veterans descended upon the
-wrangling mob. Coming closer, the boys found the central figure in the
-mass now defending himself against clenched fists that were reaching
-out from every direction, trying to land blows on his face and body. He
-was a stalwart man of middle age who was hammering back blow for blow
-now against the heavy odds pressing against him.
-
-"Into them, fellows; lay it on thick," yelled Jay as he flung himself
-on the outer rim of rioters.
-
-Bang! Biff! Crack! Three flying figures, two of them in the uniform of
-the Navy, the third in blue, begrimed overalls, waded into the mass
-before them. Right and left they swung on their opponents, a snarling
-canine at their heels leaping with them into the midst of the mêlée.
-
-"Give it to them, fellows," roared Larry above the tumult as he laid
-out a greasy looking six-foot brute with a right uppercut under the
-chin, and followed suit with a smashing solar plexus on the abdomen of
-another towering belligerent.
-
-In another moment the fighting trio had cleaved a lane clear through
-the rioters to the side of that one lone figure who was still standing
-his ground. One swarthy and bewhiskered rioter who seemed to be the
-leader of the workmen was pummeling his victim with smashing blows.
-
-"This for you," bellowed Jay as he let loose with a terrific right
-arm swing full in the face. Down he went with a grunt of rage. Jay
-leaped to get another of the ring-leaders, but ere he landed the furry
-figure of a great dog flashed through the air, full upon Jay's intended
-victim. With a snarl of rage the animal set his teeth in the left leg
-of the surprised foreigner.
-
-"Bully for you, Fismes," cried Dick, as he closed with another
-antagonist.
-
-The fight lasted not more than a minute. Two bronzed navy veterans, an
-ex-soldier with a fine record and a good old dog who had sense enough
-to stick with his friends against any odds--they were more than a match
-for a bunch of rioting strikers. Back fell the crowd before the fierce
-onslaught, scattering right and left, but not quick enough to evade the
-mounted shipyard police who came up on the gallop, swinging riot clubs
-with telling effect.
-
-With their backs to the rescued, the rescuers stood their ground until
-order had been restored. Only then did they turn to the man they had
-saved against the wrath of the mob.
-
-"Well, of all things, our old friend Montey Brown," cried Jay in
-surprise, recognizing at once the yard superintendent!
-
-"Jay Thacker! And Dick Monaghan! Did you ever? And Larry Seymour,"
-exclaimed the veteran official, bruised and battered, but smiling
-through it all.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-SIGNED UP FOR SALVAGE
-
-
-"By George! that was a narrow call for me," vouchsafed Brown, the yard
-superintendent, to the three rescuers, whom he had invited into his
-office following the tilt with the crowd of rioters. His face a mass of
-bruises, poor old Montey presented a sorry spectacle.
-
-"But for you fellows, to say nothing of this bully good dog of war of
-yours, things might have gone bad for me," he continued, still somewhat
-out of breath. "I'm deeply indebted to you chaps and feel I never can
-repay you."
-
-The boys bowed modestly and asked the old "super" to tell them what it
-all was about.
-
-A truculent delegation of the so-called "Reds," it appeared, had
-awaited the superintendent just outside his office, prepared to
-present their inordinate demands. Led by their more rabid leaders
-they had presented what was virtually an ultimatum, and finally had
-become menacing when Brown told them he would have to lay the whole
-proposition before the management.
-
-"We want an answer right now or we will start something," was their
-nasty reply. And as the superintendent had turned to make his way back
-into his offices they had closed in on him. One hot-headed belligerent
-had started the fireworks with a well-aimed blow, and then followed the
-riot.
-
-"But now it's all over and I have to thank you boys for your game stand
-against such odds," he concluded. In turn the superintendent quizzed
-the boys about where they had been and what they had been doing these
-last two years. He listened attentively to Jay's modest statement of
-facts, being particularly interested in the description of how the
-Americans had laid the mine curtain across the North Sea.
-
-"You both have had experience at deep-sea diving, haven't you?" he
-asked.
-
-The boys replied affirmatively, Dick adding some details.
-
-"And I reckon you are both after jobs for the summer, aren't you?" he
-asked again after learning that Jay and Dick expected to return to
-Brighton in the fall.
-
-"You're right," they replied together.
-
-"Well, you chaps come back to see me again day after to-morrow--nine
-o'clock in the morning right here in this office," said the
-superintendent. "I think I will have something at that time that may
-interest you," he added.
-
-The boys promised to be on hand at the designated time and were quite
-overjoyed at the prospect of something doing so soon--and right from
-the boss himself, too.
-
-"You might come along, too, Larry," the official turned to Seymour.
-"You sure gave me a boost just when I most needed it, and I reckon you
-are fit enough company for this particular project I have in mind."
-
-Larry eagerly accepted and said he certainly would be on deck. In a few
-minutes the trio withdrew from the private office, and once outside
-gave themselves over to all manner of speculation as to what the big
-boss had in mind.
-
-"It must be something good the way he talked," began Dick.
-
-"And whatever it is I'm in on it, for what Montey Brown goes in for
-anytime anywhere is sure to be a first-class proposition," added Jay.
-
-Larry was so happy over the turn of events he grabbed Fismes to him
-and gave the dog such a hug that the animal gasped.
-
-It was agreed they would meet outside the superintendent's office on
-the designated morning at five minutes before nine o'clock. Then the
-trio separated, Larry going back to his work on the ways and Dick and
-Jay adjourning uptown to mingle among some old friends and, among other
-things, to lay in new "civvies." The naval uniforms were to be laid
-aside as precious mementoes of the war.
-
-The two Brighton boys found themselves heroes before the day was
-over. When the afternoon papers came out on the street they contained
-two-column double-leaded accounts of the riot at the shipyard and of
-the spectacular part played by two navy veterans in the rescue of the
-yard superintendent. Everywhere they went they were hailed with a
-hearty welcome and given the glad hand.
-
-"Gosh, this is awful," moaned Jay after an old resident had nearly
-wrung his hand off with a demonstrative felicitation.
-
-"I'd sooner set mines in the deepest water than face much of this kind
-of music," wailed Dick in return.
-
-The two boys could scarcely contain themselves until the appointed
-hour when they were to meet Superintendent Brown in the works. The
-nearly forty-eight hours dragged by slowly for the youths who in their
-eagerness to find out what it was all about were down at the yard two
-days later a half hour before the appointed time.
-
-"Medals or mischief, whatever it is, here we go," snorted Larry, the
-irrepressible, as he joined the group. He was in working togs.
-
-Just at nine o'clock they sent in their names and were promptly
-admitted to the private office of the superintendent.
-
-"Good morning, boys, I see you are out bright and early, and all set
-for the big game," began that official.
-
-"At your service, sir," answered Jay.
-
-At one side of the superintendent's big desk sat a grizzled old
-chap who had all the earmarks of a salt-sea captain of a matured
-vintage--side whiskers, smooth brown skin and steely blue eyes that
-twinkled with merriment.
-
-"Gentlemen, I want you to meet Captain Dwight Austin, whom I will
-further identify a little later," said Brown indicating the fifth man
-in the room. Deferentially the latter got to his feet and shook hands
-all around with a crisp "Glad to meet you, boys."
-
-Brown indicated chairs and bade the boys be seated.
-
-"I have a proposition to make," he offered by way of introduction. "It
-may not appeal to you, and on the other hand it may."
-
-Drawing his chair closer to the table and surveying his auditors
-intently, the superintendent launched into his subject.
-
-"You all know that during the big war many valuable ships were sent to
-the bottom of the sea by the German U-boats, and that with them went
-precious cargoes of all kinds measured in wealth that can hardly be
-estimated. Many of these ships went down in shallow water, where they
-lie to-day awaiting the time when reconstructive men of all nations can
-set about the reclamation of this vast treasure that awaits them in the
-embrace of the briny deep."
-
-Jay and Dick glanced quickly at each other, recalling on the instant
-how only a few days ago they had discussed the same subject on the deck
-of the _Leviathan_ while observing a floating derelict.
-
-"I want to take you all into my confidence at this time," the
-superintendent was saying, "and if what I have to say does not interest
-you I must bind you to silence and ask that you say nothing of the
-matter to anyone. I trust you implicitly and feel that you will gladly
-acquiesce in the matter."
-
-The three lads eagerly agreed to abide by the will of the old yard boss.
-
-"All right, then," he went on. "Coming right down to brass tacks, our
-company is organizing a salvage company to go out after some of these
-lost ships and their cargoes. We have come into some new and original
-methods of stalking lost maritime game and have proved these processes
-by some very satisfactory experiments. Beyond all doubt we are in a
-position to say that the reclamation of millions of dollars' worth of
-lost cargoes, to say nothing of the raising of the ships, is a feasible
-proposition. Not only is it feasible, but we are about ready now to
-send forth our first salvage ship."
-
-Jay stirred in his chair. It was the fulfillment of his hazy dream--the
-groping for lost ships on the bottom of the sea and the exploration of
-their battered hulls!
-
-"What we want to do is to prove to the government that our ship salvage
-facilities are all that we claim for them," explained Brown. "It is
-our purpose to go out and work first on several ships that we have in
-mind right here on the Atlantic coast. Once we have demonstrated what
-we can do, we hope to take on government contracts under government
-auspices. It is all as clear as crystal in our minds."
-
-The superintendent paused for a moment while he lighted a cigar.
-
-"What I have in mind for you fellows is this," he added. "How would
-you like to ship aboard this first treasure ship of ours? I understood
-that you, Thacker, and you, too, Monaghan, had considerable experience
-diving over there in the North Sea."
-
-The boys nodded their assent.
-
-"Good enough," replied the official. "You are just the kind of men we
-are looking for. Good experienced divers. We know how well Uncle Sam
-trains them. As for you, Seymour, you proved your courage the other
-day, and while you may have had no diving experience we have a place
-for you. What do you say, boys? The pay will be many times anything you
-have ever earned in one summer. Go out there into that anteroom and
-talk it over for a few minutes."
-
-The boys jumped to their feet with alacrity and followed the shipping
-official into the adjoining room. There, left to themselves, they
-plunged into the subject with vim.
-
-"What do you think of that? Just what I was talking about the other
-day!" chirruped Jay as he whacked his chum over the shoulder. Dick was
-all smiles.
-
-"Looks like a good thing to me--a peach of a chance, I should say." For
-once, at least, Dick had readily thrown all his conservatism to the
-wind.
-
-"What about you, Larry?" asked Jay, turning to the third member of the
-trio.
-
-"Lead me to it, gentlemen, lead me to it; but pinch me quick, for I
-sure think I'm dreaming," piped Larry in his inimitable style.
-
-The three youths were in high glee. The chance for adventure, to
-say nothing of the wonderful remuneration that the job would hold.
-In less time than it takes to tell they had filed back into the
-superintendent's office and reported their decision.
-
-"Fine business," said the delighted superintendent. "And now let me
-introduce again Captain Dwight Austin, skipper of the good ship _Nemo_,
-the first salvage ship turned out at the Bridgeford Yard. If you boys
-are in earnest, report to Captain Austin to-morrow morning at 7.30 at
-the Emerson wharf. I need not add that I am very well pleased with your
-decision and wish you all kinds of luck in your work for the summer. I
-don't think you will regret what you have done."
-
-In high glee the three youths piled out of the office after affixing
-their names to the roster of the ship's crew.
-
-As they bolted down the stairs and turned into the hallway leading to
-the exit Jay ran full into a strapping big fellow of brawny build,
-with shaggy eyebrows and scowling face, who was shuffling along in an
-unsteady gait.
-
-"I beg your pardon, sir, I didn't see you coming," said Jay
-apologetically, as he stepped aside.
-
-"What's the matter with you, stupid? Can't you watch where you're
-goin'?" was the gruff answer.
-
-Jay insisted it had all been an accident.
-
-"Keep out of my way hereafter," bellowed the other. "If you don't--this
-for you." And he pushed Jay full in the face with his flat dirty hand.
-
-In an instant Jay's blood was boiling.
-
-"I apologized to you, but I guess what you need is a lesson in
-politeness," was his cool retort as he stepped up close and surveyed
-the bully in the eye.
-
-For answer the obstreperous rowdy made a pass for the Brighton boy's
-face with clenched fist.
-
-Quick as a flash Jay parried the thrust with his left and shot over a
-powerful right hand swing--the kind he had planted on the rioters. It
-caught the bully flush on the point of the jaw--a clean smash that sent
-him sprawling on the floor. His honor requited, Jay stepped back to
-survey the damage he had done.
-
-Half dazed from the punch and muttering to himself, the bully struggled
-to his feet and picked up his hat.
-
-"All right, smarty; I'll get you sometime alone when your crowd ain't
-with you," he stuttered and edged away sheepishly.
-
-It had happened so quickly Dick and Larry hardly knew what it was all
-about. Jay explained the circumstances.
-
-"Serves him right," said Dick. "The world is full of fellows nowadays
-who think they can ride roughshod over everybody. They need to be put
-in their places and realize that human rights belong to all the people
-instead of a few."
-
-The incident was soon forgotten in the planning for the morrow.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV
-
-ON THE GOLDEN TRAIL
-
-
-Imagine the surprise of the boys the next morning when they appeared
-at the Emerson wharf to report to Captain Austin to find a trim little
-submarine craft hugging the quay, her hatches open forward and aft to
-admit her crew, the exhaust of her gasoline engines fluttering from the
-rear.
-
-"Must be some mistake here; I never knew they explored the bottom of
-the sea from a submarine," exclaimed Dick in some surprise.
-
-The boys had expected to find some craft of an altogether different
-nature. The submarine was a new one on them.
-
-"It's the _Nemo_, all right," said Jay, pointing out the name of the
-vessel on the prow.
-
-Captain Austin was standing near the conning tower directing various
-members of the crew as they prepared to cast off and head out of the
-harbor.
-
-"Good morning, boys, come right aboard," he called out, noting the
-arrival of the new members of his crew.
-
-Jay and Dick were soon on deck chatting with their captain, noting that
-Larry Seymour had already arrived. The three boys were assigned to the
-diving work exclusively and so had nothing to do with the navigation of
-the craft. In turn Captain Austin introduced the new arrivals to other
-divers aboard.
-
-"This is Mr. Weddigen--Carl Weddigen--also a new man," said the captain
-as a huge hulk of a fellow lurched forward when his turn came.
-
-Jay was almost too dumbfounded to speak. The fellow facing him was none
-other than the big bully he had knocked down the previous afternoon in
-the corridor of Superintendent Brown's office.
-
-Weddigen backed away, refusing to extend his hand.
-
-Jay smiled. "I guess we have met before," he remarked dryly.
-
-Dick and Larry were on the point of bursting into a hearty guffaw, but
-restrained themselves.
-
-"What's the idea?" asked the amazed ship captain, noting how Weddigen
-was reddening.
-
-"I guess Mr. Weddigen can speak for himself," was Jay's only answer,
-not wishing to create a scene right at the outset of the new adventure.
-
-"Well, that's rather extraordinary," began the captain.
-
-"Just a little unpleasantness that we had yesterday," added Jay, "But
-we'll forget it now for the good of the cause."
-
-"I hope things will be all right, for he is a very fine diver,
-according to my information, and can stand a lot with his big physique,
-so I am told," explained the captain.
-
-"The matter's a closed incident so far as I am concerned," offered Jay.
-And so the incident was closed, except for knowing glances exchanged
-among the newest additions to the ship's personnel.
-
-Soon the _Nemo_ had backed away from her moorings and was headed out
-into Long Island Sound, the most of the divers and those members of the
-crew not actually engaged in the ship's navigation standing out on deck
-in enjoyment of the balmy spring morning.
-
-"I guess you would not be averse to knowing something about this
-craft," began Captain Austin after a half hour's run. He had strolled
-forward to where Jay, Dick and Larry were watching the backwash of
-the water as the steel prow of the _Nemo_ sliced its way forward with
-knife-like precision.
-
-Indeed they would! The three veterans of the war, two of whom had
-quite a fund of submarine knowledge from their own experiences abroad,
-were wondering what the _Nemo_ was like. Was it possible that the
-submersible was a diving bell from which divers could make their exit
-while it lay on the ocean bed? Were trap doors opened and the pressure
-of sea water held in abeyance by dense volumes of compressed air?
-Or did divers go down from the deck of the submarine just as from
-any other craft? If so, why the submarine, with its narrow, cramped
-quarters, in preference to any other type of vessel?
-
-These were some of the questions flitting through their minds as they
-embarked on their first treasure-hunting voyage.
-
-The whole thing was soon to be unfolded by Captain Austin.
-
-"With this craft we do most of our locating," he began. "By that I
-mean that we are here equipped with special apparatus for finding the
-lost ships. Many a salvaging company has found that it is one thing
-to explore a sunken ship or even raise it, but quite another thing
-to actually locate the submerged ship. It is one thing to know the
-approximate position where a ship has been sunk, but another thing to
-know the exact spot. Some charts may give you the exact spot where a
-ship has foundered, but this spot may measure five miles or more, and
-if the ship is located in any channel or such parts of the ocean where
-there is an undertow or heavy undercurrents, the ship will soon be
-covered with sand, moss or barnacles, and hard for divers to locate."
-
-Plainly, this new salvage company must have some new method of finding
-ships all their own. The boys were keenly interested and awaiting
-eagerly the explanation.
-
-"There are several ways to locate lost ships," resumed Captain Austin.
-"Divers can be sent down with powerful flashlights, but this is a
-lengthy procedure, and very often takes weeks of patient search. Then
-again, grappling irons or anchors may be dragged from the salvage
-ship. This is even less satisfactory than sending down divers. But the
-Bridgeford Company has a new scheme all its own. And now you shall see."
-
-The _Nemo's_ captain climbed into the turret and motioned the boys to
-follow him below deck. Dropping straight down into the heart of the
-ship the boys followed the captain into a small compartment that he was
-pleased to style "the listening post."
-
-"In here we listen for lost ships just as you listen for the voice of a
-friend over the telephone. How does that strike you?"
-
-While in the Navy Jay and Dick had come to know only too well how
-the microphone was used to hear other vessels, and how it had been a
-powerful means in the overthrow of the U-boats and the safeguarding of
-American troops bound for Europe. The microphone listened for moving
-vessels and was acquainted with their movements because the swish of
-the propeller blades was borne into the listening device of the Yankee
-craft.
-
-But how could a salvage ship "listen" for a helpless wreck lying
-foundered on the bottom of the sea? They were soon to know. Captain
-Austin conducted them first into the forward hold and showed them
-another compartment with a massive winch used to raise or lower an
-object in the water under the keel. Taking them aft he showed another
-compartment equipped as was the one forward.
-
-"We use the so-called Hughes balance," explained the skipper as the
-boys gathered close to him in order to hear above the whirr of the
-throbbing engines. "They are two massive rings suspended by cables and
-raised or lowered at will by the winches. These rings or cups are
-wound with copper wire. The lower windings connect with an ordinary
-telephone receiver while other spools are in series with a microphone
-and three dry cells. This makes a sensitive instrument."
-
-Dick, who was somewhat of a mechanic, was beginning to see light.
-
-"When these induction coils are trailed through the water from
-underneath the _Nemo_ the telephone receiver in the control station
-gives no sound as long as the two balances move through the water,"
-continued the captain. "But the minute one of them comes within the
-vicinity of a wreck, the electrical balance will be disturbed and
-the telephone will sound its warning to the operator. The nearer the
-balances come to the wreck the louder the sound. All you have to do is
-cruise back and forth near the spot where the sunken vessel is supposed
-to lie, and sooner or later the faithful induction balance will find
-the wreck."
-
-"How do you judge for the depth?" asked Dick.
-
-"The depth of the ocean naturally varies more or less," the captain
-explained further. "If a deeper strata is encountered the induction
-balances must be lowered further in the water than in cruising in
-shallow water. Not only will the induction balance give the exact spot
-where the ship is located, but it will give the precise location even
-though the lost ship is covered with sand or silt."
-
-"But how do you determine the depth? Do you drop a plumb line, or
-have you a new method of depth sounding?" persisted Dick, who was
-taking an engineering course at Brighton preparatory to studying
-electrical engineering at college. Naturally he was interested in every
-engineering problem.
-
-Captain Austin smiled whimsically.
-
-"That is another of our new processes," he added after a moment's
-reflection. "Echo--that's the answer in a nutshell."
-
-The captain led the way to the ship's marimeter, a cylindrical
-contrivance that looked as though it might house a compass or a
-binnacle lamp.
-
-"The marimeter works on the principle of electricity controlled by
-sound vibration," the captain expounded in his competent fashion. "A
-sound wave is sent out from the bottom of the vessel by mechanical
-means and the instant this sound is started it is picked up
-electrically and relayed to the recording instrument and the dial of
-the latter begins to register. The sound wave travels to the bottom
-of the ocean and returns in the form of an echo, and this echo is
-also picked up by the diaphragm in the bottom of the boat and is also
-relayed by electricity to the recording instrument, causing the pointer
-to stop immediately. Sound travels at practically a uniform rate in the
-water, at about 4000 feet a second. The depth is measured by accurately
-taking and recording mechanically the time for sound to travel down and
-back. The depth is shown on the dial in fathoms, and four soundings may
-be made per minute."
-
-It all sounded so simple, and yet what a wonderful contrivance as
-against the old-fashioned method of taking deep-sea soundings. To
-demonstrate Captain Austin took an electrical sounding for his new
-protegées and in a few seconds the "echo" had returned from the bottom
-of the Sound, showing a depth of ten fathoms.
-
-For some hours, under the guidance of the ship's skipper, the trio
-of newcomers thoroughly inspected the _Nemo_. This plainly was the
-"prospecting" boat of the salvage company's fleet. It went out and
-staked the claim and then called on the full facilities of the fleet
-for completion of the job.
-
-Captain Austin, completely won by the honesty and candor of his new
-friends, and acting under instructions of superintendent Brown, took
-the boys entirely into his confidence.
-
-"I do not mind telling you that we are after high stakes this trip," he
-told them. "An English steamship, the _Dominion_, was sunk off Martha's
-Vineyard late in 1916. She had among her cargo a quantity of gold
-bullion and South African diamonds. She took fire after being shelled
-by a German submarine and was making a run for the coast when she went
-down. She is between two and three hundred feet down and it is our job
-to look her over for the next few days and report back to Bridgeford on
-our findings."
-
-The news of impending action was joyously received by Jay and Dick, who
-declared they were ready on a moment's notice to take their first dip
-into the blue for their new employers. What! thirty dollars a day, and
-the chance to win a percentage on any treasure actually reclaimed! It
-was a wonderful opportunity, to their minds.
-
-"Better take a look over your diving equipment and see that everything
-is all right," suggested the ship's captain. Jay and Dick accordingly
-went thoroughly over their outfits during the next few hours, finding
-suits, shoes, helmets and air-line connections quite up to the standard
-of the latest improved diving equipment.
-
-It was a lively crew that spent the warm spring evening above decks on
-the _Nemo_ as she worked her way steadily on her course toward Martha's
-Vineyard, off the New England coast. By morning they would have arrived
-at their destination--ready for the adventure!
-
-A sense of eager expectancy pervaded the snug little "sub." Although
-Captain Austin had not shared his confidences broadcast as he had with
-his new divers the men seemed to divine that they were out for real
-business this time. They were for the most part singing merrily and
-glad to be in on the big game of treasure hunting.
-
-"Tomorrow morning we'll be back at the old stunt again," mused Dick.
-"Rocked in the cradle of the deep."
-
-"Hope we get the first peep at the poor old _Dominion_," said Jay.
-Although this was a dangerous calling the two navy veterans had come to
-look upon it by now as any other ordinary duty.
-
-"Only thing I don't like about this outfit is that fellow Weddigen,"
-reflected Jay.
-
-"You mean the fellow you punched on the jaw?" Jay nodded.
-
-"Well, just let him start something and we'll show him where he's at,"
-snapped Larry Seymour, who had just strolled up.
-
-"Yes, I reckon we can take care of that gent if he is inclined to
-get frisky," remarked Dick meaningly, convinced in his own mind that
-Weddigen was some kind of a tough customer who was playing his own
-little game in this adventure.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V
-
-A SUBMARINE PICKPOCKET
-
-
-"Good morning, Mr. Thacker; I hope you feel like taking a walk on the
-bottom of the sea this morning."
-
-The smiling face of Captain Austin greeted Jay as the latter climbed up
-through the forward hatch of the _Nemo_ for a breath of the clear fresh
-morning air. The _Nemo_ had arrived during the night at her destination
-and rode gracefully at anchor on an easy swell.
-
-"Never felt better in my life," answered the Brighton boy. The two
-lads had enjoyed a fine night's rest even in the cramped quarters of
-a submarine. Pretty soon Dick came climbing on deck, throwing out his
-chest for an inhalation of the clear balmy ozone.
-
-The _Nemo_ was riding slightly offshore. Because of her light draft she
-had been enabled to go very close. The pounding of the surf could be
-plainly heard.
-
-"You see those ships' ribs sticking out of the water directly
-alongside?" asked the captain, pointing off the starboard quarter of
-the _Nemo_.
-
-Both boys followed the line of direction. A glass was not necessary,
-for there, not more than thirty or forty yards away, loomed the three
-gaunt curved ribs of a ship, clearly outlined against the white of the
-breaking rollers beyond.
-
-"That's what's left of the _Dominion_," explained the captain. "Not
-many people know she's here; we're quite a bit out of the regular
-shipping lines; but that's her all right."
-
-Jay was thrilled at the spectacle. Right there under the water reposed
-valuable treasure, and he the one who was to dip down deep to clutch it
-from the depths!
-
-"Expect that ship is pretty well battered to pieces, but have every
-reason to believe the real booty is still intact," Captain Austin was
-saying, as several deckmen began dragging various diving paraphernalia
-on deck.
-
-The chief executive turned to Jay.
-
-"I want you to go down this morning, if you are feeling fit and fine,
-Mr. Thacker."
-
-Jay indicated he was quite ready and never felt better in his life.
-
-"This chap Weddigen is also going down," continued Austin.
-
-Jay held his tongue, having learned well the lesson of discipline
-in the navy. Although he distrusted the fellow and knew he nursed a
-personal grudge, Jay was determined to make the best of the situation.
-
-Dick was to remain on board the _Nemo_ and supervise Jay's air and
-signal lines. Knowing quite well by his long experience that it was
-foolhardy for a diver to eat but a very little before descending into
-the pressure of the depths, Jay drank only a glassful of orange juice
-and a cup of black unsweetened coffee.
-
-By nine o'clock final preparations for the descent were under way.
-Jay was going off the forward deck of the _Nemo_, and Weddigen was to
-take off from aft the conning tower. The huge unwieldy diving suit,
-the clodhopper shoes of iron, the ghoulish looking headgear with its
-grotesque looking eyes were ready to be donned. The _Nemo_ was anchored
-to the lee shore of the island; the water was comparatively quiet and
-there seemed little danger of the "life lines" becoming unmanageable.
-
-"Gee, wish I was going along," sighed Dick a bit wistfully.
-
-Jay grinned. "Never mind, old pal; you'll get your turn all right
-before this is over. I'll stay my limit, probably not find anything,
-and then they will send you down."
-
-Captain Austin called Jay and Weddigen together amidships to give them
-their last instructions. With a stub of a pencil he drew a plan of the
-wreck as near as he could estimate it from the previous reports of
-other divers and the ship's owners.
-
-"The ribs sticking out of the water yonder are supposed to be forward
-of the room where the treasure was stored," he told them. "It is
-reported that the diamonds are in a small iron safe that was kept
-in the captain's cabin. The bullion was in iron chests also in the
-captain's cabin."
-
-He indicated on the rough map where the strong boxes were supposed to
-lie.
-
-"When the _Dominion_ ran for the shore," he continued, "she was afire
-aft and amidships. She struck the sand so hard she buried her nose
-in the soft ground, and those ribs you see were planted so solidly
-that the surf was never able to beat them down. You ought to find the
-captain's cabin about twenty paces aft of the ribs."
-
-Jay examined the crude sketch long and hard, asking many questions to
-make as sure of his ground as possible. Weddigen scowled and guessed
-how he would "jes prowl around until he found it."
-
-"Go ahead then, boys, and get in your togs," ordered the captain.
-
-With Dick's assistance Jay was soon ready to go over. The suit securely
-fastened on to make sure there were no leakages anywhere that would let
-in water, he sprawled on a deck chair while Dick put on the ponderous
-twenty-pound shoes that were to help anchor him down. Soon the helmet
-was adjusted on to the breastplate and the thumb screws set. The
-eye-pieces were hinged like a ship's porthole windows and not closed
-until the very last minute.
-
-As Jay was ready for the finishing touches Dick leaned close and peered
-into the face of his old chum.
-
-"All right, old boy," he comforted. "I'll be right here on this end
-keeping close watch. If anything happens just give me the emergency
-quick. And, for the love of Mike, keep your googley-eyes on that bird
-Weddigen."
-
-Jay smiled, an answering "Yes," and motioned for the eye-pieces to be
-closed. Immediately the air pump was started, feeding its supply of
-fresh oxygen to the imprisoned diver. With a man on each side of him
-Jay scuffed across deck and went over the side on a ladder leading down
-into the water. Just before his helmeted head went under he took one
-last look around for direction and fixed in his mind the path to be
-taken in the journey toward the _Dominion_.
-
-Down he went. The sun shone into the water, and with the sand for a
-background the light in the sea was fairly good.
-
-"Well, here we are--and now for the _Dominion_," Jay chuckled to
-himself as his feet hit bottom and he started along, using a small
-peak-nosed shovel as a push-pole to help himself along.
-
-Through his bull's-eyes he could see ahead some distance. Vainly he
-cast right and left for some trace of Weddigen, but nowhere was his
-diving companion to be seen.
-
-"I'll just be careful not to run afoul of that big boy's lines down
-here," Jay told himself. It was not so easy to defend against an attack
-of any kind under water clad in heavy diving habiliments.
-
-Groping his way forward steadily inch by inch, Jay figured soon he must
-be in the neighborhood of those ships' ribs. The breathing was good and
-the air lines were working fine under the expert direction of his chum.
-These two had teamed together before; always when one of them was down
-the other looked after the equipment above deck, keeping a sharp eye
-on the air pump to see there was no let-up in its functioning.
-
-Pretty soon Jay saw something looming up directly ahead. For the moment
-it assumed fantastic shape and the youth was unable to determine
-whether it was just some sort of an apparition or some tangible
-substance. But only for a moment.
-
-In another instant the specter of the wrecked ship filtered through the
-greenish haze of the water into the eyes of the groping diver; a weird
-spectacle that danced and eddied to the tilt of the waters like the
-wavering film of a cinematograph.
-
-"By George! there she is," gasped Jay to himself in sheer delight. In
-spite of his accustomed self-complacency and cool nerve the youth found
-his pulses fluttering wildly.
-
-"And now to get busy," he murmured to himself, picking his way
-laboriously over a sand hummock. The sea muck was so loose that the
-young diver's ponderous shoes settled deep into it at each stride. But
-the water was clear and the precious oxygen was coming to him in steady
-relays from the _Nemo's_ pump.
-
-"What could have become of that chap Weddigen?" speculated Jay as he
-strained through the windows of his eyes for some trace of the other
-diver. Not a hint of him in any direction.
-
-At last the youth came to the side of the wreck. His sense of direction
-and implicit obedience to instructions had carried him right. He had
-arrived directly where the nose of the _Dominion_ had imbedded itself
-in the sand.
-
-"Good enough," he thought, as he gazed upward to where the torn timbers
-lifted themselves toward the surface of the sea. One glance indicated
-that the _Dominion_ lay listed slightly to port in such a slanting
-position that her bow was elevated at something like an angle of thirty
-degrees.
-
-Groping his way along the side of the old freighter the persevering
-young diver found to his great delight that the tides and deep water
-currents had banked in sand all along the side of the _Dominion_. Like
-a pillow ridge this sand supported the weight of the lost cargo-carrier.
-
-"This makes it all the easier; I can walk right aboard without any
-formalities," laughed Dick as he dropped to his hands and knees. He
-figured it would be easier going "doggey" fashion than to attempt to
-walk up the side of the incline and run the risk of sinking deep into
-the fluid underfooting.
-
-Cautiously he made his way forward. And now the giant proportions of
-the ship's superstructure were outlined against the green background.
-The three wide smokestacks loomed ominously in front of him pitched
-at an angle where they seemed tottering to their fall. The main mast
-forward with its crow's-nest still intact was poked out like a weird
-totem pole bereft of all rigging by reason of the lashing given it by
-the submarine currents.
-
-In a few minutes Jay worked himself up close to the wounded hulk. He
-could see he had come alongside directly abaft the forward funnel.
-
-"Things seem to be breaking right, for I am right off the particular
-spot where I want to go aboard," soliloquized the youth as he paused to
-adjust his air lines.
-
-A port hole eyed him directly in front. Jay was minded to step into the
-enclosure and thus raise himself into a position where he could grasp
-the twisted deck rail and pull himself aboard. He endeavored to thrust
-his right leg into the opening but found the distance too great for the
-weight of his iron shoe, with the pressure of water against it. Just
-at that moment his attention was attracted by two oblique lines drawn
-sharply across his line of vision against the background of the ship's
-funnels.
-
-"What in the world----"
-
-And then it dawned on him. Weddigen was already aboard. The lines were
-his air and signal lines.
-
-"Beat me to it, I guess," was his mental comment. This made him only
-the more determined to get into that cabin at all hazards.
-
-Signaling that he desired to be raised a bit in the water Jay waited
-until he had been hauled up four or five feet. As his body came abreast
-of the ship's rail he grasped it firmly with one hand and signalled
-sharply with the other to stop. It was easy work to clamber over the
-rail.
-
-And now for the captain's cabin! Groping his way forward along the
-deck from state room to state room, maintaining his footing on the
-sloping incline by grasping the battered woodwork, he came at last to a
-companionway leading below. It was just aft the pilot house, and this,
-he surmised, was the way to what had once been the quarters of the
-_Dominion's_ skipper. It was necessary to go slowly and surely, for
-well this young diver knew the danger of entangled air lines.
-
-As he drew a powerful submarine flashlight from his belt and touched
-its illumination spring the life lines of his fellow diver brushed his
-helmet.
-
-"Weddigen got the jump on me, sure enough," he thought.
-
-Floundering along as carefully as he knew how, the Brighton boy let
-himself down the companionway on the rickety stairs. It was ticklish
-business. At any moment the air lines might be fouled by the swaying
-currents and the diver have to fight for his life or perish of
-suffocation.
-
-"But if that big bully Weddigen can do it, I can do it," he assured
-himself.
-
-By now he was conscious of a faint glow of light in the subaqueous
-chamber more remote than the pencil rays of his own flash. This, he
-figured, was the light of Weddigen. A slight turn to the left and he
-stepped into the erstwhile domain of the _Dominion's_ chief executive.
-
-Through the blur of water a startling picture was unfolded before his
-eyes. Crouched over a square iron chest, playing the rays of his
-flashlight over an iron strong box, was the figure of a diver. The
-cover of the chest had been pried off. The diver was transferring the
-contents of the chest into a long narrow slit of a pocket that bulged
-from the side of his diving armor!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-JAY FIGHTS FOR HIS LIFE
-
-
-"Weddigen helping himself to the diamonds!"
-
-Could it be possible that this fellow was a submarine pickpocket who
-was playing his own little game? Was he a pirate of the deep who
-pretended to be working for others and all the time seeking covertly
-to appropriate reclaimed treasure solely for himself? Certainly it
-appeared so to Jay Thacker as he stood watching the dramatic scene.
-
-The diver determined to see it through without making the other
-acquainted with the fact that he was being watched. Very quickly
-Weddigen was working, seemingly on the theory that Jay might arrive on
-the scene any moment, and that he must lose no time.
-
-Jay noted that Weddigen was slipping something like tiny pebbles into
-the tiny pocket of his diving suit, letting them in very slowly and
-patting them down to make sure the currents would not wash them out.
-
-"Diamonds!" gasped Jay, remembering instantly that part of the
-treasure to be reclaimed from the _Dominion_ was to be diamonds.
-
-The Brighton youth determined to see it through. Crouching back against
-the side of the areaway he brushed the eyes of his helmet the better to
-see. Now Weddigen was buttoning over a flap on the pocket!
-
-Between flashes of light Jay could see that the man was working now on
-the chest. First he battered shut the lid again as best he could. Next
-he took a coil of chain from his belt and lashed it around the strong
-box. Then he picked up a long slim crowbar that he had brought along
-as a push-pole and began to work the chest across the floor of the
-compartment. He could only move it a few inches at a time because of
-its weight and the pressure of the water. Slowly but surely, though, he
-pushed the thing along in front of him.
-
-"He's coming right toward me with it and I might as well make known my
-presence," reasoned Jay.
-
-He was on the point of flashing on his own light when Weddigen stopped,
-tossed the crowbar aside and knelt again over the treasure box. For a
-time he fumbled in the dark while Jay stood wondering what was going
-on. Again a flash of light, and in that instant the Brighton youth saw
-that the other diver was making fast on his salvage lines. Beyond a
-doubt his plan was to send the treasure chest aloft now that he had
-worked it close to the door of the areaway where it might be yanked up
-the companionway and thence up through the depths to the deck of the
-_Nemo_.
-
-"Going to send the rest of the diamonds up and try to get away with
-what he has already helped himself to," thought Jay as the daring
-scheme of his fellow diver was now revealed. But Jay had seen all
-and was determined so soon as he got back on the _Nemo_ to compel an
-opening of that cunning little pocket on the side of Weddigen's diving
-suit.
-
-But now a real danger confronted the Brighton youth. Suppose Weddigen
-gave the signal for the diamond chest to be raised away? Deckmen aboard
-the _Nemo_, when the signal was given, would haul away with all their
-vigor, eager to perform their part in the salvage of the much desired
-treasure.
-
-Crouched in the areaway outside the cabin Jay would be directly in the
-line of the treasure chest as it was yanked away. Suppose that iron
-box came his way? Perhaps it might crash full into his life lines? One
-swift blow might sever his air hose and leave him helpless against the
-inrushing water? Or suppose it cut off his signal lines, leaving him
-powerless to ask for a lift off the ocean bed?
-
-There was only one thing to do, and that was to get out of there as
-quickly as possible. Weddigen would not signal for the strong box to be
-hoisted away until he, too, was out of harm's way; and Jay, now that
-he had been an eye-witness to the theft, was determined not to let the
-other know he had seen the theft until they were back on the _Nemo_
-again.
-
-As quickly as possible he shuffled along the areaway and began climbing
-the steps toward the deck of the _Dominion_. He was just in time, too,
-for a glimmer of light behind him indicated that Weddigen was following
-close behind. Rather than reveal his presence Jay fumbled along in the
-darkness, climbing the steps without resorting to the use of his flash.
-
-Once on deck he turned sharply aft and moved away from the companionway
-leading below. In his anxiety to make haste he momentarily let go the
-state room door by which he had steadied himself and in that instant
-his feet flew from under him. The slimy deck would have been hard
-enough walking had the _Dominion_ lay on an even keel; but with the
-pitch to port the half-rotted flooring was difficult walking for the
-most experienced and careful diver.
-
-As he felt himself going the unfortunate youth grabbed for his life
-lines for the purpose of signaling the "emergency"; but in the swirl
-of water he was pitched headlong, the added weight of his own diving
-accoutrements bearing him along like a leaf in a windstorm. Clear
-across the wide slanting deck of the _Dominion_ he was hurled until he
-brought up hard against the rotted deck rail.
-
-Like a drowning man grasping for a straw Jay reached out to clutch the
-iron post outlined directly in front of him; but as he grabbed its
-top knob he felt the whole structure rend and twist, its fastenings
-loosened by the rust of a prolonged submergence. The impact of the
-young diver's body wrenched it loose and in a moment Jay was hurtled
-overboard from the inclined deck of the _Dominion_ and enmeshed in a
-tangle of the collapsed deck railing.
-
-It had all happened so quickly the dazed youth was unable to figure out
-where he was and what really had happened.
-
-"What a pretty pickle I'm in," was all he could gasp, as he sought to
-tear himself free from his incumbrances.
-
-And then, to his utter consternation, he found that his air and signal
-lines had become all entangled in the demolished railing! Sprawling on
-his back in the soft sand that undulated in a wavy crest against the
-side of the _Dominion_ he struggled in vain to tear himself free and
-get to his feet. But, weighed down by his equipment, tired out by his
-long stay under water and imprisoned in the débris of the _Dominion_,
-he found his strength fast slipping.
-
-"I've got to get hold of that emergency line," he said to himself,
-gritting his teeth and thrashing the water above his head for a hold on
-the precious life line. Eventually he found it and tugged with all his
-might, awaiting the welcome pull that would lift him out of the depths.
-
-But no welcome pull came. The life lines were caught in the débris! And
-now he found himself breathing with difficulty. The air lines, too, had
-been fouled! The air supply was virtually cut off altogether, and the
-young diver breathing only the air contained within his diving armor!
-
-"Looks as though I was up against it unless I can work these lines
-free," the thought flashed through his brain with unrelenting reality.
-Now, indeed, was he fighting for life against the very fates!
-
-With the desperation born of madness Jay battled to free himself.
-Caught like a fly in a great spider's web, he knew every moment was
-precious. Unless those air lines were freed or he got a signal to the
-surface he was doomed.
-
-Seizing the life lines above his helmet he drew them tight in his hands
-and followed them along until he came to the first entanglement of iron
-piping. For a moment the impediment thwarted him, and then he tore it
-free of the hose lines. But still no relief.
-
-By now his brain was reeling and he could feel the blood vessels
-standing out on his forehead. A sense of suffocation pressed his heart
-and lungs and he found his breath coming in short wheezy gasps.
-
-"Can it be that I'm lost!" he cried half aloud, the sound of his voice
-flooding his own ears like the wail of a siren.
-
-But this was a time for self-control if he was to escape at all the
-perilous plight into which he had fallen. By sheer force of will he
-calmed himself and set about again to free himself. Taking the air
-lines as before he followed them to another point of contact with the
-débris and slipped down to his knees as he tugged at another joint of
-the tubing.
-
-Fate, however, was hard and cruel. Try as he did, battling with all
-his strength and praying fervently as he worked, he was unable to move
-the obstacle. His fingers felt numb and weak; they refused to respond
-to his will. Even his legs seemed paralyzed. And again that horrible
-clutching at the throat and lungs!
-
-"I----guess----I----can't----"
-
-His voice trailed off into a whisper and his brain swam until a
-panorama of mythical scenes and figures flitted before his fancy.
-Still clutching the lines of hose that refused him life he reeled and
-stretched himself helplessly on the floor of the ocean. Dreamily he
-thought of home, of Brighton, of the service he had lately left. Now he
-was with the fleet vainly tugging to fasten an obdurate mine in place
-with other jackies of Uncle Sam's mighty war fleet.
-
-"Now we've got the haughty Germans," he screamed in his delirium. All
-the while he was gasping and gurgling as his shoulders heaved and his
-lungs were convulsed in the agony of suffocation. Life was slipping
-fast away, and life was sweet to this youth who had dared death for his
-country and come through unscathed in the two years' campaign in the
-North Sea. By the irony of fate he had lived through all the period
-of the war only to come home to an untimely death like this while
-searching for lost treasure!
-
-Now he was floating free in the ocean, a great filmy light suffusing
-the whole of the green sea, a myriad of soft-clad figures dancing
-before his glazed eyes, the murmur of some cathedral orchestra
-intermingled with the song of the sea. Out, out, out through the vast
-unknown recesses of the sea he drifted, propelled along by some unseen
-force....
-
- * * * * *
-
-"Something wrong down there!" Dick Monaghan, standing guard over the
-life lines of his chum aboard the _Nemo_, sensed the danger of his old
-Brighton pal. No signal of any kind had come up to him from the depths,
-and yet he seemed to realize, for some strange reason, that a mishap of
-some kind had befallen Jay.
-
-"What's that?" called out Captain Austin as he hurried forward to where
-Dick held the lines over the side of the _Nemo_.
-
-"I had a hunch of some kind that Jay was in trouble," explained Dick.
-"I've been trying for the last two or three minutes to get some kind
-of an answering signal from below, but I can't seem to get him. And
-there's been such a tugging on the lift lines at times. I don't quite
-understand it."
-
-"Pump working all right?" asked the captain.
-
-"So far as we can tell, although it seems to have slowed up somewhat,"
-Dick replied, somewhat agitated.
-
-Just then a shout arose from aft the _Nemo_. The deckmen were hauling
-something over the side and yelling their heads off with delight.
-
-"Look, a great iron treasure chest," they chorused, as the attention
-of Captain Austin and Dick was diverted for a moment from the possible
-plight of Jay Thacker.
-
-True enough, for as they exulted, the iron box containing diamonds that
-Weddigen had reclaimed from the captain's cabin of the _Dominion_ came
-over the side, dripping with sediment and seaweed, but firmly held in
-an encircling chain band.
-
-"Hurrah! Hurrah! we have landed some of the lost cargo." The crew were
-rejoicing over the big find of the morning, hardly able to contain
-themselves over the knowledge that a handsome chest of "swag" had been
-ferreted from its submarine hiding place, and that they would get a
-fine fat bonus out of the big "divvy."
-
-"Weddigen on his way up," called out the officer in charge of the
-operations aft.
-
-Only for a moment were Captain Austin and Dick Monaghan deterred from
-the subject that engrossed their minds. What had become of Jay Thacker?
-
-"Haul him up as fast as you can," the captain commanded.
-
-Jumping to their work, the forward crew began tugging away at the steel
-cables with which Jay had been suspended. But pull as hard as they
-could they could not budge the lost diver.
-
-"Quick, men, uncover that deck winch," he ordered, now thoroughly
-alarmed.
-
-In short order it was made ready for service and the steel cables
-supporting Jay affixed. A word of command from Captain Austin and the
-power was turned on. For an instant the cables wound faithfully, and
-then brought up taut. Something had to give; either the cables had
-to part, or the contained weight at the sea bottom torn free of its
-holdings. More power was turned on. A violent tug, and then the winch
-began winding steadily again!
-
-"Thank God! it's Jay," murmured Dick a minute or so later as the
-helmeted figure appeared through the haze of the sea green. But the
-arms and lower limbs hung limp, and portions of the _Dominion's_ deck
-rail still clung to the suspension cables.
-
-"Hurry, men, there; haul him on deck and pull that armor off," Austin
-directed.
-
-As the form of Jay was drawn on deck Dick and several assistants tried
-to stand him on his feet, only to see him crumple and fall like a man
-of straw. One glance through the eye ports showed closed lids. A twist
-of the thumb screw and then the helmet was raised.
-
-"Jay! Jay! Speak to me," implored Dick, bending over his chum.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-DIAMONDS ARE TRUMP
-
-
-Light! The glorious sunlight of the world! Voices, too; the friendly
-voices of his old chums aboard the _Nemo_. These were the evidences
-of returned life to Jay Thacker as he lay on the deck of the _Nemo_
-looking up into the sky. It was like a dream and his befagged brain
-could scarce comprehend the situation.
-
-"Jay, old boy, look at me. Do you know me? Speak to me, pal, and tell
-me you are all right again."
-
-It was the voice of Dick. He was bending over chafing the wrists of his
-comrade in school and in arms. Tears were coursing down his cheeks.
-But now he was happy because Jay had opened his eyes again and smiled
-feebly through flickering eyelids.
-
-For some time the rescued diver lay in a stupor. The heavy diving armor
-and shoes had been wrenched off. Several members of crew were rubbing
-his wrists and ankles, An oxygen tank had been used with successful
-results. The tiny spark of life remaining had been fanned again after a
-grim battle between science and nature. And science had turned the ally
-of nature.
-
-"Do you know me now?" faltered Dick.
-
-For answer Jay opened his eyes again, and this time he recognized his
-chum.
-
-"Where have I been? What happened to me?" he began.
-
-"Don't you remember? You were down there working on the _Dominion_. You
-got all tangled up in something and we just pulled you up in the nick
-of time."
-
-And then it all came back to Jay; the terrible struggle for life on the
-bottom of the sea. Those twisted air lines! He seemed to be living it
-all over again. And that mass of débris that held him fast!
-
-"Pull it off of me, Dick; cut me free," he moaned feebly.
-
-"You are all right again, old boy; you're right here on the deck of the
-_Nemo_," reassured Dick in soothing tones.
-
-Slowly but surely the iron constitution of the Brighton boy responded
-to resuscitation measures. Good fresh air flowed again into his lungs,
-clearing his brain and setting his circulation going anew.
-
-"Where is Weddigen?" asked Jay, with a startled expression.
-
-"He's here on the aft deck, pretty well tuckered out, but fine and
-dandy, nevertheless," Dick told him.
-
-"And the diamonds--did he send them up?" inquired Jay.
-
-"You bet your boots he did; all here safe and sound," was his chum's
-rejoinder. "A nice day's work, too; but what would we have cared for
-the stones if your life had been forfeit in the deal."
-
-The diamonds! How did Jay know about them?
-
-"How did you know Weddigen landed any diamonds?" asked Dick, bending
-over his chum.
-
-"I saw them," came the answer.
-
-"But Weddigen says he landed them all alone and didn't see a trace of
-you all the time he was down. How's that?" Dick was nonplussed.
-
-"Tell you after a bit," whispered Jay.
-
-They made him as comfortable as possible on deck, preferring to leave
-him out in the fresh air and sunshine rather than carry him below. Dick
-took complete charge of him, and a capable physician he proved as he
-ministered to the needs of his chum.
-
-Now that Jay had been rescued, the men of the _Nemo_ were celebrating
-hilariously the salvage of the precious jewels, knowing the contents of
-the chest must be worth many thousands of dollars. Under the direction
-of Captain Austin the strong box was carried below, not to be opened
-until the _Nemo_ returned to her base at Bridgeford.
-
-Weddigen still reclined on deck. It had been a long, hard fight under
-water and he, too, had somewhat overstayed his time limit.
-
-His friends in the crew were fêting him. They crowded about, patting
-him on the back and congratulating him for his plucky and successful
-efforts to get at the lost treasure.
-
-"Wait till we get back to Bridgeford--the swellest time you ever had in
-your life," shouted one enthusiast.
-
-All of this adulation pleased Weddigen. The rôle of the hero appealed
-to him and he was enjoying the situation immensely.
-
-Meanwhile Jay was slowly but surely returning to life. The oxygen
-tank had performed yeoman service. Color was coming back into the
-face and circulation had been restored. A stimulant was offered, but
-the stout-hearted lad declined it, smilingly preferring to keep the
-temperance pledge that he had taken before he had left home to go to
-school.
-
-"Thanks, Cap, but I'm coming back in fine shape," he mumbled, while
-Dick fairly beamed over the recovery of his chum.
-
-In a few minutes Jay was able to sit up. He drank eagerly the cup of
-hot black coffee that was offered him. He was very weak from his trying
-ordeal, and no one ventured to ask him about his hazardous trip to the
-_Dominion_ and his narrow escape from death.
-
-By and by Jay motioned Dick to come closer.
-
-"Did Weddigen land any treasure?" he asked with an inquisitive look.
-
-Dick launched into the story, telling how the strong box had been
-hauled over the side amid wild jubilation and taken below into Captain
-Austin's quarters.
-
-"Are you sure there were diamonds in the chest?" persisted Jay.
-
-"Sure, Mike," responded his chum. "Oodles of them worth thousands of
-dollars. Glittering cut stones; a young fortune big enough to put us
-all on easy street for the rest of our lives if they belonged to us."
-
-Jay pondered the situation for a moment. In his eyes was a queer look
-that neither Dick nor Larry Seymour, who had joined the group, could
-fathom.
-
-"Is Weddigen still on deck?" persisted Jay.
-
-"Still back there resting up while the crew make a fuss over him,"
-replied Larry.
-
-"All right, now, Larry, do what I tell you, please," said Jay.
-"Just stroll back there casually and look him over without arousing
-suspicion. See if you don't notice a narrow slit of a pocket on the
-inside of the right leg of his armor suit, buttoned over with a flap.
-When he gets up to take off his diving suit just manage to accidentally
-flip that pocket open and then keep your eyes on it."
-
-"Why, what do you mean?" offered Larry, perplexed by the directions
-given him by Jay.
-
-"Remember, I never fooled you in my life, old friend," answered the
-latter. "Just do what I tell you, and perhaps you'll have a bit of a
-surprise party."
-
-Jay was weakened by the exertion of talking and sank back to rest again
-with closed eyes. Withdrawing a few paces, Dick and Larry discussed the
-suggestions made by Jay.
-
-"Think he is still a little dippy as a result of his experience?"
-questioned Larry.
-
-"Sounds rather queer, doesn't it?" pondered Dick, unable to grasp the
-significance of Jay's remarks.
-
-They agreed, however, there surely must be some ground for Jay talking
-so; and, moreover, they shared similar opinions regarding one Carl
-Weddigen, notwithstanding the fact that Weddigen had made a game fight
-for the diamonds and come off victorious.
-
-"You stay here with Jay and I'll just stroll aft and look the old bird
-over," counseled Larry after a little further deliberation. "To my mind
-he's just the kind of a fellow who might put something over on us."
-
-Dick agreed, and Larry accordingly hurried away, slowing down to a
-leisurely gait after he had passed the conning tower and approached the
-group of which the much-admired diver was the central figure. As he
-drew near, Larry could hear Weddigen recounting his experiences on the
-ocean bed in the hold of the _Dominion_. And he was omitting no detail
-in the narration.
-
-All smiles and apparently with all friendly intent Larry eased himself
-into the circle of admiring friends.
-
-"How's Thacker?" queried Weddigen solicitously, breaking away from his
-story of the reclamation.
-
-"Coming along fine," said Larry, detailing how Jay had responded
-satisfactorily to treatment.
-
-"Glad of that," responded Weddigen. "I'm sorry we couldn't both have
-come upon the glittering goods together and yanked them out with a
-little teamwork. Tell him I'll be over to see him in a few minutes."
-
-Larry hung around while other members of the crew insisted that
-Weddigen complete his story of the salvage expedition. But Carl was in
-no mood to continue the yarn and said he guessed he was feeling strong
-enough now to take off his diving clothes and go below for a snooze.
-Accordingly he struggled to his feet with the aid of several members of
-the crew.
-
-Larry was now all attention. Following out the instructions of Jay he
-carefully examined the trousers of the big diver. Yes, there it was;
-the telltale little pocket on the side of the right leg. Larry edged up
-closer to get a better look at it. There was a certain bulge to it as
-though it was well filled.
-
-"Gee, you're a regular Beau Brummel of a diver with your fancy
-clothes," offered Seymour facetiously as he smiled up into the face of
-Weddigen.
-
-"What do you mean, fellow?" blurted the latter, turning short to
-survey the Bridgeford seaman whom he remembered as one of the three
-he had encountered the day he and Jay had come together just outside
-Superintendent Brown's office.
-
-"Why, with your pretty little side pockets," prattled Larry with a
-sickly grin.
-
-With a flourish of the hand he indicated the bulging patch on the side
-of Weddigen's armor, and before the latter could intervene Larry swept
-his hand carelessly but unerringly over the pocket, giving it such a
-thrust that the button slipped through the stout canvas eye-hole. At
-the same time Weddigen clutched the pocket as though to cover it. But
-he was too late!
-
-Instantly a half dozen glittering diamonds popped from the aperture and
-rolled on the deck of the _Nemo_, sparkling in the morning sun like the
-jewels of a monarch's crown!
-
-"What do you mean, you big stiff," growled Weddigen in dismay as the
-treasure that he had filched from the strong box while yet in the wreck
-of the _Dominion_ was revealed.
-
-"What do I mean? I mean that you're a rascal and a thief," shot back
-Larry, fully convinced now that the sparklers were part of the loot
-that had been recovered from the lost British liner.
-
-Immediately there was a great hubbub among the crew as they pounced
-upon the scattered diamonds, eager to retrieve them before they rolled
-overboard or were jostled below by the roll of the _Nemo_.
-
-"You're a big fool and I'll break your face so soon as I get in trim
-again, that's what I'll do," snorted Weddigen in a rage.
-
-But Larry was his equal in the showdown.
-
-"You may have a little trouble smashing my face," he countered, "but
-you are going to have a bigger time explaining to Captain Austin and
-the Bridgeford Salvage Company how you came in possession of those
-diamonds."
-
-Attracted by the commotion, Captain Austin came hurrying up.
-
-"What's all the commotion about?" he demanded. There had been
-excitement enough on the _Nemo_ for one morning.
-
-"It's none of your business, and I'll prove mightily easy how I came
-about those diamonds," Weddigen was saying as the ship's executive
-officer drew near.
-
-"This man is not playing fair," denounced Larry, pointing out the diver
-to Captain Austin. "He's holding back a whole pocketful of diamonds on
-you, Captain."
-
-The captain was so amazed he could only gaze from one to the other.
-
-"You are making a grave accusation, Mr. Seymour, and against a man
-who has risked his life this morning in the recovery of thousands of
-dollars' worth of diamonds," the ship captain remarked slowly. There
-were murmurs of approval from members of the crew.
-
-"All right, sir, I only ask that Mr. Weddigen bare the contents of that
-pocket on the right leg of his diving suit," retorted Larry.
-
-All eyes were turned forthwith on the diver. But the crafty Weddigen
-was equal to the occasion.
-
-"I was trying to tell this big boob I could explain everything," he
-countered with an air of superiority. "You see, it was this way,
-Captain. When I came upon that treasure chest down there I had to bang
-it about a bit to get it ready for the lift. You can see for yourself
-if you inspect it closely that the hinges were rusted. In prodding
-about I loosened up the lid. I thought I'd just take a peep to see if
-I really had the goods. There they were, all right. Some of them were
-lying loose, so I just scooped them up and slipped them into this vent
-in my suit. I didn't want to take any chances on losing them."
-
-As he talked he stooped over and holding a cupped hand over the pocket
-forced out a handful of the finest of diamonds, ranging in size from
-one- to three- and five-carat stones.
-
-"There you are; I never had the slightest intention of keeping them,"
-blustered Weddigen. "This fresh guy Seymour thinks he gets me in wrong,
-and I'll attend to him later. I was waiting until I got rested up a bit
-before coming to you with them."
-
-Upon Larry he cast a murderous scowl of hatred as Captain Austin
-hurried the diamonds below, apparently satisfied with Weddigen's story.
-
-But Larry, hearing the true story later from the lips of Jay Thacker,
-knew Weddigen's quick-witted defense was but skilled camouflage to
-cover his attempted theft of the pocketed diamonds. With the two
-Brighton youths, he formed a pact to keep a watchful eye on the surly
-diver in the future.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-UNCLE SAM CALLS
-
-
-Some fellows are pursued by luck no matter where they turn in life.
-Others of evil design seem to be able to get away with anything they
-attempt solely on their nerve. Carl Weddigen was one of this class. Not
-one chap in a thousand, caught as he had been with stolen diamonds,
-would have breasted it out and escaped so cleverly by use of his nimble
-wits. Criminologists' records show that the average thief trapped as
-Weddigen was either surrenders abjectly or makes a break for it in an
-effort to escape. The crafty minority stand their ground and worm their
-way out by subterfuge.
-
-"I'll say he's got the nerve, all right," remarked Dick Monaghan. The
-_Nemo_ had returned to Bridgeford and the members of the crew were
-enjoying a few days' rest after their arduous and successful trip in
-exploration of the sunken _Dominion_.
-
-"Nerve!" retorted Larry Seymour. "Why, if that guy had been sent into
-Germany by General Pershing he could have dragged the Kaiser out of
-Berlin and made those dazed Fritzies think he was only kidding them."
-
-Jay Thacker smiled at that. He was feeling much better after his
-experiences; in fact, a couple of good nights' sleep and recreation had
-put him back in good trim again. Two years at sea in the U. S. Navy
-will toughen the bone and muscle of any lad.
-
-Dick and Larry had been wanting Jay to go to Captain Austin to relate
-the whole story of what had happened on the bottom of the sea in the
-cabin of the _Dominion_. Magnanimously, Jay had spurned the proposition.
-
-"They might think I was jealous because Weddigen fished up the diamonds
-while all I got was a handful of deck railing that well-nigh finished
-me," was his answer.
-
-"Yes, but you owe it to yourself and to the company," argued Dick.
-"Think how that bird may clean out the bunch again."
-
-Larry was shaking his head.
-
-"Never on your life. Remember, I'm always on deck when he's working
-below, and you can bet your bottom dollar I'll put him under my nice
-little X-ray every time he comes up again. No, sir-ee, fellows, I'm
-wise to that gink for all time. He may think he's slippery, but he'll
-find I'm the original slippery elm."
-
-Deep down Jay resented this big diver's bold audacity and cunning.
-Never had he seen anything so brazen as the way Weddigen had smoothed
-over the matter of the diamonds that he had carried in his diving
-trousers' pocket. Nervily he had sought out Captain Austin and
-explained the whole thing several times over. The captain had seemingly
-been pretty well convinced that Weddigen was on the square in the
-matter, and this had only strengthened Jay's determination to keep
-silence.
-
-"But I'll get him in the long run, for he's a crook of the deepest dye
-and murder is sure to out," he had told himself.
-
-For some days the two Brighton lads and their friend Larry Seymour
-remained inactive about the big shipyard at Bridgeford awaiting the
-call to further service. Captain Austin had told them to take things
-easy. Superintendent Brown and the higher officials of the company
-were elated at the success of the _Nemo's_ crew in bringing up some of
-the treasure of the _Dominion_ and had decreed that as part of their
-reward they were to loaf a while. Eventually, each lad knew, he would
-come in for a slice of the huge "divvy" that was sure to be tendered
-the company for salvaging the lost diamonds. The Brighton boys were
-delighted with the prospect, for it meant the money would go a long
-ways toward payment of their tuition for the new school year. They had
-expected to be assigned to the job of bringing up the gold bullion from
-the _Dominion_, but more urgent work awaited them.
-
-Great secrecy was attendant upon the fitting out of a special ship in
-the yard that the boys had heard was to be used in salvage work later
-in the summer. With it the Bridgeford officials contemplated using some
-of their new apparatus and employing some of their lately developed
-processes for deep-sea salvage.
-
-The ship, which they had heard referred to as the _Jules Verne_, was
-denied to everybody except the chosen men employed in putting the
-finishing touches on her. She was roped off in a portion of the big wet
-basin all to herself and armed guards kept prying eyes at a distance.
-
-"We're apt to know sooner or later," Dick remarked as they discussed
-the new venture one afternoon.
-
-"And as for me, I'm getting tired of laying around this way," said
-Dick. For two years they had had so much to do while serving in the
-Navy that inaction now palled upon them.
-
-They had not long to wait, for one morning, a few days later, just
-after they had checked in the shipyard, there came a summons to them
-to appear in the office of Superintendent Brown. They hurried over at
-once, finding that official awaiting them with Captain Austin.
-
-"Morning, boys," called out the superintendent cheerily. "I hope
-you are feeling in good shape again after your tussle with the old
-_Dominion_."
-
-To which they answered they preferred getting down again into the
-danger zone rather than to sit around cooling their heels.
-
-"That's the spirit, all right," remarked the official with a grin. "We
-are proud of you fellows who compose the crew of the _Nemo_ for what
-you have already done, and we sure are going to take care of you."
-
-Jay tried to explain that one man alone had recovered the diamonds and
-that he was in no sense to be credited with any of the glory.
-
-"Just the same, you were there trying hard, and what's more you
-endangered your own life in an unfortunate accident while in the act of
-duty."
-
-And then the superintendent began telling them why he had summoned them
-to headquarters.
-
-"You chaps doubtless know that the _Jules Verne_ will be ready for her
-maiden trip within the next two weeks," he began.
-
-The boys perked up at this when it seemed likely they were to be let in
-on the big secret that had every man in the yard guessing.
-
-"I can only say at this time," continued Mr. Brown, "that the _Jules
-Verne_ combines our latest improved method of searching the ocean
-bottom and has facilities that will greatly expedite deep-sea salvage
-work. You will know in due time, for you chaps will be among the
-first batch of divers sent out on the _Jules Verne_. We shall want to
-thoroughly acquaint you at first with the operation of the new diving
-bell before you will actually engage in salvage work."
-
-The yard official paused to draw several times on his cigar.
-
-"In the meantime, I need you for a diving expedition of tremendous
-importance to Uncle Sam. Are you game?"
-
-He looked from one face to the other, eying the boys with a roguish
-smile.
-
-They nodded their heads eagerly. "If it's for Uncle Sammy, lead us to
-it!"
-
-"Well, listen," said Superintendent Brown, as the boys sat wondering
-what was coming. "An executive officer from the Bureau of Naval
-Operations in Washington is here on a mission of great importance. It
-seems the Navy Department has been watching our salvage work, and read
-about what you boys were doing in the hold of the _Dominion_. They
-want us to do a piece of work for them that demands speed as well as
-secrecy."
-
-And then he explained in detail. During the war, at the time when a
-fleet of German submarines had escaped the allied fleets in the North
-Sea and come to this side of the Atlantic to attack shipping, and
-particularly supply ships bound for Europe, one of the U-boats had been
-sunk off Cape May, N. J., at the mouth of the Delaware River. Submarine
-chasers putting out hurriedly from the inlet had dashed up in time to
-drop depth bombs on the submerging U-boat.
-
-That the U-boat, badly crippled, had been sunk had been established
-beyond all doubt by navy divers who had located it on the bottom. The
-Navy Department had intended salvaging the U-boat at once but had been
-prevented by reason of the fact that the war kept the department busy
-sending troopships to Europe, guarding them en route and combating the
-Hun "mosquitoes" that threatened Atlantic ports and coastwise shipping.
-
-When the Navy Department had eventually set about the salvage of the
-U-boat they had found it by this time so nearly imbedded in the floor
-of the ocean that only the conning tower remained above ground. The
-Navy was now ready to dig the U-boat out, but had decided to ask the
-Bridgeford Company to co-operate with them in the venture.
-
-"And now we come to the meat of the whole thing," confided the
-superintendent. "The men who are to engage in this work must be of the
-most trustworthy character, for reasons I will now explain. We have
-selected you fellows to get in on this because you are naval veterans
-and we know you can be trusted to the limit."
-
-The superintendent motioned the boys closer and resumed in an undertone,
-
-"Deep down in that sunken U-boat are plans of United States
-fortifications, ship and munition designs and highly valuable
-scientific formulas that must be recovered at whatever cost. They were
-stolen from the archives of the department at Washington by adroit
-tools of the German espionage system. I am not at liberty to tell you
-how they were stolen, for it is one of the secrets of the department.
-But we are told that those plans are on that submerged U-boat. The
-Germans were smuggling them out of the country, and it was a lucky shot
-from the 'ash-cans' of our chasers that laid that particular U-boat
-low."
-
-"Naturally, we are elated that the Department has come to us in such
-an important matter, and it is needless for me to say that we are more
-than anxious to make good, not alone for the sake of our company, but,
-and very much more to the point, for the sake of the dear old country
-that we love so much."
-
-"And we--" began Jay.
-
-"Yes, I rather fancied you two fellows would enjoy getting in on a
-project of this kind," interrupted the superintendent. "I don't suppose
-it is necessary for me formally to ask you whether you would like to
-look up this unlucky U-boat."
-
-"Well, hardly." Almost in unison they had leaped to their feet to
-answer in the affirmative.
-
-"Bully! You are assigned forthwith, with our hearty good wishes, and
-here's hoping you succeed in putting over another neat piece of work
-for Uncle Sam just as you did over there in the North Sea. If you
-fellows had laid that mine curtain before those U-boats escaped this
-Cape May job never would have happened. But now we've got to get those
-plans back. They are of immense value to our government."
-
-"They wouldn't be of much value to Germany now!" interrupted Dick with
-a grin.
-
-"Right!" laughed the superintendent. "Germany doesn't look very
-formidable, with her surrendered navy, and her surrendered iron and
-coal fields, and her surrendered stores of munitions. But you never can
-tell. Besides, there are scientific secrets in that collection that,
-even if the defeated Huns couldn't use them, could be sold for sums
-that would make you gasp if I mentioned them."
-
-The boys whistled.
-
-"This is the information I have from the naval officer. You can see
-how urgent the job is. That sunken U-boat is guarded night and day by
-American war vessels ever on the alert. The exact spot where she lies
-on the bottom is known and guarded like the gold in the United States
-Treasury vaults.
-
-"And now I wish you 'bon voyage,'" concluded the superintendent as he
-shook hands with the two lads. "You will go out this afternoon with
-Captain Austin on the _Nemo_; and, don't forget, when you come back the
-_Jules Verne_ will be waiting for you."
-
-Elated with the prospects of a new venture of such an important
-character, Jay and Dick arose to go, telling Captain Austin they would
-report immediately aboard the _Nemo_ and make ready to depart for the
-trip down the coast to Cape May.
-
-"Better luck to you this time, Mr. Thacker," called out the yard
-superintendent.
-
-"Thanks, Mr. Brown. I sincerely hope so," the youth replied.
-
-Jay turned and opened the door of the superintendent's office. As he
-stepped into the hallway he came face to face with Carl Weddigen. For
-an instant the latter seemed embarrassed, but quickly regained his
-composure.
-
-"How are you, fellows! Is Captain Austin in there with the
-superintendent?" he asked imperiously.
-
-Dick replied that he was, whereupon Weddigen coolly declared he would
-wait where he was until the captain came out.
-
-The boys hurried along leaving the diver still standing outside the
-superintendent's office.
-
-"Funny thing how he happened to be standing around like that," remarked
-Dick as they let themselves out of the administration building.
-
-"Funny is right," countered Jay. "Looks as though he might have been
-spying around or trying to horn in where he hadn't been invited. I've
-seen enough to know what kind of a chap he is and I'm here to say I
-don't think he wanted to see Captain Austin at all. That was only a
-bluff. I'll bet he was listening in on us while 'Montey' Brown was
-giving us the dope on that U-boat."
-
-"So!" whistled Dick. "All right, we have his number right now. If he is
-going along to Cape May--look out!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-FOUND--ONE U-BOAT!
-
-
-Cape May Light loomed in the distance like a lone sentinel of the
-night. At intervals of ten seconds its long penciled rays shot out over
-the ocean as the giant electric beacon oscillated in its rhythmic swing
-around the horizon. Dimly in the distance were reflected the lights
-along the boardwalk of the seashore resort, and far off toward the
-north the faint blur against the night skyline marked the spot where
-Wildwood nestled on the sands.
-
-The _Nemo_ rode at anchor on the smooth summer sea. To starboard lay a
-trim little United States destroyer that had stood guard for days over
-the submerged U-boat. Here and there on the surface of the sea could be
-seen the outlines of a submarine chaser, a fleet of them having come
-out to welcome the newly arrived salvage ship.
-
-Mid-afternoon the _Nemo_ had arrived from her home base in Long Island
-Sound and was awaiting now the morning to begin operations on the
-foundered German submarine. There had remained before sundown only a
-brief time for a superficial examination of the sea bottom, but in that
-time Jay Thacker and Dick Monaghan, crack divers of the Bridgeford
-Company, had donned diving armor and spent an hour under water.
-
-Imagine the surprise of the navy officials when these two youths had
-returned to the deck to report they could find no trace of the lost
-U-boat!
-
-"I don't quite understand this at all," remarked Lieutenant-Commander
-Wilberforce, U. S. N. He and Captain Austin were conferring together on
-the U. S. S. _Monadnock_, the destroyer.
-
-"Our men declare positively that this is the identical spot where the
-U-boat was located by divers some time ago," explained the officer.
-"We have not been sending divers down these last few weeks since the
-department ordered us to wait until they sent salvage facilities. But
-we have stood guard here continually and can assure you absolutely that
-no foreign salvage corps has been working here."
-
-Captain Austin ventured the opinion that the U-boat had been broken up
-by the shifting waters during a recent ten-day gale that had raged up
-and down the coast.
-
-"No, I hardly think so," hazarded Commander Wilberforce. "When last our
-divers were down they reported the U-boat well above sea bottom. It's a
-mystery to me."
-
-"Perhaps the German craft has been covered up with drifted sand,"
-suggested Captain Austin.
-
-Wilberforce thought that over for a moment.
-
-"That hadn't occurred to me," he resumed after a moment. "There may
-be something to that. You see, we are just off the Delaware River
-breakwater and there are all kinds of cross-currents here."
-
-For an hour or more the two officers discussed the project and
-collaborated on their plans for the morrow.
-
-"I've got some pretty good divers with me," said Captain Austin as he
-made ready to return to the _Nemo_ for the night. "I'll stack them
-against anything in the world. If they can't find that U-boat then
-nobody can find it."
-
-"Good enough, I'm sure they'll do their best." Commander Wilberforce
-had thought well of Jay and Dick, and had so expressed himself during
-the afternoon as he saw the boys in action.
-
-With the morning sun the boys were up and ready for the day's
-explorations. They were anxious to get down to business. And
-furthermore, they were anxious that one or the other should get the
-first assignment of the day. Weddigen was along, but Captain Austin
-had not ordered him into diving armor the previous afternoon, and the
-Brighton boys were hopeful that the task of searching for the U-boat
-was to be entrusted to them alone.
-
-Jay was first to go over the side of the _Nemo_. The sea had looked
-calm and placid as a mountain lake as he started and he figured no
-difficulty in getting about over the bottom. But, as every diver knows,
-the sea is the most deceptive thing in the world. Stand on the shore on
-a quiet day and look out to sea over waters unruffled save for the roll
-of the surf. Everything lovely; yet, down deep, mighty forces heaving
-and tossing like a hidden monster seeking some prey to devour.
-
-From hummock to hummock the young diver was tumbled over the submarine
-sandbars. First he would be knocked down and then as quickly stood up
-once more. At intervals he would be lifted off his feet and swirled
-along in the vortex of a deadly current. Then he would be slammed down
-hard again and pinned with such force against the ocean bed that it
-seemed he never would get to his feet again. Occasionally he found
-himself sprawled out on hands and knees like a creeping crustacean.
-
-Under such circumstances search for the U-boat was next to impossible.
-Instead of the usual green radiance of the water Jay found himself in a
-deadly saffron light, at times almost opaque. Experience had taught him
-that that meant the sand was in motion. Light conditions, therefore,
-were not favorable for exploration, since the youth could not see very
-far in any direction. Peer about as he did between his many enforced
-flip-flops, he saw nothing of the U-boat, even though the navy men had
-said it was in these very waters and within a very narrow prescribed
-circle.
-
-Presently, as he was swept helter-skelter along over the sand hummocks
-by the twisting waters, he brought up sharp against some object that
-projected out of the sand like a slim piling. Instinctively he flung
-out an arm as he was swept close to it. His arm struck with such a
-resounding whack that for the moment the limb felt numb.
-
-"What in the name of sense is this?" he speculated, unable to see for a
-moment because of the swirling sand. His mind conjectured all manner of
-things.
-
-Clinging tenaciously to his new-found support, Jay ran his hands up and
-down the protuberance. It was smooth and round like some cylindrical
-metal object. But what was it?
-
-Soon there came a rift in the cloud of sand particles and the filtered
-sun's rays came down through the opulent green. In that moment Jay
-cleared the sand from the eyes of his helmet that he might scrutinize
-the object more clearly. Turning his gaze upward, he beheld the boxed
-lens glass of a periscope--the eye of the submarine!
-
-"Great guns! here's the old U-boat buried to her eyelashes in the
-bottom of the sea!" ejaculated the diver, surprised and stunned at his
-discovery. There was no doubt of it; here was the periscopic pole of
-a submarine with its great eyes still intact. But what of the U-boat
-itself? Was it there under the sandy floor of the ocean? And by what
-queer prank of the tides had it come to be covered over?
-
-In succession, these questions flitted through the mind of the lad as
-he further inspected his new find. Leaving it, he paced off first in
-one direction and then in another, keeping this up until he had run
-a radius in every direction from the periscope pole. But nowhere was
-there any trace of a ship's hull within a reasonable distance of that
-stranded ship's eye.
-
-Jay was all excited. To think! He had located the lost submarine in
-such an extraordinary manner!
-
-"I'll have to get out of here, though, and mighty quick," was his next
-thought as he began to feel that queer pain across the eyes and at the
-base of the brain that tells a diver he has had enough for one time of
-the deadly sea pressure.
-
-In his excitement he gave his signal line a mighty jerk. Afterwards
-they told him he had signaled the emergency. And they had been awaiting
-the signal so long, thinking some mishap had come to Jay, that they
-yanked him up in jig time.
-
-Jay was a sight when he came over the side of the _Nemo_ again. For
-one thing he had stayed too long. His nose was bleeding profusely and
-his head was bruised and battered by the pummeling he had gotten down
-below in the embrace of that undertow. But when they got his helmet
-off and freshened him up with cold water and first aid restoratives he
-soon rallied again to his normal self.
-
-And then he told them all about the U-boat in its sepulcher of sand
-with its periscope standing out like a gravestone.
-
-"Guess you were right," admitted Commander Wilberforce as he turned to
-Captain Austin, recalling how the latter had suggested the previous
-night that the U-boat might have been covered over by drifted sand, set
-in motion by cross currents and undertows.
-
-"And that being the case, I don't see that there is much that we can
-do here for the present," added the Bridgeford official. "It will be
-necessary for us to bring down our new salvage ship before we can do
-anything with that U-boat. Of course, we have facilities for digging
-into the bottom of the ocean just as land engineers employ the steam
-shovel to excavate a cut or a tunnel. What do you think?"
-
-Commander Wilberforce heartily agreed and said he would go ashore at
-once to acquaint the department at Washington with the full facts and
-ask an authorization on behalf of the Bridgeford Company for the
-employment of their entire resources in exhuming the buried submarine.
-In the meanwhile the _Nemo_ was to return to Bridgeford.
-
-But if Commander Wilberforce and Captain Austin were through for the
-present, Diver Jay Thacker was not. He liked not at all the prospect
-of backing off at this stage of the game, leaving the U-boat possibly
-to be buried high over her periscope deeper and deeper until the new
-_Jules Verne_ could get on the job from Bridgeford.
-
-Jay was doing a tall lot of thinking. And he had formulated in his own
-mind a plan of action that he hoped to put into effect with the aid of
-Captain Austin. Not even taking his own chum into his confidence, Jay
-sought out the _Nemo's_ chief executive and drew him below decks for a
-star-chamber session of his own making.
-
-Patiently the captain heard Jay through, shaking his head negatively in
-disapproval of the lad's proposition.
-
-"There's no use of your taking any such risks, and, besides, we'll come
-back here a little later with the _Jules Verne_ and worm our way right
-into that U-boat."
-
-But Jay was insistent.
-
-"Please, Captain Austin, I'm sure I can get away with this and rescue
-those plans belonging to the government----"
-
-Captain Austin, looking over Jay's shoulder, saw some one approaching
-and bade the young diver speak softly of the stolen plans.
-
-The intruder was Weddigen! Jay eyed him keenly, trying to fathom
-whether the burly diver had overhead the remark. A cynical smile played
-at the corners of Carl's mouth and he smirked at Jay in a leering way.
-
-"Well, all right, Thacker, I suppose you will have your own way,"
-decided the ship's captain. "Go ahead, I'll wait the afternoon out for
-you; but, remember, we weigh anchor for home to-night."
-
-Jay climbed on deck and prepared again to don his armor.
-
-"Bring me a crowbar and that old mushroom anchor that lies up front in
-the forward compartment," he asked of one of the deckmen.
-
-Dick was assisting his chum to get into his diving suit.
-
-"What are you going to do this time?" asked Dick inquisitively.
-
-"Well, I've got an idea and I want to see how it works out," replied
-Jay. "That freak undertow is doing some funny stunts and I think I can
-use it to suit my purposes. I'll let you know after I've had another
-look at that periscope pole."
-
-Pretty soon Jay was over the side again and dangling in the water,
-carrying the crowbar in one hand and the mushroom anchor in the other.
-Instantly his feet touched bottom, he set off in the direction of the
-periscope and soon came upon it by intuitively guiding along the course
-that he knew would take him to the goal of his aspiration. The water
-was fairly clear and the undertow still setting strong along the ocean
-bed.
-
-"Now we'll see," he murmured, as he set down the anchor within easy
-reach and took the crowbar, commencing to dig directly alongside the
-periscope pole. It is not easy thus to dig on the sandy bottom of the
-sea; one must go in sidewise with a due allowance for the currents
-instead of directly down.
-
-Little by little the sand was dislodged and turned away. And so soon as
-it became loosened up and was stirred around the water dragged at it
-and skitted it away freakily, dissolving it into particles that filled
-all the sea round about the diver. Pretty soon Jay was the center of a
-veritable submarine sand tornado.
-
-"Good enough; just what I wanted," he chuckled.
-
-All at once as he was digging away the crowbar struck something
-hard. With a firm impact it brought up against a solid substance.
-The diver's own buoyancy and the swing of the rolling sea kept him
-from digging with much force, but pecking away with determination Jay
-soon accomplished his purpose, and that was to make a considerable
-excavation over the hard metallic substance that his crowbar had
-encountered.
-
-"How do you do, Mr. Submarine," he laughed. For what he had encountered
-with his crowbar was nothing more or less than the top of the U-boat's
-conning tower!
-
-Setting the anchor in the hole, he lashed the crowbar to his body again
-and gave the signal to be hoisted.
-
-"See you in the morning," he called to the sunken submarine.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X
-
-CAUGHT WITH THE GOODS
-
-
-It was morning. Captain Austin, won over by the arguments of Jay
-Thacker, one of his crack divers, had decided to postpone the return
-trip to Bridgeford twenty-four hours in order to give the Brighton lad
-a chance to work out a plan he had hatched while exploring the wreck of
-the submerged U-boat.
-
-"You say you want us to anchor directly over the submarine and play you
-out a hundred feet of hydraulic hose?" asked the captain of the _Nemo_
-as he greeted Jay and Dick on deck after morning mess.
-
-"Right you are," chirped Jay, "and I want the hose attached to the air
-pump just the same as you hitch up my own air lines--only I want all
-the pressure of air you can put behind this new hose line."
-
-"You shall have it, my boy," replied the captain, and gave orders to
-various members of his crew to rig out the apparatus for which Jay had
-called.
-
-"What's all this hose line?" chortled Larry Seymour as he watched Jay
-preparing again to go over the side of the _Nemo_. "Looks as though you
-are going down to spray the mermaids with a little hot air."
-
-"Nothing doing, kiddo; it's a vacuum cleaner to scrub up Father
-Neptune's parlor," remarked Dick, who had been let in on Jay's plans.
-
-Weddigen sauntered up like a pouter pigeon.
-
-"Nothing new about this," said he to members of the crew standing
-beside him. "This bird Thacker knows his onion; he's simply taking down
-a line of hose and proposes to bore his way into the stranded submarine
-with a line of compressed air. All you got to do is turn on the air,
-point the nozzle of the hose into the sand, and away she goes."
-
-Jay, getting ready to adjust his helmet, overheard the remark. How did
-Weddigen know it was a U-boat?
-
-"You have it O. K., Weddigen; that's just exactly what I'm going to try
-and do," he replied pleasantly. At the same time he was asking himself:
-"Has Weddigen overheard about the plans in the U-boat?"
-
-It was a bold plan, but quite a feasible plan after all. Taking
-advantage of the undertow that snatched up every loosened particle of
-sand and scurried it away, Jay proposed to do a little excavating in
-the neighborhood of the U-boat and leave it to the currents themselves
-to exhume the lost ship--at least to free it far enough for the divers
-to get inside and salvage the plans so much wanted by the U. S.
-Government.
-
-And now Jay was ready to be off. His new "vacuum cleaner" was ready and
-the air pump working smoothly.
-
-"Good luck to you," called out Captain Austin as Dick prepared to clamp
-on his chum's helmet.
-
-The youth smiled and in a moment shuffled to the side and was over and
-gone deep down into the embrace of the green sea, his air hose fastened
-at his belt. Pretty soon he was on bottom and groping his way along
-from hummock to hummock, now stumbling and now lifted by the whirling
-currents.
-
-Presently he came upon the periscope pole and the mushroom anchor he
-had left below the previous night. But now the anchor sat deep down
-in a wide depression that opened out of the floor of the sea like the
-crater of a volcano.
-
-"Bless my soul if that undertow hasn't been working for me all night,"
-he observed while noting that the sand had been scooped out in huge
-quantities in every direction radiating from the periscope pole.
-
-Which made it that much easier for the submarine excavator. The
-digging, of course, but not the actual work; for the deadly currents
-were dragging the youth to and fro until he reeled and tottered like a
-drunken man. But Jay had come prepared so that he would not again be
-subjected to the terrific mauling he had received before. This time he
-had piled on lead until he was heavily weighted down. A canvas belt,
-slung from hips to armpits, with pockets, held close to fifty pounds of
-metal. In addition he had fastened around each ankle a bag containing
-another twenty-five pounds.
-
-As he prepared to swing his air hose into action Jay found the sea
-clutching and tearing viciously at his own air and signal lines and
-he made sure that they were intact and working perfectly before he
-gave the signal for the air to be turned into the "spray" line that he
-carried.
-
-At last the youth was ready for his experiment. Jay had no idea how his
-plan would turn out, for, while he had heard of this kind of work and
-knew of its practicability, he had never tried it out for himself. It
-was his purpose to start the sand shifting in the belief that once the
-movement was under way the freakish undertow and cross-currents would
-come to his assistance and facilitate the task of unearthing the U-boat.
-
-"Here goes," he cried as he sat down on the sandy bottom and, holding
-the nozzle of the hose away from him at an oblique angle of forty
-degrees, turned on the air full force.
-
-Instantly the sea began to boil up around him like a young geyser.
-The sand was swept and swirled in every direction by the column of
-compressed air that was boring relentlessly into everything it touched.
-The young diver could feel his feet sinking slowly into an aperture as
-the sea bottom was scooped up and distributed into the yellow clouds
-that filled all the space of water around the periscope pole.
-
-A new danger confronted the youth. Unless he exercised extreme caution
-he might dig his own grave. The shifting sand might collect around his
-own body and imbed him quickly unless he kept it shifting away from
-him instead of around him. The thought of being buried alive made him
-shudder for an instant, but he dismissed it and set himself carefully
-to keep the moving sand in front instead of behind him.
-
-He resolved to keep on the move, holding the air hose ever far in front
-and drawing himself, as best he could shift the weights that held him
-down, in a wide circle around the periscope pole, throwing the sand
-off to the left. In this way he hoped to make an excavation that would
-gradually bring the conning tower of the U-boat above the level of the
-sea bottom. Backing steadily all the time on the circumference of his
-circle, he kept the sand moving ever outward; and move it did with the
-assistance of the undertow that aided and abetted the work of the air
-hose just as Jay had anticipated it would do.
-
-Despite the perils of the undertaking Jay persisted and soon had worked
-himself completely around to the starting-point, a complete circle
-having the periscope pole of the U-boat as the hub of the imaginative
-wheel. By the feel of it under his feet and by thrusting his right foot
-out into the hole that he had dug Jay could tell his efforts had not
-been in vain. Considerable sand must have been shifted.
-
-He decided to turn off the compressed air and await the clearing of
-the water so that he could see what he had accomplished. He had by now
-been down for considerable time and was commencing to feel the effects
-of his hard toil, the wear and tear of the sea, and the weight of his
-added incumbrances. Nevertheless, since his breathing was still free
-and easy he decided he could risk a few more minutes anyway to view the
-results of his handiwork.
-
-By and by the sand clouds began to settle and the yellow sedimentation
-to subside. Imagine his joy when he found that he had successfully dug
-a great excavation right over the deck of the U-boat amidships, with
-the conning tower standing out entirely freed of all sand investiture.
-
-"Good enough," he told himself gleefully. "And now to get inside the
-U-boat before the sands shift back again."
-
-Reluctantly he gave the signal to be raised away after lashing the air
-hose with which he had successfully accomplished the task fast to the
-conning tower of the U-boat.
-
-By now he could feel his heart pounding fiercely while a fitful
-darkness obscured his sight. Well he knew these symptoms--he had
-stayed down longer than he should have. But with his signal for a lift
-he felt the cables tighten and then he was swept along through the
-water toward the surface. Soon they were hauling him over the side of
-the _Nemo_ just when his senses were reeling.
-
-"Boy, you stayed too long," he heard Captain Austin saying as the
-helmet was lifted and he breathed again the pure air of the surface.
-
-He could only nod a reply. But within a few minutes he was himself
-again and able to talk.
-
-"What success, lad?" Captain Austin was eager to know how he had gotten
-along.
-
-Jay told him the story; how he had utilized the air hose in excavating
-the U-boat and how it now lay all exposed in its hastily improvised
-crater.
-
-"Some one had better go down right away and see if they can pry into
-that conning tower," he counseled. "No telling when those sands will
-commence to shift back again with the undertow."
-
-Immediately Dick Monaghan and Carl Weddigen stepped forward.
-
-"Please, sir, I'd like to take a shot at it," offered Dick.
-
-"Give me a chance, Captain; remember how I got along with the
-_Dominion_," pleaded Weddigen.
-
-Other members of the crew who were divers offered to take Jay's place
-and the captain for a moment was in a quandary.
-
-"Guess you better go down, Weddigen, and see what you can do by way of
-prodding that conning tower open," the _Nemo's_ executive decided. "You
-have big powerful arms and good lungs." At the same time, Austin winked
-at Jay, thinking Weddigen knew nothing of the plans in the U-boat.
-
-Turning to Dick the captain said:
-
-"I'll send you down after Weddigen works awhile, and we'll see what the
-two of you can do."
-
-So Weddigen hastily climbed into his diving suit and made ready to go.
-Weddigen went equipped with tools that he hoped to use in forcing an
-entrance into the submarine. He took along with him also the extra air
-hose since it was possible the sand was shifting again and he might
-find it necessary to do some more digging.
-
-After he had gone Jay and Dick engaged in earnest conversation.
-
-"That fellow's not to be trusted," remarked Jay tartly.
-
-"He may undo all that you've done," added Dick.
-
-"Yes, or get into that U-boat and make away with those navy plans." Jay
-had seen enough of Weddigen to give him the idea that the big fellow
-had ulterior motives behind his activities with the Bridgeford Salvage
-Company.
-
-After half an hour's wait Captain Austin told Dick to go ahead and get
-ready for a descent to the U-boat.
-
-"See how Weddigen's getting along. Maybe you can recover those plans
-yourself."
-
-The captain had confided to the two divers, Jay and Dick, that the
-coveted plans were contained in a stout steel box that would be found
-in a locker in the submarine's wireless chamber just forward of the
-main turret.
-
-Dick was glad of the chance to get the assignment. So far he had not
-had an opportunity to prove his ability as a diver to Captain Austin
-and he was anxious to make good. What a fine thing if he could be
-instrumental in reclaiming for the United States Government the long
-lost plans and scientific formulas! It had been hinted that among other
-things, the stolen plans included the formula for manufacture of the
-deadly gas that U. S. chemists had discovered just before the close of
-the war.
-
-"I'll certainly do my level best," soliloquized Dick as he floundered
-along on the sea bottom in the direction of the U-boat.
-
-Very soon he came in sight of it. The sun, shining strong on the
-surface of the sea, lit up the whole area of clear water so that he was
-able to see quite a distance in front of him.
-
-Through the green haze of the sea he discerned suddenly the figure of
-another diver. He was dragging after him a long rectangular box of some
-kind. Undoubtedly it was Weddigen! But what was he doing and what was
-the chest that he dragged with so much effort?
-
-"The plans!" gasped Dick. In an instant it was clearly revealed to him.
-Weddigen had succeeded in getting into the submarine and had salvaged
-the stolen plans!
-
-What was Weddigen doing now? Dick stopped short in his tracks to watch
-the maneuvers of the other diver.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI
-
-THE SPY!
-
-
-Peering intently through the water Dick watched every move of Weddigen.
-The latter had knelt on the sandy bottom and was tinkering with the
-steel chest. His back was turned to the Brighton youth and he, to all
-intents, had no knowledge of the proximity of the latter.
-
-And then Dick made an astounding discovery. Weddigen had unfastened the
-extra air hose from his belt, turned on the air and was digging a hole
-in the sand some ten or fifteen yards away from the submarine. A cloud
-of sediment was stirred up by the air which for the time served the
-purpose of hiding the diver at his work.
-
-Dick's first impulse was to move forward hastily and make known his
-presence, thinking perhaps Weddigen was having trouble lugging the
-chest and needed assistance. But then, it occurred to him, why would
-Carl be digging a hole with the air line when he had already salvaged
-the precious box? Why had he not gripped it with a steel cable and
-sent it aloft to the _Nemo_?
-
-"By jove! I know what he's doing," exclaimed Dick to himself. "He's
-trying to lose those plans under the floor of the sea rather than give
-them back to the government!"
-
-The youth saw red on the instant. A traitor to America! An enemy of the
-United States Government who, rather than return the plans that he had
-found, was trying to cover them up where he might return later and dig
-for them at his leisure.
-
-Just for an instant Dick was undecided whether to return at once to
-the _Nemo_ and report what he had seen or stay and see it through to
-the limit. To grapple with Weddigen here under the sea was next to
-impossible. Heavily accoutred as he was with diving paraphernalia and
-weighed down by additional anchors, he could hope to gain nothing by
-forcibly encountering the big diver in front of him.
-
-He decided to wait until Weddigen had stopped digging and the water
-cleared again. In the meantime he moved closer, thinking perhaps when
-Weddigen found that he was being observed he would switch his tactics
-and order the steel chest with its precious documents hoisted away. It
-was a trying moment for the lad and he bit his lip to think that he had
-no submarine weapon of any kind that would enable him to challenge the
-traitor and compel him to desist. But it was a time for quick thinking
-and direct action, and he firmly resolved to make the best of the
-situation.
-
-Before long the stirring of the sands ceased and the water began to
-clear. Dick by now was no further away from Weddigen than ten or
-fifteen feet. But Weddigen was still crouched with his back to the
-newcomer and all unmindful of Dick's presence. And then, in one quick
-glance, Dick discerned that Weddigen had dug his hole, and was dragging
-the steel chest into it, preparatory to covering it up.
-
-"The dirty dog!" hissed the Brighton youth, instinctively clenching his
-fists.
-
-On the instant Dick was minded to grapple with the fellow at all
-hazards and wrestle with him for possession of the steel box. The only
-thing in the way of a weapon that he carried was a short, slender
-crowbar that he had used to facilitate walking, while at the feet of
-Weddigen lay the various tools that he had brought along to force his
-way into the U-boat.
-
-And then Dick saw his opportunity! Weddigen was still unmindful of the
-presence of another diver, so intent was he on getting the treasure box
-buried. Why not steal up behind Carl, grasp his signal lines and signal
-for the emergency lift before the scheming diver could interfere? Up he
-would go, leaving the unattached strong box behind him!
-
-"I'll do it, so help me!" the youth exclaimed in sheer delight.
-
-Stealthily he approached, taking every precaution not to stir up any
-more of the sea bottom than he could help in order not to apprise
-Weddigen that he was so close at hand. The latter by now had the box
-in position and was prepared to swing the air hose in action. In a
-moment or two the precious plans would be gone again--covered up by a
-dastardly enemy of America!
-
-Dick was almost on top of Weddigen before the latter wheeled suddenly
-to find that he had company. But as Carl swung round in his heavy
-shoes Dick took one desperate lunge through the water in the direction
-of Weddigen's helmet. His aim was true and his momentum despite his
-weights sufficient to carry him to the mark. Eagerly he clutched the
-signal lines over Carl's head.
-
-Weddigen saw the move and divined the intent--but all too late. As
-Dick's fingers closed over the conspirator's signal lines he gave
-one mighty tug and instantly released his hold, knowing full well
-what would happen. And happen it did! Yanked off his feet by willing
-hands on the deck of the _Nemo_ the hapless Carl Weddigen was carried
-swiftly up through the swirling currents, leaving the salvage that he
-had recovered and tried to lose again behind him at the feet of Dick
-Monaghan.
-
-It had been Dick's only play and he had seized his opportunity, just
-as at Brighton he had recovered many a fumble on the football field by
-quick thinking.
-
-"Thank heaven!" he murmured in prayerful gratitude.
-
-Dick now was free to make fast the strong box and hoist it away. Taking
-a short length of chain from his belt he trussed up the box securely,
-affixed one of his cables and gave the signal to raise away. Up went
-the chest over his head, and then he gathered the abandoned tools that
-Weddigen had left behind him, strapping them to his sides.
-
-"Now for the _Nemo_ and the story of Mr. Carl Weddigen and his
-despicable infamy before he makes a getaway."
-
-Presently Dick was back again on the deck of the _Nemo_, still fresh in
-body and spirit and none the worse for his rather long stay on the sea
-bottom.
-
-So impatient was the lad to be released from his diving armor that he
-could scarce contain himself. Glancing through the eye ports of his
-helmet he noted that Weddigen was being relieved of his armor, and that
-he was scowling fiercely at those who were assisting him.
-
-Captain Austin and Jay Thacker were standing close by Dick, waiting
-only his release to congratulate him on the recovery of the government
-formulas and charts from the sunken U-boat. They had no idea as yet, of
-course, as to how they had been reclaimed, for Weddigen had given them
-no tangible story. Instead he had proved evasive.
-
-"Good work, boy," Dick heard Captain Austin say, as his helmet was
-lifted. A proffered hand was extended him.
-
-"Gee, chum, I sure am proud of you," Jay was smiling--all smiles.
-
-But not so Dick. Anger blazed in his eyes and he emerged from his
-diving accoutrements with something like the ferocity of a beast of
-prey released from its trap.
-
-While the captain of the _Nemo_ and Diver Thacker looked on dumbfounded
-Dick fairly leaped across the deck in the direction of Weddigen and
-shook a fist under that diver's nose.
-
-"You dirty dog of a traitor; don't think you will get away with it this
-time."
-
-Weddigen recoiled under the fury of the verbal attack, his own teeth
-showing like a whipped cur that has been backed in a corner by a giant
-mastiff.
-
-Instantly there was a great hubbub on deck, members of the crew
-jostling about just as a crowd collects on a public thoroughfare at
-the least sign of a commotion. It was not the first time that Diver
-Weddigen was thus confronted by one of the Brighton boys. Sailors of
-the _Nemo_ recalled on the instant the scene after the recovery of the
-diamonds from the _Dominion_.
-
-"You are a spy in the service of the German secret service and a
-cowardly villain to the very core of your heart."
-
-Dick Monaghan was fairly railing at the cowering diver. By now Captain
-Austin had edged up closer with Jay Thacker right at his heels.
-
-"Captain Austin, this man Weddigen recovered that chest of government
-plans from the U-boat; but he was trying to get rid of them again. He
-knew that Jay Thacker and I would stay here as long as you would let us
-in an attempt to reclaim them, and that in the event of our failure to
-salvage them the U. S. Navy would have persisted until it had gotten
-them back again. And so he tried to do away with them when he realized
-that it was impossible now ever to get these plans out of this country."
-
-Captain Austin stepped away aghast with rage.
-
-"What! Do you mean----"
-
-Like a human machine gun Dick rattled off the story of what had
-happened on the floor of the ocean; how he had come upon Weddigen
-tugging away at the chest; how he had stood watch while the diver made
-ready to bury the precious documents, and how he had intervened just in
-the nick of time.
-
-Through the whole recital Weddigen cringed like an animal afraid. His
-face was ghastly white, but with it all he endeavored to keep quiet
-and self-possessed, ready to take advantage of any opening.
-
-"I've suspected him from the very beginning," Dick was saying. "The
-first day you broached this proposition to us, Mr. Thacker found him
-spying at the keyhole of your office. Only yesterday, when Mr. Thacker
-was telling you how he planned to get into the U-boat, this chap
-Weddigen bobbed up unexpectedly."
-
-Captain Austin was nodding in a knowing way.
-
-At this juncture some one else took a hand in the proceedings. Jay
-Thacker stepped forward.
-
-"Captain Austin, I'm neither a quitter nor a squealer," he began. Just
-for a moment he paused, and then resumed.
-
-"You recall the scene on the day that we came back with the diamonds
-from the _Dominion_--or rather, when Weddigen came back with the
-diamonds. Weddigen was accused by Larry Seymour of having stolen some
-of the glittering gems and secreted them in a slit pocket in the side
-of his diving suit. Weddigen explained that the chest had come open and
-that he had slipped some of the jewels into his pocket only when they
-were in danger of being lost."
-
-The captain of the _Nemo_ remembered it all.
-
-"Very well, captain, I had intended always to keep silent," continued
-Jay. "You seemed satisfied to take his word for it; and I did not feel
-like speaking out for fear you and some of the fellows would think I
-was only jealous because Weddigen had gotten the diamonds and I had
-not. But now I'm going to speak out and tell the truth."
-
-Jay looked full into the face of Weddigen, fearlessly and intently. In
-return he was met with a bitter look of scorn.
-
-Pointing his finger directly at the big diver, Jay said:
-
-"Weddigen stole those diamonds. By the light of his own flash I saw
-him break open the chest in the captain's cabin of the _Dominion_ and
-transfer some of those sparklers to his pockets. As God is my judge, I
-saw this man take those diamonds."
-
-The hubbub increased. The crew of the _Nemo_ seemed about to leap on
-the accused diver.
-
-"Since he didn't get away with the theft because of the alertness
-of Seymour," Jay continued, "I decided to let the matter go by. But
-now that he's been caught again, and this time in a dastardly effort
-against the country that we all love, I'm telling the whole story.
-He's a thief and a traitor, and Dick Monaghan and I have the goods on
-him."
-
-Jay's dramatic climax in high-pitched voice with an extended hand that
-shook with rage aroused the crew of the _Nemo_ to a wild frenzy of
-rage. With one accord they moved toward the indicted diver. A traitor
-to the United States! More yet, an emissary of the vaunted German
-secret service working right in their very midst!
-
-"String him up! Give him his due! Kill him!" the cries were
-intermingled with the hoarse guttural exclamations of the
-_Nemo's_ crew. They were minded on the moment to mete out justice
-themselves--the mob-rule spirit when it has been whetted to white heat
-passion.
-
-In this trying situation, Captain Austin, exponent of law and order,
-took a hand. Enraged as he was at the revelations concerning Weddigen,
-he was determined there should be no informal lynching party aboard his
-craft. Better to make a prisoner of the man and turn him over to the
-United States Government for a trial that would bring out interesting
-information and certainly result in punishment of a fitting nature
-being visited upon this miserable spy.
-
-Whipping out his revolver the captain advanced through the crowd to the
-side of the dismayed diver.
-
-"He's my prisoner, boys; I'll just lock him up and take him back to
-Bridgeford with us, where we'll turn him over to Uncle Sam."
-
-As for Dick and Jay, they were thinking not so much of the fate of
-the discomfited diver, but of the precious government plans and
-formulas that had been saved from falling into the hands of foreign and
-unfriendly powers! Weddigen had overheard and knew all the time!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII
-
-INTRODUCING THE "JULES VERNE"
-
-
-"All out for the _Jules Verne_!"
-
-A familiar voice sounded in the ears of Dick Monaghan as he swung
-up through the big shipyard at Bridgeford bound for the office of
-Superintendent Brown in the hope that he would find Captain Austin and
-his own chum, Jay Thacker, and learn from them some interesting news
-concerning the next move to be made in the game of deep-sea salvage.
-
-"All out for the _Jules Verne_!" It was a familiar phrase to every
-Brighton student. At the academy, it was always "all out" when the boys
-quit their books at night for a romp in the corridors before "lights
-out."
-
-"All out yourself, old chappie," retorted Dick. "And what's the good
-news this morning?"
-
-"The good news is that the _Jules Verne_ is ready for her maiden trip
-out into Long Island Sound, and we are bound thither, old boy, by the
-light of this afternoon's sun."
-
-Dick was pleased. They had been back nearly two weeks now from Cape May
-and the recovery of government plans from the lost U-boat. There had
-been some tedious delay in fitting out the new salvage ship with its
-finishing touches, and the inactivity had tried the mettle of the two
-lads.
-
-Eagerly they set their steps toward the offices of "Montey" Brown,
-the yard superintendent, intent upon procuring further and definite
-information. On the way they were accosted by "Laughing Larry"
-Seymour--"the original optimist" the boys had labeled him.
-
-"Look who's here!" chortled Jay as Larry came swinging along.
-
-For once the volatile Seymour was repressed.
-
-"Heard the news yet today?" Larry was all earnestness.
-
-"Sure, we know all about the _Jules Verne_--" Jay was in excellent
-spirits and not to be daunted by the changed demeanor of the usually
-debonair Seymour.
-
-"Naw, I don't mean the _Jules Verne_! I mean this."
-
-Larry snatched a newspaper from his pocket and was pointing to a
-glaring front page headline.
-
-"Spy Suspect Escapes Receiving Ship _Exeter's_ Brig at Charlestown Navy
-Yard in Boston--Carl Weddigen, Believed to be German Secret Service
-Emissary, Makes Getaway on Eve of Trial."
-
-It was a copy of the Providence _Journal_ that had come into Bridgeford
-by the morning mail. Seymour was ready to "blow up" with indignation.
-
-"What do you know about that!" he was groaning.
-
-Jay and Dick, their faces buried in the outspread sheet, read every
-detail of the news item. How their erstwhile shipmate, Carl Weddigen,
-he of the diamond-theft fame and the U-boat plot, had slipped
-his chains at Boston, dropped over the side of the _Exeter_ and
-successfully made his getaway. Within a few days he was to have been
-haled before a Naval Board of Inquiry; and both Jay and Dick were to
-have appeared as witnesses in the case.
-
-"Out of luck!" expostulated Jay. "Just after we round up that
-bird--then they let him slip away. Fine state of affairs."
-
-Weddigen was soon forgotten in the plans for going aboard the _Jules
-Verne_ and testing her out on the initial voyage. Captain Austin,
-meeting the three lads near the drydock, told them they should report
-for duty at seven o'clock the next morning. Jay had heard that they
-would go out that same afternoon; but now their chief executive told
-them it would be morning before they would get their first peek at the
-new salvage ship.
-
-The hours dragged slowly, so impatient were the youths to see the
-_Jules Verne_ at last. They had heard so much about her and speculated
-so much on the kind of ship that it might be and how it would operate.
-Even carefree Larry Seymour, not much given to the serious side of
-life, avowed for once all this secrecy had "got his goat."
-
-"Must be something wonderful's all I can say," he laughed with a toss
-of the head.
-
-"And tomorrow we're to find out all about it," Jay could hardly wait.
-
-Morning found the three youths on hand early. Fismes, the war dog,
-accompanied them to the yard. Jay had wanted to take the pet along on
-the _Nemo_ as a mascot, but it had been decided there was no space
-on the under-water craft for a dog. Now it might be different; for
-the _Jules Verne_ was a surface cruising craft from which under-water
-operations were conducted--that much the boys had wormed out of Captain
-Austin.
-
-"Cap" himself was waiting to greet the lads and escort them aboard the
-_Jules Verne_.
-
-"Ho! Ho! what have we here?" interposed Captain Austin as he wheeled to
-look the dog over.
-
-"Some tramp dog that followed you fellows in?"
-
-Jay was quick to tell the story of the famous dog of war, and to
-introduce Fismes formally to the Bridgeford Yard official.
-
-"Good enough, old boy," was Cap's greeting as he took the extended paw
-of the dog.
-
-"And now you shall come right aboard the _Jules Verne_ with us. We
-need a mascot for this new ship. I know of none better, and forthwith
-propose you as a member of the crew. What do you say, boys?"
-
-Jay and Dick, who shared the pet between them, heartily agreed, and Jay
-told how he had really wanted to take Fismes along on the _Nemo_, but
-had desisted, knowing there would not be room.
-
-"But there's plenty of room on the _Jules Verne_. Come along, fellows;
-let's be on our way." So saying, the four deep-sea navigators set out
-for the new craft, closely pursued by a shaggy brown dog, who, stiff
-and proud, walked like an animal all conceited over new honors heaped
-upon him.
-
-"Here she is all ready for us," announced Captain Austin as they came
-at last in sight of the _Jules Verne_.
-
-Both Brighton lads stopped short in their tracks. They had expected
-to see something pretentious. Instead, here was anchored a flat
-wide-beamed vessel that at first glance looked for all the world like a
-car-float with the superstructure of a ferry boat. It might have been a
-houseboat at one time in its career.
-
-But what particularly struck the fancy of the boys was a strange
-ram-like nose that projected straight out from the bow of this
-odd-looking craft. At this distance it looked like a series of huge
-steel cistern sections linked together after the fashion of a long
-sewer system. For approximately a hundred feet this cylindrical
-projection extended out from the bow of the _Jules Verne_. Less than a
-third of it was exposed to view, the remainder being under water. At
-the end it terminated in a queer flatiron-shaped turret something like
-eight or ten feet across at the back and tapering forward to a thin
-prow of inches.
-
-Truly this was a strange looking outfit! Never in all their maritime
-experience had the boys seen anything like it.
-
-"You sure have one on me," faltered Dick as he surveyed the craft.
-
-Jay was shaking his head too. "Might be the houseboat on the Styx so
-far as my store of knowledge is concerned."
-
-Captain Austin turned to Larry Seymour. "What do you think of her?"
-
-"Nix for me, Captain; you have me buffaloed," was all Larry could
-hazard.
-
-Captain Austin laughed aloud.
-
-"I thought you chaps would be surprised. Well, now let's see. The
-_Jules Verne_ is the mother ship"--he pointed out the "houseboat" that
-had first caught the eyes of the boys. "She is nothing more than an old
-Fall River liner that we bought in and converted into our own uses. She
-is simply the base of operations. We live on the _Jules Verne_. She
-takes us wherever we want to go and she is entirely seaworthy, I assure
-you.
-
-"Now, look at the access tube." The captain was pointing now to the
-long cylindrical tube that led away forward from the bow of the _Jules
-Verne_. "That is the way we get into the _Nautilus_. Oh, yes, the
-_Nautilus_ is really the big secret of our plan. It is the small diving
-compartment that sets out there in the water."
-
-"You mean the flatiron-shaped section nearly awash?" queried Dick.
-
-"Exactly," replied the captain. "Call it a diving bell if you will.
-What we have here is two distinct vessels connected by a long
-passageway. 'The Subway' as Superintendent Brown calls it. First we go
-aboard the _Jules Verne_. Then we find the lost ship on the bottom of
-the sea that we want to work on. When we are ready we lower the access
-tube and the _Nautilus_ right over the wreck. Down goes the tube.
-Down we climb just like walking down an enclosed ladder. Through the
-air-lock--and there we are in the _Nautilus_! Don't you get it?"
-
-Jay and Dick nodded understandingly.
-
-"Tell us more about the _Nautilus_," asked Dick inquisitively.
-
-"Well, the _Nautilus_ is nothing more or less than a submarine diving
-chamber," explained Austin. "It is set on the end of the access tube
-by means of a huge differential that enables it to work back and forth
-like a flexible hinge. Under the _Nautilus_ and under the access tube
-are ballast tanks. You boys who have been in the submarine and the
-diving business in the Navy know how easily that works. We raise or
-lower the diving compartment simply by 'trimming,' or blowing the
-tanks. In case the ballast apparatus gets out of commission, we have
-the _Nautilus_ suspended on cables. They will bring her up again if she
-gets stuck down there."
-
-"Oh, I commence to see it now," interrupted Jay. "The mother boat, or
-_Jules Verne_, is like your shoulder. The access tube through which you
-effect an entrance into the _Nautilus_ is like your arm. The _Nautilus_
-is like your hand. You raise or lower at will, and you can put the
-_Nautilus_ down in the water at a distance equal to the length of the
-access tube, or arm. Isn't that it?"
-
-"Exactly, my boy," countered "Cap" Austin. "And can't you see the
-advantages of such an equipment? Heretofore, we have had to send you
-divers down to go groping around over the bottom of the sea after we
-found our quarry. You had to prod and dig and scratch around to find
-out the condition of the lost ship, how best she was to be entered, and
-all that. And by that time, you were pretty well played out and had to
-stop until you got in good trim again."
-
-"To say nothing of the tides and the storms that kept pulling us away
-from our work," added Dick.
-
-"Right you are," continued the captain. "But now all that is done away
-with. When we come to a wreck now we lower the _Nautilus_; you chaps go
-down with us and from the ports of the _Nautilus_ we inspect the wreck
-without one of you having to step a foot on the bottom of the sea. When
-we have looked her over carefully and are all ready to get down to
-work, then we can let you out the bottom of the _Nautilus_, instead of
-sending you over the sides of the _Jules Verne_. What do you think of
-that? Think of it! You are already down in the sea a hundred feet or
-more. You are not only conserving your strength, but you are much safer
-than when out in diving armor floundering around in quest of your prey."
-
-"What is the _Nautilus_ like inside, and how does she operate?" Dick,
-mechanically inclined, was eager to solve the whole of this riddle.
-
-"You shall know intimately for yourselves within a very short time,"
-answered his captain. "We are going right aboard now, and as soon as
-Superintendent "Montey" Brown and a number of officials higher up come
-along we are going to cast off and go out in the Sound to make our
-first practical tests."
-
-That was good news to the Brighton boys and Larry Seymour. Headed by
-Captain Austin and followed by their good friend Fismes, they crossed
-the gangplank and stepped on the deck of the _Jules Verne_.
-
-"Not made for grace or beauty, but a very practical old craft,"
-remarked "Cap" as he led the way forward. The new recruits were anxious
-to learn all about the new diving operations as quickly as possible.
-
-In a few minutes the rest of the party came aboard and the _Jules
-Verne_ slipped out into Long Island Sound--ready for business!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII
-
-DIVING DE LUXE
-
-
-"All right, boys; now for the _Nautilus_."
-
-It was the voice of Captain Austin, hailing the Brighton boys and their
-chum Larry Seymour. The three youths, with Fismes at their backs, had
-been sitting on a forward promenade as the _Jules Verne_ worked her way
-through the shipping that lined the Bridgeford harbor entrance. By now
-the new diving ship had escaped the confines of the harbor and was out
-part way between the dimly distant shores of Long Island and the state
-of Connecticut. Occasionally a train on the New Haven flitted along the
-far shore line. A passenger steamship from New York to Boston via the
-Sound had but passed.
-
-"Here's where you get your first peep at the _Nautilus_," said Captain
-Austin, as the boys climbed down the companionway to the main deck.
-Superintendent Brown nodded to the three youths and then in turn
-introduced them to a party of gentlemen composed of officials of the
-Bridgeford Company and others who had been interested in the formation
-of a syndicate to back the new diving ventures. Members of the party
-had heard of the boys' war record, and also of their work on the
-_Dominion_, and on the U-boat off Cape May. The lads found themselves
-the objects of much attention.
-
-Captain Austin confided the information that this first trip of the
-_Jules Verne_ was to acquaint all hands around with the operation of
-the apparatus. In other words, it was to be a demonstration that would
-point out the feasibilities and practical virtues of the new plan. He
-told them that his company still held the assignment for the recovery
-of the gold from the old _Dominion_, but reclaiming the gold bullion
-was a man-size job and they had decided to use the _Jules Verne_ for it
-if the practical tests turned out satisfactorily.
-
-"You boys come along now," sang out Captain Austin as he climbed into a
-huge hatch standing above deck and lowered away into the depths below.
-Without further ceremony the boys followed suit, Jay going first,
-followed by Dick and Larry. Fismes had to stay behind, but barked
-furiously to manifest his displeasure at being deserted.
-
-Lowering away from handrail to handrail down the wide hatch, "Cap"
-Austin arrived finally at the bottom of the opening, closely pursued by
-the others.
-
-"Low bridge now, fellows," he cautioned.
-
-And low bridge it was as the party entered the access tube. Like an
-oblique ladder leading downward the tube stretched away into the sea.
-The steel piping was less than four feet in diameter, and the only way
-to negotiate it was to duck down almost on all fours and make your way
-along laboriously like a telephone repairman in a conduit. Electric
-lights were stationed at intervals along the way to light up the
-submarine tunnel.
-
-"Keep your head down, Fritzie boy, or you'll get an awful bump on the
-cranium," cautioned the ship's captain.
-
-"Now we are going into the air-lock chamber, boys," he told them. "We
-are down below the surface of the Sound something like eighty-five
-feet. When we get on the deck of the _Nautilus_ we will be down an even
-hundred feet. Follow me right through."
-
-In response to the captain's tapping on a huge port immediately to his
-right it had swung open like the fire door of a huge locomotive. There,
-in the encircling frame, was the face of Superintendent Brown.
-
-"Welcome, boys. 'Will you step into my parlor?' said the spider to the
-fly."
-
-The yard official was all smiles as he greeted the boys.
-
-Captain Austin set his foot through the aperture and crawled through
-into the adjoining chamber alongside the superintendent. The boys
-followed suit as rapidly as they could.
-
-They found themselves now in a narrow little prison not more than
-four feet high, six or seven feet long, and about two feet wide. With
-difficulty the five men distributed themselves in the place. Crouched
-closely together, shoulders touching each other, they filled the whole
-compartment like so many sardines in a can.
-
-"This is the air-lock chamber, boys," announced Superintendent Brown.
-"From your submarine experience to date you can easily understand the
-function of this chamber. We have just stepped in here from the access
-tube where there maintains the air pressure of the surface. We want
-to go from here into the _Nautilus_, where we can roll back the open
-hatch from the bottom of the craft and gaze upon the very sea itself
-held in abeyance. How would you go about it, Mr. Monaghan?" asked the
-superintendent, knowing of Dick's predilection for mechanical problems
-and his desire to pursue his education through college.
-
-Just for an instant Dick hesitated, and then answered: "I should say
-you would have to equalize the air pressure, sir."
-
-"And you are right," answered the Bridgeford official. "That is exactly
-what we have to do here. It is out of the question to go directly from
-the pressure of the surface to a pressure of one hundred feet below
-the surface. We simply come into this air chamber, shut ourselves off
-completely from the world above us, and then step ourselves up to the
-required air pressure for one hundred feet."
-
-So saying, the superintendent slammed shut the door of the port through
-which the party had entered the air-lock from the access tube, and
-made it doubly secure with a stout pin that slid into place behind a
-reinforcing bar.
-
-"Now to let some more air into the chamber."
-
-Immediately an air-cock was opened and with a hissing sound a great
-volume of compressed air came into the little chamber so tightly filled
-with humanity. Wsh-h-h-h-h! it resounded through the narrow space
-like the blow-off of a mighty steam exhaust. Just for a few seconds,
-and then it was turned off. Even though he had experienced divers
-aboard who were accustomed to working in high pressures below water,
-Superintendent Brown was taking no chances. It was always best to go
-slow, because with every foot of submergence there is an increase of
-air pressure upon every square inch of the body's surface of no less
-than .43 of a pound.
-
-At a depth of 100 feet under the sea the total pressure would be
-approximately 45 additional pounds pressure against every square inch
-of the body. With the average human body representing a surface of
-about 2160 square inches, that meant that at a depth of 100 feet a dead
-weight of more than 97,000 pounds would be pressing against the body of
-each of them. Under such circumstances the blood is forced away from
-the surface of the body. The veins become thin, while the deep-lying
-arteries are overworked.
-
-It was a matter of but a short time until, consulting the pressure
-gauge, the superintendent found that he had admitted a sufficient
-amount of compressed air to equalize the difference between the surface
-and the one-hundred-foot submarine level.
-
-"Now into the _Nautilus_!" As he said this, "Montey" opened the huge
-port leading into the diving chamber and stepped through. He was
-closely followed by the remainder of the party in single file, and
-presently they had emerged in the compartment or working chamber.
-Two or three men could work in it comfortably; five filled it too
-completely. There was just room for the quintet to stand about easily
-without bumping each other.
-
-Electric lights made the chamber as light as a Broadway office building
-in the evening. An electric fan buzzed in one corner to keep the
-air on the move. A telephone hung on the wall just to the left of
-Superintendent Brown's head. Just at that moment it tinkled merrily.
-The official took down the receiver.
-
-"Hello, hello. Yes, this is Brown. Yes, we are all fine and dandy. Yep.
-We are ready. Go ahead now."
-
-The superintendent turned from the telephone.
-
-"They are going to move us ahead slowly in the water now. All hands
-stand by. Maybe we may run into something."
-
-Just then a slight jarring motion indicated that the mother ship,
-the _Jules Verne_, had gotten under way, and was steering the tiny
-_Nautilus_ ahead of her through the waters of the Sound.
-
-"Now you get the advantage of this system, boys," the superintendent
-was saying. "Here you are much safer and much more comfortable than if
-you were out there on the bottom floundering around in diving armor.
-You can just stand here at ease, breathing normally, with plenty of
-fresh oxygen pouring down from above, and with no unfavorable symptoms
-of any kind."
-
-To impress this point, the superintendent switched on an air-cock to
-emphasize the point that the _Nautilus_ was completely in touch with
-the mother ship up at the other end of the hundred-foot access tube.
-
-"Look here, boys!" Captain Austin, standing by one of the huge ports
-that dotted the face of the _Nautilus_ on either side of the prow,
-beckoned them to look out. Through the misty green of the water their
-eyes could carry quite a distance with the aid of the bright sunlight
-above. Certainly it was light enough so that in the event of any lost
-ship being encountered it could be seen in plenty of time.
-
-Through the floor of the _Nautilus_ the green of the sea showed all
-around. The water raced along under the glass of the aquascope as the
-_Nautilus_ was pushed steadily ahead. Virtually the whole floor of the
-diving bell was framed in a trap that could be raised and lowered at
-will; and, from their own knowledge of submarine affairs, the Brighton
-boys knew that with the air pressure within the _Nautilus_ equal to
-that of the water itself at a depth of one hundred feet, this flooring
-could be rolled back, and still the water would not come into the
-_Nautilus_!
-
-"I know just what you are thinking about," laughed the superintendent,
-as he caught a glimpse of Jay and Dick surveying the transparent
-flooring of the _Nautilus_. "You are thinking what a wonderful thing it
-is that we can open the bottom of a craft submerged one hundred feet
-down, and yet no water pour in upon us. And it truly is a wonderful
-thing. Just like the Lord opened the Red Sea and enabled the children
-of Israel to get across and outwit their pursuers."
-
-Larry Seymour, to whom the experience was all new, was losing no part
-of the proceedings.
-
-"But what if your air pump went on the bum about the time you opened up
-that flooring?" he questioned.
-
-"If the air pump failed, it would not affect the water, but would cut
-off our breathing supply," answered the official.
-
-"How long could we last down here?"
-
-"Oh, two or three of us working alone could stand it for some hours
-without any relief."
-
-"Suppose some one opened the breech caps leading out into the access
-tube while the aquascope was up?"
-
-"Wow-wow! In would come Mr. Ocean, and I guess it would be all day for
-the chaps who would be caught down here."
-
-"Here you are, boys; see the whole panorama of the sea bottom unfolded
-before you," remarked the superintendent as he directed attention
-downward through the aquascope. The lads looked in turn and saw the
-sea-bottom plainly revealed, with all its sandy bottom and its jagged
-contour of shells and marine life. The floor of the _Nautilus_ was,
-in fact, so close to the bottom that it was almost touching. Brown at
-once gave the signal to the engine room of the mother ship that stopped
-the _Nautilus_. With another flip of the air pressure he raised the
-flooring of the chamber and there lay the limpid waters of the Sound,
-held in check completely even at this depth by the pressure of air
-within the chamber!
-
-"By Jove! You just stopped in time," exclaimed Captain Austin as he
-turned from one of the forward ports.
-
-"What do you mean, Captain?" asked Superintendent Brown.
-
-"Look here," replied "Cap," indicating the port and motioning the fleet
-superintendent to look out into the green haze of water.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV
-
-AN UNEXPECTED FIND
-
-
-Closing the aquascope of the _Nautilus_ with a quick turn of the
-air control, Superintendent Brown stepped lightly across the diving
-compartment of the new salvage ship to the side of the fleet captain.
-
-"What's up, Cap?" he inquired casually.
-
-Austin was peering intently straight ahead through the water. The
-_Nautilus_ was moving slowly to and fro with the rise and fall of the
-tide, but her progress forward through the water had been checked by a
-signal to the engine room of the mother ship, the _Jules Verne_.
-
-"Looks like we had accidentally run upon a wreck our first day out."
-Captain Austin had his gaze firmly directed upon the outlines of some
-object near at hand, the character of which he was not at all able to
-make out as yet. Perhaps it was just a shifting sand formation; or
-possibly an apparition in the water due to the passage of the sun
-behind clouds, or a school of fish in the bay.
-
-Superintendent Brown took up his station at another port just to the
-left of the captain. His eyes by now, directed by Brown, rested on the
-identical object that had first claimed the attention of the captain.
-
-"Blamed if I don't think you are right, Austin," remarked the
-superintendent after a bit.
-
-He suggested that the _Nautilus_ be moved forward slightly in order
-that the two might get a more comprehensive view of the "phantom ship"
-that had loomed out of the mist like some specter of the deep that
-Jules Verne himself had conjured in "Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the
-Sea."
-
-Cap Austin fell in with the idea, and at once took down the telephone
-connecting with the _Jules Verne_.
-
-"Move us forward until I give you one bell and then stop right on
-the trigger," was the order to the engine room of the mother ship.
-Instantly the _Nautilus_ was propelled forward through the water. At
-the ports stood the two officials straining their eyes intently.
-
-Jay and Dick stood conversing in low tones, while Larry kept up his
-inspection of the diving chamber. This was a new experience for him and
-he was distinctly not at home.
-
-"Looks like it is a small craft of some kind ... might be a destroyer
-... perhaps a fishing boat ... no, it's bigger and of a different
-design ... well heeled over to port ... close enough."
-
-Fragments of the conversation between Cap Austin and the yard
-superintendent floated back to the ears of the Brighton boys. They were
-as interested as their elders in the proceedings. What an extraordinary
-thing if on this first trip of the _Jules Verne_ and the _Nautilus_ a
-lost ship should be found!
-
-"Don't you think we had better stop now and drift up a bit with the
-tide?" the superintendent was asking.
-
-Captain Austin thought it better to go just a little closer. Ten or
-fifteen seconds passed when he leaped forward suddenly and rang the
-bell for the engines to be stopped immediately. Quietly and with
-scarcely a tremor the _Nautilus_ glided to a standstill in the deep.
-The locomotion of the craft surely was perfect.
-
-"Navy craft of some kind," ejaculated the superintendent after a brief
-pause. During the interim he had been studying the object now close at
-hand.
-
-"I can see old battleship gray paint first of all," he added.
-
-A naval craft! For the moment Captain Austin was nonplussed. Surely no
-one knew Long Island Sound better than he; and he had no recollection
-on the moment of any naval craft having been sunk there for some years.
-True, during the war, there had been naval maneuvers of all kinds in
-the Sound, particularly of the lighter draught vessels stationed at
-various points from the Brooklyn Navy Yard up to Rock Island, Maine.
-But none----And then it dawned on his mind: A sub-chaser--the E-70.
-Sure enough, such a craft had been accidentally rammed one day by one
-of the new Lake submarines just off the ways. Although valiant efforts
-had been made to save the craft after she had been rammed, all the work
-had been in vain. Down she had gone in many fathoms of water.
-
-"I have it. It's the E-70 that went down last August," exclaimed the
-captain as he turned to the superintendent.
-
-"Montey" listened while "Cap" Austin unfolded the whole story of the
-disaster that had wiped a ship from the roster of the U. S. Navy.
-
-"Suppose we make sure of our identification then, particularly since we
-have been so fortunate as to run upon a derelict our very first trip
-out," suggested the superintendent.
-
-Captain Austin agreed that it would be the ideal thing to thoroughly
-test out the _Jules Verne_ and the _Nautilus_ with a minute inspection
-of the find that fate had so coincidentally thrown in their way.
-
-Accordingly they jockeyed the _Nautilus_ to and fro through the water
-until they had found the bow of the submarine chaser. Jay and Dick had
-been reminded by their captain to keep their eyes open and take in
-every detail of the operation of the new diving craft.
-
-"It will be only a matter of a very few days at the most until you
-chaps will be down here as workmen instead of guests, and you might as
-well get acquainted with the new boat and learn everything about her
-you can," the executive had told them.
-
-Needless to say, they were more than taking it all in; they were
-acclimating themselves to the very best of their versatile natures. It
-was marvelous how well the craft could be handled. The telephone kept
-them constantly in touch with the mother ship. In case they wanted to
-stop or start suddenly, it was not necessary to wait for the telephone.
-An electric buzzer rung in accordance with a pre-arranged code of
-signals told the engineer just what to do.
-
-By now the aquascope, or windowed floor, of the _Nautilus_ was poised
-directly over the bow of the lost sub-chaser. By moving the chamber
-slightly to the left it was possible to lower away toward the bottom
-until the name of the lost craft might be noted from the ports of the
-_Nautilus_.
-
-"Drop her down gradually now and I'll keep a sharp lookout," said the
-superintendent, at the same time directing Dick to take his position
-at the other port and likewise to pay all attention toward finding the
-telltale mark of the supposed submarine chaser, E-70, on the starboard
-side of the bow.
-
-Jay remained by the side of Captain Austin.
-
-"This is one thing you want to learn well in advance and to keep
-constantly in mind," the ship's executive cautioned as he signaled the
-_Jules Verne_ to swing the _Nautilus_ lower in the water.
-
-What the captain had in mind was the equalizing of pressures. Every
-time the _Nautilus_ was lowered deeper in the water it was necessary
-to take a greater air pressure into the big diving chamber before the
-aquascope could be raised. The depth always showed on the depth-dial.
-Also the amount of air in the chamber was registered by a clock-like
-gauge. In a crevice on the steel wall hung a small framed schedule
-under glass showing the air pressure necessary to suit varying depths.
-As yet the process had not been made automatic. The engineer had to
-keep this whole proposition constantly in mind.
-
-"See anything yet, Montey?" the captain asked of the superintendent as
-the _Nautilus_ dropped slowly away into the depths.
-
-Nothing by way of identification was yet discernible, even though the
-superintendent had turned on the powerful submarine searchlights with
-which the _Nautilus_ was equipped, and, with the assistance of Jay, was
-sweeping the sides of the derelict.
-
-For several minutes they cast about in the water, when of a sudden Jay
-exclaimed eagerly:
-
-"Hold right there."
-
-Instantly Captain Austin checked the movement of the diving outfit.
-
-"There! That looks like E-70 to me," exclaimed Jay. The superintendent
-moved over beside him and as Jay withdrew from his port station peered
-out through the water.
-
-With the glaring light of the _Nautilus'_ reflectors shining more
-dazzlingly at this close range than any extraneous natural light that
-filtered through from the sun, Superintendent Brown beheld the crude
-yet only partially obliterated legend: "E-70."
-
-"Fine and dandy!" he shouted. "It's proof positive. The craft out there
-is none other than the lost U. S. submarine chaser that was rammed last
-summer, as Captain Austin has told us. A fine feather in the cap of all
-of us. A find the first day out."
-
-The superintendent's enthusiasm was contagious. It spread to Larry
-Seymour like wildfire.
-
-"Three cheers for the _Nautilus_ and the _Jules Verne_!" he cried in
-his excitement.
-
-Deep down under the water, all unseen by the world, these five
-submarine navigators rejoiced over the success of their venture. This,
-the first trip of the twin diving craft, had so far proved eminently
-satisfactory.
-
-"Boys, we have here the positive proof tangibly before our eyes,"
-said Superintendent Brown. "But suppose, in order to convince our
-many friends upstairs on the deck of the _Jules Verne_" (he pointed
-laughingly up "The Subway" out of the _Nautilus_), "we take something
-of the E-70 along with us as a souvenir? What say?"
-
-Everybody nodded assent.
-
-"What will it be?" asked Captain Austin.
-
-"Oh, say a smokestack or one of her boilers," snickered the
-superintendent, who had a rare good sense of humor for all occasions.
-
-"Suppose we take the whole blooming sub-chaser with us," shot back
-Austin, not to be outdone in the pleasantries.
-
-They resolved to go fishing for a souvenir of the E-70, and accordingly
-signaled the _Jules Verne_ to be lifted in the water. So soon as the
-_Nautilus_ had been raised level with the sloping deck of the submarine
-chaser he flashed again for a stop and then buzzed for a slow movement
-ahead. Unerringly the tiny diving chamber was pushed forward directly
-over the forward deck of the E-70. Through the aquascope at their feet
-the five men in the _Nautilus_ could see the outlines of the lost craft
-silhouetted against the background of the sea bottom.
-
-"Now to go down slowly," mused the ship's captain. Gracefully as in an
-elevator in the Woolworth Tower the _Nautilus_ was eased down until it
-was poised directly over the forward deck of the E-70 to starboard.
-
-"See anything you can get a hold of?" asked Captain Austin as he
-brought the _Nautilus_ to a stop not more than five or ten feet from
-the submarine chaser.
-
-Everybody in the party, including the superintendent, was down on his
-knees peering through the aquascope.
-
-"Sure as a cat has kittens!" yelled Larry Seymour. "Slip me a knockout
-if I don't see one of that old busted bird's binnacle lamps still
-hanging there. See it!" He was pointing now and directing the others
-where to look.
-
-Soon they saw it. And no sooner was it spied than every last one of
-them resolved they would stay down here now until they had their
-souvenir. Forthwith Captain Austin signaled the _Jules Verne_ again to
-be lowered. Three feet was all he wanted.
-
-And then the miracle again. One hundred feet down in the embrace of
-the ocean, bottled up in a diving chamber that stood directly over
-a shipwreck, suffering not, even though working in a high-pressure
-atmosphere, these five men saw the floor beneath them rolled away again
-and the water of the deep sea held completely in check,--an unseen hand
-of compressed air hurling it back as King Canute would have swept the
-ocean back from the strand!
-
-"Get it, Seymour," said Superintendent Brown, pointing to the binnacle
-lamp of the E-70. For there it was directly beneath the open aquascope
-of the _Nautilus_.
-
-And the debonair young Mr. Seymour, now quite at ease in the diving
-chamber that had been both a riddle and a nightmare to him when he came
-below for the first time, nonchalantly sat down on the floor of the
-_Nautilus_ and thrust his legs out into the sea. With no more effort
-than though he were hauling out a huge sea carp, he leaned down and
-tore from its rusted fastenings the binnacle lamp of the E-70. Willing
-hands reached to assist him lift it into the _Nautilus_; but Larry was
-more than equal to the occasion.
-
-"There it is--E-70," exclaimed Superintendent Brown, pointing to
-lettering on the side of the lamp, still visible through rust.
-
-"And some souvenir to take to our friends on the _Jules Verne_,"
-replied "Cap" Austin as the party made ready to vacate the _Nautilus_.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XV
-
-TRAPPED IN THE DIVING BELL
-
-
-Jay Thacker and Dick Monaghan, together with their friend Larry
-Seymour, took to the new diving ship of the Bridgeford Salvage Company
-like the proverbial ducks to water. Starting with their first trip the
-day they reclaimed a binnacle lamp from the deck of the lost submarine
-chaser E-70, they showed a ready aptitude for the work at hand and soon
-proved themselves adepts.
-
-News of the _Jules Verne's_ accomplishments had been flashed to all
-corners of the world and maritime engineers were much interested. Many
-of them came to inquire into her merits and were well pleased after an
-inspection of the twin craft.
-
-Usually Jay and Dick worked together in the diving chamber. At times
-they had little to do except to keep an eye upon things generally.
-Upon these occasions they had ample opportunity to discuss their own
-personal affairs, and so naturally fell into talk about the new
-college year. Both were anxious to make the 'varsity football team for
-one thing and they were wondering how many of the old boys would be
-back and what the chances would be for turning out a championship team.
-The gridiron sport was their favorite.
-
-"Wonder if Bob Greer and Chick Wharton will be back?" speculated Jay,
-recalling that it was a great game the pair had won through their
-individual efforts in the last game they had played for Brighton just
-before enlisting for the war.
-
-"Yes, and I hope Jack Hammond and Ted Wainwright are on hand, too,"
-replied Dick, recalling two of his best chums who had enlisted early in
-the Navy and gotten into the submarine service.
-
-One day in early August the boys had gone down in the _Nautilus_ to
-place a bomb under the deck of a coal barge that had been located that
-morning. More than two thousand tons of coal were to be reclaimed and
-the boys realized they would come in for a good premium on the job,
-which meant a lot to them, in view of their anxiety to get together as
-much of a pile as possible before college opened in the fall.
-
-Larry Seymour as usual was in charge of the big centrifugal pump--the
-"All Day Sucker," as the crew had termed the old pump with which coal
-cargoes were raised.
-
-Everything was working fine. Without a hitch the _Nautilus_ was dropped
-in the Sound by the _Jules Verne_ until the access tube lay like the
-hypotenuse of a huge right-angled triangle that had the _Jules Verne_
-for its upper apex and the bottom of the sea for its base.
-
-Casting about over the deck of the barge, Jay, who was really the
-executive officer of the diving chamber with Dick as his assistant,
-found a suitable spot for a base of operations. Quickly the aquascope
-of the _Nautilus_ was rolled back and the waters of the Sound lapped at
-the edges of the trap door.
-
-It was necessary only to make an opening large enough to insert the
-time bomb that Jay had brought down from the _Jules Verne_. This was
-but the matter of a few seconds' work. While Jay worked at the opening
-Dick arranged the mechanism of the time clock. His knowledge of and his
-predilection for mechanics made him an expert at this kind of business.
-
-"She's all ready," he told Jay in a few minutes.
-
-"And I'm all ready for you, too, chum," came the reply.
-
-Together they lowered away with their legs through the aquascope until
-they stood on the deck of the barge. They were in water up to their
-knees, while the rest of their bodies were safe and dry within the
-enclosure of the _Nautilus_. Carefully the bomb was inserted and so
-held that it would be most likely to rip open a good-sized hole in the
-deck when it exploded.
-
-"Let's go, chum," counseled Jay as they completed this final phase of
-their immediate task. So saying they crawled back into the _Nautilus_
-and while Dick attended closing and making fast again the aquascope,
-Jay turned to the telephone to tell Larry they were ready to be raised
-again.
-
-"You set that bomb to go off soon, didn't you?" called Jay to his chum,
-as he took down the telephone receiver.
-
-"Yep, in seventeen minutes--just at one-thirty sharp," answered Dick.
-
-To which Jay nodded in approval and then turned to the telephone.
-
-"Raise away, Larry; we're all set down here and anxious to get out of
-the way."
-
-In the small chamber of the _Nautilus_ both boys could hear the voice
-at the other end of the wire when the one holding the receiver kept it
-slightly removed from his ear.
-
-"Will take you up in two minutes," came the reply from Larry on the
-deck of the _Jules Verne_.
-
-The two minutes went by, but so far as the boys could tell the
-_Nautilus_ was not in motion. The depth dial still showed a submergence
-of eighty feet, the distance to the deck of the coal barge.
-
-"Must have forgotten us," mused Jay as he stepped again to the
-telephone.
-
-"Your two minutes are up and we are still waiting, Larry; better hurry
-it up."
-
-There was a pause, and then came the voice of Larry from the other end:
-
-"Cap wants to know whether you have set your time bomb and when it is
-to go off."
-
-"All set to go off at half-past one--in just a quarter of an hour," was
-Jay's rejoinder.
-
-Jay turned from the telephone with the statement to his chum that the
-air pump of the _Jules Verne_ was working none too well and that the
-chief engineer, with Cap Austin, was trying to find out what was the
-matter.
-
-"Well, all I've got to say is they better get it working before very
-long or you and I are in danger of being blown up when that bomb goes
-off in the coal barge directly underneath us," suggested Dick. He was
-not exactly an alarmist; but the situation had possibilities that did
-not appear at all inviting.
-
-"You forget there is another way for us to be raised," was Jay's
-come-back.
-
-Dick had forgotten for the moment.
-
-"You forget that when the air pump fails the _Nautilus_ is raised by
-steel cables. Deckmen wind us up with those huge winches that stand
-well forward on the _Jules Verne_ near the hatchway leading to the
-access tube."
-
-"Sure enough!" exclaimed Dick. This secondary method had quite escaped
-his memory for the present. Reassured, the boys put fear out of their
-minds and awaited developments.
-
-Five minutes sped by, and still nothing happened. Going to the
-telephone Jay asked again how they were getting along above.
-
-"Gee, pal, I'm sorry, but they don't seem to be making much headway as
-yet," came Larry's reply.
-
-As Jay listened he could tell that Captain Austin was talking to
-Larry. He could hear him mention the word "bomb."
-
-"Cap says it don't look like as though we could get the pump going in a
-hurry, so he is going to take no chances and will haul you up with the
-cables," sang out Larry in return.
-
-"All right, let 'er go, for the love of Mike!" yelled Jay.
-
-Time was indeed getting short. In ten minutes more the bomb in the
-coal barge would go off. There was nothing else to do. Either the
-_Nautilus_ had to be raised at once or the time bomb in the coal barge
-had to be disengaged to avert what might prove to be a disaster for
-the two Brighton boys. Since the air pump was out of commission it
-was impossible for the boys to go out through the air-lock into the
-access tube. There was no way to swing back the heavy doors with the
-compressed air cut off.
-
-Neither could the ballast tanks under the _Nautilus_ and the access
-tube be blown out so long as the air pump on the _Jules Verne_ was out
-of commission.
-
-In this extremity the cables were the only means of lifting the
-_Nautilus_ out of the depths. The men must be working now, for it was
-some job to wind the winches by hand, and progress through the water
-would be so much slower than if the diving chamber were "trimmed" in
-the regular way.
-
-Jay and Dick were not cowards. They had proved that a number of times
-in school and while they served in the Navy abroad during the war. Each
-youth had proved his gameness on more than one occasion. So in the
-present extremity they were far from flabbergasted at the failure of
-the air apparatus on the mother ship just after they had placed a time
-bomb in the coal barge. Cool and collected they awaited developments.
-Each was a quick-witted lad and could be counted on to make the best of
-any situation.
-
-Finally the telephone bell rang. Jay wrenched off the receiver. Larry
-was talking like a phonograph in high gear.
-
-"Bad news, fellows. Just as they were winding for the first heavy pull
-on the cables the right main cable on the under side of the access
-tube snapped clean in two. The whole system of cables is put out of
-business. Cap says----"
-
-At this juncture Captain Austin leaped forward and took up the
-telephone.
-
-"How much time have you got until your bomb goes off, boys?" he called
-down the tube, quietly and without any show of apprehension.
-
-Jay eyed his watch for a second.
-
-"Not more than five minutes," came Jay's even reply.
-
-"There's only one thing to do," the Captain told him in reassuring
-tones. "Our pump has gone back on us and the steel cables have parted
-on us--a combination of hard luck that would not happen once in a
-thousand years. Can you get your bomb back in any way and detach it?"
-
-Jay said they would try, and turned toward his chum. "It's our only
-chance now, Dick," he told him.
-
-Together they flung back the aquascope to grapple for the bomb they had
-set under the deck of the coal barge. But to their horror and dismay
-they found that the tide had swung the _Nautilus_ slightly away from
-the opening in the barge--at least three or four feet!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVI
-
-AN EXPLOSION IMPENDS
-
-
-There was now no chance to avert the explosion of the time bomb within
-the coal barge. On the appointed time it would go off as arranged
-and unless the mechanism by some freak of luck refused to work; but
-the chances on this score were few indeed. The mechanism represented
-the very latest scientific thought and the bomb was essentially for
-submarine work of this character.
-
-"Looks, chum, as though we were in for the fireworks," smiled Dick, who
-was as cool as though he were standing on the twenty-five yard line at
-Brighton waiting for the ball to be passed for a try at a goal from the
-field.
-
-Jay had not yet given up hope of getting the _Nautilus_ moving, or of
-escaping from her in some way. He looked at his watch. Little more than
-a minute until the bomb would go off!
-
-"Why in the name of sense don't they start the engines of the
-_Jules Verne_ and back her away from the barge?" he ejaculated in
-consternation. By moving the _Jules Verne_ the _Nautilus_ also would be
-moved.
-
-"Didn't you hear Larry say there was a breakdown in the engine room of
-the _Jules Verne_ that was the cause of the whole trouble?" put back
-Dick, who was by far the more self-possessed of the two.
-
-Slowly Jay shook his head in affirmation. Memory had fled with the
-rapid flow of events of the last quarter of an hour. Was it any wonder
-his senses reeled? Two youths completely trapped in a diving chamber
-that was poised directly over a coal barge in which a high explosive
-time bomb was set to go off now at any time!
-
-There was a chance, of course, that the detonation might not be severe
-enough to damage the _Nautilus_. The bomb might explode outward or
-downward instead of spending its energy upward under the keel of the
-diving bell. In that event the shock might not be sufficient to rend
-the seams of the light steel chamber in which the Brighton boys were
-crouched awaiting the inevitable crash. If--but no one could tell under
-circumstances like these just what would happen.
-
-"If we could only get into the air-lock we would be farther away from
-the explosion and less likely of being bashed up," said Jay as he
-looked toward the exit chamber.
-
-"Yes, and if we could get into the air-lock we could get out into the
-access tube," added Dick.
-
-Steadily they gazed into each other's eyes. Jay held his own watch
-in his hand, while Dick at intervals looked at the tiny steel clock
-behind a wire socket on the side of the _Nautilus_. By the rays of an
-incandescent bulb Dick could see that the minute hand had just turned
-twenty-seven minutes after one o'clock.
-
-Tick by tick the clock was measuring off the few seconds that remained
-until the time bomb in the coal bunker underneath was scheduled to go
-off. Like two men sentenced to die before an enemy firing squad the
-Brighton lads stood facing each other in the diving compartment. Just
-the trace of a smile showed over their faces. They clenched hands in a
-firm grasp.
-
-"In half a minute more----"
-
-The jingling of the telephone bell jarred the stiff silence and stirred
-the boys from their stupor. As though hypnotized, they had stood
-awaiting the finish, not thinking of any further movement calculated
-to free them from their predicament. They had figured everything that
-could be done for their rescue having been thought of, or tried out.
-
-But now the jangle of the telephone receiver, Jay moved to take it
-off the hook and as he did so his right foot struck the pin that held
-the aquascope in position. When the pin was removed the trapdoor, or
-aquascope as they called it, opened upward of its own accord on an
-air-cushion that worked on the principle of a door cushion.
-
-And that was what happened at this particular moment in the _Nautilus_.
-The aquascope opened upward, leaving the limpid waters of the Sound
-purling at the very feet of the two boys. Just for a second the boys
-recoiled in horror, thinking now they were in greater danger. With the
-door open there was more chance of the force of the explosion below
-being felt within the _Nautilus_.
-
-Dick sprang to close the aquascope in the few seconds that remained
-until the explosion. But imagine his surprise when Jay intercepted and
-hurled him away from the trap.
-
-"Quick, chum, follow me," cried Jay in wild acclaim.
-
-The opening of the aquascope had given the youth an inspiration. Yes,
-he would do it. It was a last desperate chance, but there was no reason
-why it would not work if carried out in time.
-
-Even as Dick started back in consternation when thrust from the
-aquascope Jay literally leaped feet first into the aquascope as though
-he were jumping into a miniature swimming pool. Down he went until his
-feet struck at last on the deck of the coal barge. In this position he
-stood in water up to his chest, with his head and shoulders still in
-the _Nautilus_.
-
-"What are you going to do?" gasped Dick. He had failed yet to grasp the
-significance of his chum's quick move.
-
-"Dive out of here and take my chances on shooting up to the surface,"
-came the instantaneous reply.
-
-Then it dawned on Dick. What his chum intended doing was to let himself
-out of the _Nautilus_ through the trap door, dive free of the salvage
-chamber and shoot up to the surface. And why not? They were down about
-eighty-five feet, and they were accustomed to the pressure of that
-depth since the pressure in the _Nautilus_ had had to be equal that
-of the water outside in order to open the trap safely. A sickly grin
-spread across the Brighton youth's face. Why hadn't either he or Jay
-thought of that before?
-
-"Come on, Dick, follow me," urged Jay, and almost before the words
-escaped his lips he quickly took a full inhalation into his lungs, gave
-one last look at his chum and ducked down head first into the waters of
-Long Island Sound through the open trap of the _Nautilus_.
-
-Like some weird specter in a motion picture drama Dick beheld the
-spectacle at his feet. First he saw Jay's head under the water; then he
-saw his chum flatten out under the bottom of the _Nautilus_, and as he
-looked again he could faintly make out Jay's feet as they faded away
-from the darker expanse of the barge deck below. Jay had cleared the
-_Nautilus_ safely.
-
-"Here goes, too," gasped Dick to himself as he leaped through the
-aquascope. Almost instinctively as he let go, his eyes lifted to the
-tiny marine clock in its basket-like cage. Right on the half hour
-mark showed the minute hand. With a last frantic gasp for breath
-Dick pulled himself down into the embrace of water. Down out of the
-_Nautilus_ into the embrace of water and into such close proximity with
-that infernal coal bomb!
-
-"If I can only hurl myself--quickly--to--one--side--before----"
-
-Just then the bomb exploded with a frightful force that rent the
-waters of the Sound in that particular locality with the force of an
-earthquake. In the midst of this maelstrom were the two Brighton youths
-who had taken a last desperate chance when it seemed they were doomed
-to die like rats in a trap.
-
-What--Where----!!!
-
- * * * * *
-
-Up on the deck of the _Jules Verne_ there was the maddest confusion. It
-had maintained for nearly half an hour, since the chief engineer had
-first reported trouble from below. Frantically, members of the crew
-were endeavoring to make the necessary repairs. In the meantime, every
-one knew by now of the perilous position of the two Brighton boys who
-had been working for some time in the _Nautilus_.
-
-"My God, man, we've got to get those boys up somehow!" raved
-Superintendent Brown as he paced the deck.
-
-Captain Austin, his face tense with anxiety, was directing the knot
-of men who were endeavoring to string up again a set of cables that
-ran down along the access tube and connected under the _Nautilus_.
-Fortunately, the captain had seen the break coming just before the
-steel parted and the severed ends had been held before they had dropped
-overboard.
-
-Watch in hand, Captain Austin was keeping tabs on the time limit until
-the bomb in the coal barge was scheduled to go off. Eagerly the captain
-had scanned the bay in every direction for some other vessel that might
-stand by and give them help. But not a craft showed anywhere close,
-not even a sailboat. Unfortunately, the _Jules Verne_ had not as yet
-been fitted out with wireless, and there was, consequently, no way to
-communicate ashore or with any other vessel.
-
-"How are you coming, boys, on those cables?" Superintendent "Montey"
-Brown kept inquiring every minute or so of the repair crew.
-
-They were making progress, but it was slow work. Splicing was no easy
-task, especially with steel wire. If brand new cables could be run out
-it would be a much easier proposition; but that was out of the question
-with the _Nautilus_ on the bottom of the Sound over the coal barge
-eighty-five feet under water. And there were no diving suits as yet on
-the _Jules Verne_ for just such emergency cases as these.
-
-"Tell them to keep a stout heart," Captain Austin reminded Larry
-Seymour several times, who was at the telephone and signal booth
-connecting with the _Nautilus_.
-
-Larry in turn reported that he could not always get a reply from below.
-
-"Probably they are trying some way to worm their way out," suggested
-Larry, who was nearly beside himself with worry for his two old pals.
-Poor old Jay and Dick! They had been such good friends for so long. Was
-it possible now that some disaster was to overtake them?
-
-It was while Larry was thus painfully reviewing the possibilities of
-the next few minutes that Captain Austin suggested to the boys in the
-_Nautilus_ that they try and put the time bomb in the coal barge out of
-commission. Eagerly the would-be rescuers on the _Jules Verne_ awaited
-developments.
-
-"It can't be done now, for we have moved away from the opening in
-the deck of the barge a yard or so," had been the answer sent up by
-Jay after the two imprisoned Brighton youths had inspected the barge
-through the aquascope of the _Nautilus_.
-
-Well, the only chance hope of rescue now, it seemed, depended on
-getting the cables spliced and the winches winding before the bomb was
-detonated. Like beavers the deckmen of the _Jules Verne_ were exerting
-themselves. It was a fight for two lives, and the men of the _Jules
-Verne_ were spending themselves to the limit.
-
-"How much time remains?" asked Superintendent Brown after what seemed
-an eternity of tugging with the torn cables.
-
-In turn he was told that less than five minutes remained. By the
-clock in the chart house of the _Jules Verne_ it was just twenty-six
-minutes after one. And Jay had sent up word that the bomb was set for
-one-thirty!
-
-As a last resort Captain Austin called for volunteers and asked that
-they dive from the deck of the _Jules Verne_ as the bomb was exploded
-in the coal barge and see whether they could find any trace of the two
-Brighton boys in the water, or learn whether or not the _Nautilus_
-had been ripped open wide by the force of the explosion. A half dozen
-stepped forward, and the captain asked them all to be ready.
-
-"Stand by the telephone and try to get them so soon as the explosion
-goes off, for they may not be hurt at all," were Larry's orders. With
-receiver glued to his right ear he sat awaiting the crash.
-
-Just then the foreman in charge of the cable repairs reported that he
-could commence to wind in another half minute.
-
-"Tell Thacker and Monaghan we are going to raise them now by the cables
-and to keep a stiff upper lip down there," commanded Austin.
-
-Larry buzzed and buzzed, but in vain. No answer came from the interior
-of the _Nautilus_. What had happened? Larry was frantic as he pushed
-down hard and harder on the button.
-
-"Look!" cried one of the crew forward as he pointed off the starboard
-bow of the _Jules Verne_ at an object that had just shot up out of the
-water. It was the head of a man!
-
-As members of the crew of the _Jules Verne_, with Superintendent Brown
-and Captain Austin in the lead, swarmed to the side of the ship there
-came an upheaval from beneath and a tremor that shook the old boat from
-stem to stern. It was as though a geyser had let loose directly under
-the new diving ship.
-
-"The bomb! It has exploded!" Larry Seymour, his face ashen white,
-sought anew to get a telephone communication with the two Brighton boys
-whom he loved so dearly.
-
-But even as he despaired there came a welcome cry forward.
-
-"Thacker! It's Thacker! He escaped unharmed from the _Nautilus_."
-
-But where was Dick?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVII
-
-A DOG TO THE RESCUE
-
-
-Even as the crowd of sailors on the _Jules Verne_ cheered, Jay Thacker
-turned on his back in the waters of Long Island Sound and waved a
-hearty salute to his friends. Unharmed, he had completely escaped from
-the _Nautilus_ just a few seconds before the bomb was exploded in the
-sunken coal barge.
-
-"Jay! Jay! Keep afloat--we'll have you in a minute," yelled Larry
-Seymour as he crowded to the rail, tears of joy streaming down his face.
-
-"Catch the rope!" Jay heard the cry from the deck of the _Jules Verne_.
-Turning he beheld a group of sailors and from their midst one who was
-ready to cast a line. But even before the line was hurled the figure of
-another lithe youth poised for a second on the rail and then dived into
-the water.
-
-"Good boy, Seymour!" came the re-echoing shout. And in the next moment
-Jay saw the round and puffing face of Larry directly beside him. It
-was Larry who had dived overboard to the rescue. With a few strokes he
-was close up and thrust a sturdy shoulder under Jay's shoulders. Jay
-had turned on his back to rest for a moment.
-
-"Thank God, boy, you got out!" gasped Larry. "Are you hurt? Can you
-swim?"
-
-Jay replied he was still able to take care of himself.
-
-"Better look for Dick; he must be somewhere around here," was Jay's
-rejoinder.
-
-But taking no chances, Larry supported his old friend until the line
-had come over the side of the _Jules Verne_. When Jay had taken hold
-and was being yanked aboard Larry turned and swam back in the general
-direction whence Jay had come, hoping against hope that he would be
-able to find some trace of Dick. But he was nowhere in sight!
-
-As for Jay, he was given a wonderful welcome when at last he was hauled
-over the side of the _Jules Verne_. Eager hands clasped him and landed
-him in safety at last upon the deck of the vessel.
-
-"Thank heaven, lad, you are safe again--I had almost given up hope of
-ever seeing you again!" exclaimed Captain Austin as he clasped Jay with
-a fatherly hug.
-
-"Nor I either," said "Montey" Brown as he, with others who had come out
-on the trip of the _Jules Verne_ and _Nautilus_, crowded around.
-
-But Jay was thinking of something else. Dick! Where was his chum, Dick
-Monaghan? What had happened to him?
-
-"We've got to find him somehow; I am sure that he followed me out of
-the _Nautilus_. He said he would follow suit as I prepared to lower
-away through the aquascope."
-
-Under orders of Captain Austin a small dory was being lowered aft,
-manned by a trio of sailors who had orders to patrol the waters just
-forward of the _Jules Verne_ over the spot where the _Nautilus_ had
-been submerged.
-
-"Let me go along; I've got to find my chum," wailed Jay as he saw the
-boat going over the side. But friendly hands restrained him. He was in
-no condition for further effort after his hazardous exploit.
-
-Just then there came a cry from the bridge of the _Jules Verne_, where
-a number of visitors had taken their station earlier in the day to
-watch the demonstration of the new diving craft.
-
-"Look! What's that object floating in the water off the port bow? Not
-more than three or four points off and about fifty feet ahead."
-
-A gentleman in panama hat and palm beach suit, a representative of a
-maritime magazine, who had come aboard as a guest of Superintendent
-Brown, was pointing out over the water.
-
-Immediately all attention was directed that way. Jay had come up out
-of the depths on the starboard bow of the _Jules Verne_; so, of one
-accord, passengers and crew of the vessel surged to the port rail and
-scanned the waters of the Sound. Jay was one of the first across the
-deck.
-
-"Where is it? What is it?" he called out excitedly.
-
-The journalist pointed. Every eye followed the general direction
-indicated by the pointing finger.
-
-"Some object floating in the water. Can't see what it is from here,"
-added the lookout. Several others standing by his side agreed there was
-something out there in the water.
-
-"It's Dick! It's Dick, my chum!" Jay was in a frenzy and would have
-leaped overboard to go to the rescue had he not been restrained.
-Captain Austin by this time had run aft and with megaphone in hand
-directed the sailors in the dory to row around the stern of the _Jules
-Verne_ and come up on the port bow of the vessel.
-
-In all this confusion, amid all the babel of voices, there resounded
-the furious barking of a dog. Fismes, an eye-witness of the rescue of
-Jay, had become all excited, too, and was giving vent to himself with
-raucous barking. With canine instinct the animal seemed to sense the
-situation. And when everyone began pointing in a certain direction over
-the side, the dog concluded there was something out there demanding
-attention; something to be retrieved from the water.
-
-It required no word of instruction, no exhortation, to tell this dog
-what to do. Gathering himself with all his strength, the lean hound
-leaped from the deck of the _Jules Verne_ directly into the water. No
-one told him to go; none had an opportunity to hold him in check.
-
-"Fismes! Fismes! Good old dog! Go to it!" screamed Jay in sheer delight.
-
-Almost breathlessly the crowd on the ship watched the dog. As though
-guided by some uncanny power the dog swam straight and true in the
-direction of the floating object. Was it the body of a man? Was it the
-form of Dick Monaghan? The dog knew not; he sensed only the fact that
-something was floating out there in the water, and it was something
-that all eyes on board were watching.
-
-"Good dog, Fismes!" they were shouting.
-
-On and on the faithful canine swam with all the strength of his slim
-legs. And soon he had reached the side of this mysterious object and
-set his teeth in it. They who were shouting encouragement from the
-_Jules Verne_ saw all this and marveled at the strength of the animal.
-They saw him take a firm hold. They saw him stop for an instant. They
-saw him start to swim again, this time toward the ship--and towing the
-object along through the water as best he could! Only a dog--but what a
-wonderful animal! Swimming superbly and maintaining a vise-like grip on
-the salvaged object.
-
-A mighty shout arose from the deck of the _Jules Verne_.
-
-"It's Monaghan," came the cry from Superintendent Brown, who had rushed
-into the wheel-house for a pair of glasses that he might get a closer
-view of the magnet that had lured the dog into the water.
-
-"Hurrah! it's Dick! Hurrah for Fismes!" screamed Jay in a perfect
-delirium of joy.
-
-And Dick it was. By this time the rescue boat had arrived alongside and
-dragged both the inert form of Dick and the wet, tousled dog into the
-dory. One of the sailors was tugging at the blouse of the rescued diver
-and feeling for the heart pulse. The other two pulled with all their
-might for the _Jules Verne_.
-
-"He's still alive," the sailor shouted as the dory came alongside.
-
-"Thank God for that!" cried Jay as he bent over the rail of the _Jules
-Verne_ looking down into the face of his chum. The eyes were closed and
-the body crumpled in an inert mass. But life still remained, and surely
-the spark that remained could be fanned again into a flame!
-
-Tenderly they took the unconscious Brighton youth aboard. Expert hands
-began working over him immediately. First the water was drained out of
-the throat and lungs. Then next the pulmotor was brought into action.
-Every device known in the resuscitation of the drowned was applied
-under the direction of Captain Austin.
-
-And in the meantime a lean brown German police dog answering to the
-name of Fismes was being patted and fêted by an admiring throng!
-
-By and by they who ministered to the unconscious diver were rewarded
-by a flicker of the eyes and a stirring of the pulses that bespoke the
-return of life. The pulmotor with its stores of precious oxygen was
-getting in its effective work. And none watched more solicitously than
-Jay Thacker as he knelt close beside his old Brighton chum.
-
-"Dick! Dick! Open your eyes. Speak to me," pleaded Jay.
-
-And presently the eyes opened. Just for an instant and then closed
-again. Slowly but surely respiration became normal again. The splendid
-physique of the boy who had always taken good care of himself and lived
-a normal outdoor life was standing him good in the pinch. Where a
-weakling would have succumbed to such an ordeal the athletic Brighton
-student who had served his country so faithfully and efficiently in the
-Navy was pulling through.
-
-After what seemed an eternity to Jay consciousness came back at last to
-his chum. Opening his eyes Dick gazed first into the face of his old
-"bunkie."
-
-"It's you, Jay," he mumbled feebly.
-
-"Yes, Dick, old boy, it's Jay," sobbed the latter. The strain had told
-on Jay. He was about ready to collapse but held himself together by
-sheer grit. And now he was rewarded, for Dick had been saved. Jay could
-only throw his arms around Fismes and hug the dog in his delight.
-
-Jay told them all and in turn asked what had happened on the mother
-ship that had put the air pumps and the engines out of commission.
-Engineers were still working on repairs, and by now had succeeded in
-getting the engines working again. But it was some time before the air
-pumps were working.
-
-In the meantime Dick responded wonderfully to treatment. For a time
-he was completely bewildered, knowing not what had happened to him,
-where he was and how he had been brought back again safe on the _Jules
-Verne_. But slowly it all came back to him and he was able to tell what
-had happened to him.
-
-It developed that just as he had lowered away through the trap of the
-_Nautilus_ to follow Jay in a desperate effort to escape to the surface
-from the depths the bomb in the coal barge had exploded. Just as he
-had dipped his head into the water it had gone off. Caught off balance
-in an awkward position before he had had a chance to dive from the
-deck of the barge, he had been flung against the steel side of the
-_Nautilus_. He had felt the impact, and then he knew nothing more, for
-the blow had rendered him unconscious.
-
-And then, in turn, Dick heard the story of how his body had been
-discovered floating in the water, and how Fismes had dived overboard to
-the rescue, and held his friend safely until a rescue boat picked them
-both up. Dick's eyes gleamed as he heard of the splendid part played in
-the rescue by the war dog.
-
-"Where is he?" asked the Brighton boy.
-
-Jay sprang up on deck and came back presently with Fismes, fairly
-carrying him all the way.
-
-"Here he is," he cried, as he appeared again in Dick's bunk room with
-the dog.
-
-Old Fismes, wagging his tail and laying his silken ears back by way
-of recognition, stalked sheepishly across the room and licked the
-outstretched hand of the youth on the cot.
-
-"I owe my life to you, and I'll guard your life as long as life is
-spared to me," said Dick as he pulled the nose of the dog over on the
-counterpane and stroked the still wet head.
-
-"Back to Brighton he goes with us; and he'll be the best mascot the
-academy ever had," added Jay emphatically.
-
-Dick nodded approval with a smile and sank back on his pillow to rest
-again, weak from the exertion.
-
-In another hour the repairs had been completed and the _Jules Verne_
-was able to move again under her own power. The _Nautilus_ had been
-raised, but so far there had been no opportunity to determine whether
-the diving chamber had been damaged.
-
-"But that is small concern, indeed, when we consider the fact that
-these two brave young divers are safe and sound again after a terrible
-experience," exclaimed Superintendent Brown as he directed Captain
-Austin to start back again to Bridgeford.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVIII
-
-HONORS FOR HEROES
-
-
-It was the sixteenth day of August. Only a month remained until
-Brighton Academy was scheduled to begin another school year. And what
-a year it promised to be! Many lads who had dropped out of school at
-the beginning of the World War were expected to return again to the
-familiar dormitories to renew old friendships and to continue the
-interrupted courses of study that would fit them either for college
-entrance or for active careers of usefulness in the world of work.
-
-None looked forward more eagerly to the commencement of this new school
-year than Jay Thacker and Richard Monaghan, the two lads who had been
-spending the summer vacation, following their discharge from service
-in the spring, with the Bridgeford Salvage Company in the reclamation
-of lost treasure and in testing out new apparatus lately devised by
-shipyard officials, together with noted scientists.
-
-Ten days' rest had served to restore the boys completely to good health
-again after their harrowing experience in the _Nautilus_ when they had
-been trapped at the bottom of Long Island Sound. Jay had come through
-entirely unaffected by his experience. As for Dick, he had felt the
-effects of his experience more severely. The bump that he had received
-when hurled against the side of the _Nautilus_ by the explosion of
-the time bomb in the sunken coal barge had bruised him up somewhat,
-although no bones were broken. The nervous strain, together with the
-prolonged stay under heavy pressure, had left their marks. For a few
-days he had remained dazed; but in the end his iron constitution had
-triumphed. Expert medical attention, combined with complete rest, had
-brought him around in fine shape again.
-
-One morning just a week after the affair in the Sound the boys were
-summoned to the office of Superintendent Brown.
-
-"Bring Fismes along with you," was the additional summons.
-
-Arriving half an hour later at the headquarters of the shipbuilding
-officials, the Brighton boys were surprised to find all the officials
-of the company assembled, together with other distinguished looking
-persons, none of whom they recognized.
-
-"Come right in, and bring that dandy dog in with you," the
-superintendent called when the boys' arrival was announced.
-
-In walked the trio, the war dog falling into dignified step between his
-two masters. Eager eyes turned to catch a glimpse of the illustrious
-dog and his even more illustrious sponsors. At this juncture, Mr. John
-R. Walter, the president of the Bridgeford Company, stepped forward and
-greeted the Brighton boys. Jay and Dick had heard his name, of course;
-but not until now had they had the privilege of knowing him.
-
-"I have wanted to know you boys for some time," he began. "I have heard
-of you both, as indeed the whole world has lately. It is a pleasure to
-know such manly fellows, and I want here personally to congratulate
-both of you for your splendid work with this company during the last
-month or so. I have heard of your school and of your desire to complete
-your education there, now that the war has ended and you have served
-your country so well. You are, indeed, a great credit to Brighton
-Academy. This is not said, my boys, by way of flattery, as I believe
-you are both too level-headed to be victims of self-conceit. What I
-have to say is merely in recognition of your good work, and is only a
-deserved tribute."
-
-The president took from his inner pocket two long envelopes. One he
-handed to Dick; the other to Jay.
-
-"Take these, please, as a token of our appreciation and an expression
-of our goodwill and kindly interest in both of you. Please do not open
-them until you have withdrawn from this assemblage. It is not possible
-to place a value upon what you have done for us lately, but possibly
-this may prove of some value to you in your plans for pursuing your
-education to its completion. With all my heart I wish you God-speed
-wherever you go and whatever you do."
-
-Overwhelmed by the unexpected ovation, the lads could only mumble their
-thanks as they took the proffered envelopes and transferred them to
-their own pockets. Deferentially they bowed, while the little audience
-grouped about them in the shipbuilders' office applauded. And then
-President Walter turned to the dog.
-
-"It is a pleasure also to know this great dog," he continued,
-stroking the head of the hound. "He, too, is worthy of some special
-recognition. To that end, gentlemen, I desire to introduce Mr. Henry
-LeFevre, of New York, representing the Society of the Blue Cross."
-
-Mr. LeFevre stepped forward and explained about the organization
-that he represented; how it was an international organization that
-looked after the interests of animals, particularly horses and dogs.
-Throughout the war it had rendered valiant service on the battlefields
-of Europe looking after the interests of the Animal Kingdom.
-
-"The brilliant work of this dog in rescuing his master from Long Island
-Sound a few weeks ago came to our attention," he told the assemblage.
-"We decided that such a meritorious act was deserving of fitting
-recognition. So I am here this day personally to greet Fismes the War
-Dog and his owners, and to confer upon this splendid dog the Blue Cross
-of our Society."
-
-So saying, the speaker took from his pocket a neat plush-lined box
-from which he lifted the beautiful decoration of the Blue Cross. He
-stooped to fasten it on the collar of Fismes, but at this juncture
-Superintendent Brown and Captain Austin stepped forward and suggested
-that the dog be placed on the big mahogany table. Jay and Dick at once
-lifted the hound to a place of honor amid the plaudits of the crowd.
-Then, with a few well chosen words, the decoration was affixed.
-
-An impromptu reception followed the ceremony, everybody crowding around
-to felicitate the Brighton boys and to pet the big hound on the table
-who stood patiently taking it all in, alternately rubbing his nose over
-the sleeves of Jay and Dick as they came close to him.
-
-"How much will you take for him?" asked one of the guests, a twinkle in
-his eye.
-
-Dick smiled. "I reckon he's not for sale at any price," was his reply
-as he put one arm around his protegée.
-
-"That dog is going to school," remarked Jay. "He's slated to enter
-Brighton with us next month. He'll be the mascot of our athletic teams;
-but all the time he'll be the particular pal of chum and me. We have a
-special reservation for him in the academy stables."
-
-Soon it was all over and the boys with their pet had withdrawn. It had
-been somewhat of an ordeal for the two modest youths, and they were
-glad when it was all over.
-
-"Gee, I'd sooner be a prisoner in the _Nautilus_ any time than stand up
-under that stuff," groaned Jay.
-
-"Well, I should say so," re-echoed Dick.
-
-But the big surprise was still in store.
-
-"What do you suppose is in here?" smiled Jay, taking from his pocket
-the envelope that President Walter had given him. Dick followed suit.
-
-"I have no idea; let's look."
-
-They did. Imagine their joyful surprise when they drew out a check on
-the Bridgeford Salvage Company for one thousand dollars each!
-
-"G-o-o-d N-n-n-ight!" was all Jay could say. As for Dick, he just
-whistled and passed his hand over his face with a gesture of
-bewilderment.
-
-One thousand dollars! It would permit them to finish their courses at
-Brighton and give them a good start on their college careers. There it
-was in black and white on a note that accompanied the checks:
-
-"From the Bridgeford Salvage Company as a testimonial of faithful and
-efficient service in order that you may apply it to the completion of
-your education."
-
-Both boys were overwhelmed with the bonus. They had expected to be
-paid off at the expiration of their contracts, according to the terms
-of the agreement under which they had been employed in June. This had
-stipulated they would receive an additional honorarium in the event the
-company was successful in salvaging any treasure during the summer. But
-this additional check for $1000 was almost too good to believe.
-
-"Now we can go right through to the diploma at Brighton," chirruped Jay
-as he danced around Fismes.
-
-"And have some left for college," added Dick.
-
-Delighted, they ran straight home to acquaint their families with the
-good news. To have been so handsomely rewarded was something they
-had never dreamed of. Now they were certain to go through with their
-cherished plans for an education that would enable them to compete with
-the best brains of the world.
-
-A few days later the boys received a summons to the office of "Montey"
-Brown again. Their contracts ran on until September 10th, and they were
-still subject to call.
-
-They found Captain Austin and Superintendent Brown awaiting them.
-
-"What do you say, boys, to a little more fun before you leave us?"
-asked "Montey."
-
-"Good enough," replied Jay. To which Dick added a "Fire away."
-
-"All right," resumed the superintendent. "You remember we didn't finish
-up the job on the old _Dominion_ off Martha's Vineyard. Remember, we
-got most of the diamonds, but left the gold bullion. Thousands of
-dollars' worth of precious metal down there yet."
-
-"What we want to do is to go back there and finish up the job while you
-boys are still with us," "Montey" Brown was saying. "We propose to use
-the _Jules Verne_ and the _Nautilus_ this time instead of sending you
-down as divers from the _Nemo_--that is, if you are willing."
-
-Were they willing? Sure they were, and anxious to be off whenever the
-salvage ship officials said the word. They said so, too, in emphatic
-words that left no doubt as to the fact that neither of the Brighton
-lads had lost his nerve as a result of their experiences of the summer.
-
-"Let's go, men," Jay responded. "We still have a few weeks of our
-contract time left and nothing would suit us better than to visit the
-old _Dominion_ again."
-
-That settled it. The boys were informed the _Jules Verne_ would sail
-the following morning at sunrise and they would be counted on to report
-in time for the sailing.
-
-The _Jules Verne_ and the _Nautilus_ had been completely repaired
-again after the breakdown in Long Island Sound on the occasion of the
-coal barge incident. Taken into drydock and carefully examined, it had
-developed that the _Nautilus_ was intact, despite the bomb explosion.
-None of her seams had been strained and she had been fitted out with
-new equipment that made a repetition of the accident in which the two
-boys nearly lost their lives next to an impossibility.
-
-So, on the following morning, the Brighton boys found themselves headed
-again out Long Island Sound toward the Atlantic Ocean and the new seat
-of action off Martha's Vineyard.
-
-"We'll have no Weddigen around this time to ball things up or put any
-phoney stuff across again," remarked Dick as they discussed the work at
-hand.
-
-That set them talking about Weddigen. Not a trace of him had been found
-since his escape from the Navy Yard at Boston, although government
-secret service men had sought everywhere for him. But the boys had
-heard from the Navy Department concerning their exploit off Cape May
-in reclaiming government plans and formulas from the submerged U-boat.
-From the Secretary of the Navy had come a letter congratulating them
-for their service.
-
-"I only wish Weddigen was here, though," said Jay. "I've got a score to
-settle with him, and I'd enjoy nothing more than the chance to turn him
-over to Uncle Sam."
-
-"Some day we may meet up with him again," returned Dick. "In that event
-we'll see that he doesn't escape."
-
-Through the day the _Jules Verne_ made her way slowly along. Because
-of the fact that she was pushing the _Nautilus_ along ahead of her,
-navigation was necessarily slow. The speed was no better then eight
-knots an hour. It was nearly dusk when they arrived in the vicinity of
-Martha's Vineyard and quite dark when they approached the spot where
-the _Dominion_ lay under many fathoms of water.
-
-Quite a stir was created aboard the _Jules Verne_ when Captain Austin
-reported that another vessel of some kind had anchored for the night in
-the immediate neighborhood.
-
-"As near as I can estimate it, she is anchored just about over the spot
-where lies the _Dominion_," Captain Austin confided to the Brighton
-boys as he climbed down from the bridge of the _Jules Verne_ and joined
-them on deck.
-
-What manner of craft was this? Who was aboard her? And what was she
-doing here in this neighborhood quite out of the path of ocean travel?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIX
-
-IN THE PIRATES' NEST
-
-
-Peering through the darkness the new arrivals on the _Jules Verne_
-could scarcely make out the outlines of the other craft. She seemed at
-first glance like a good-sized sloop with a leg-of-mutton mainsail that
-bellied wide against the night skyline. And then again she appeared
-to be a huge cabin cruiser. Lights appeared from a row of ports well
-forward.
-
-"What do you suppose it is?" asked Jay as he edged up close to his
-captain.
-
-"Likely an auxiliary craft of some kind--sail and motor," replied the
-chief executive of the _Jules Verne_.
-
-For a few minutes the trio watched the other vessel lying to only a few
-cable lengths away. Captain Austin had a glass that he trained on the
-stranger. But it was too dark to get many details of her.
-
-"Who do you suppose he is?" asked Dick.
-
-Captain Austin shook his head. There was no way of telling. "Looks as
-though some one had beat us to it," he mused.
-
-"Do you reckon they have gotten down into the _Dominion_ and gotten up
-any of the bullion?" queried Larry Seymour, who had joined them.
-
-"Indeed, son, I haven't the least idea," said the captain. "It does
-seem mighty strange that some one else should have anchored right
-in the vicinity of the _Dominion_. Very few people know where the
-_Dominion_ lies, and if this chap doesn't know, it surely is an odd
-coincidence that he should be anchored for the night right where he is."
-
-The engines of the _Jules Verne_ were still in motion. The anchors were
-just being run out and it was not possible to hear distinctly any noise
-that might have been wafted over the waters from the mythical craft.
-Captain Austin announced he would speak the vessel as soon as the
-_Jules Verne_ had settled for the night and the engines had stopped. In
-the meantime the crew indulged in all manner of speculation.
-
-"Maybe it is a United States revenue cutter," offered Dick.
-
-"Or one of the fishing fleet that has gotten off her course and stopped
-here for the night," suggested Larry.
-
-"Might be some millionaire's pleasure craft, too," put in Captain
-Austin. "She looks like a pretty swell boat, whatever she is. What do
-you think, Mr. Thacker?"
-
-The captain turned to Jay. That youth slowly shook his head.
-
-"I'm not a trouble-hunter, but my own private opinion is that that ship
-over there, whatever is she and whoever is aboard her, is here for no
-good," replied Jay deliberately.
-
-"You mean--" began Dick.
-
-"I mean that I think those fellows over there right now are after the
-gold in the _Dominion_," interrupted Jay. "They may have been here
-for days. They may have the _Dominion_ pretty well cleaned out, or
-they may have just arrived. At any rate, my hunch is that she is a
-treasure-hunter--a submarine pirate."
-
-"How are we going to find out?" interrogated Larry, very much aroused
-by the possibility of encountering a pirate.
-
-"Wait until morning, I reckon," answered Jay.
-
-Just then Captain Austin, who had moved off during the conversation,
-came back. He was carrying a megaphone.
-
-"I am going to hail them," he announced. The _Jules Verne_ had been
-anchored and her engines shut off. So the captain of the salvage ship
-advanced to the rail and trained his megaphone in the direction of the
-other ship.
-
-"Hello! Who are you?" he bellowed, slowly and distinctly.
-
-Eagerly the crowd waited. But no reply. Again the captain shouted and
-still no response. A third time he shouted, this time in an even more
-imperative tone. And back came an answer.
-
-"None of your business who we are. Who are you?"
-
-If there had been any suspicion aboard the _Jules Verne_ as to the
-character of the other ship, that answer settled it. Whoever it was, he
-was not going to make himself known. He was averse to disclosing his
-identity and he wanted no interference, as was manifested by his saucy
-answer.
-
-In reply Captain Austin gave no information to disclose his identity
-either. Instead he yelled:
-
-"Never mind who we are. You can find out in the morning."
-
-And in that same moment he resolved in his mind that he would keep
-the stranger well covered during the night and see that no effort
-was made to escape. Turning from the rail, the captain immediately
-called his executive officer and gave orders for the crew to be armed
-with sidearms, that a sentry with a rifle be posted to starboard on
-the side facing the stranger craft, and that a machine gun that the
-_Jules Verne_ carried for just such protection as might arise out of an
-emergency of this kind be mounted on the bridge.
-
-"Seymour, I want you to stand close by the wireless tonight, for we
-might want you at any time," the captain directed.
-
-Officials of the salvage company had deemed it wise to arm the _Jules
-Verne_; for, since her fame as a salvage ship had gone abroad it was
-possible that pirate ships might lay for her and attempt to rob her.
-The wireless had been installed also because virtually all sea-going
-vessels were now so equipped. Larry Seymour, who had been with the
-radio service while in the army, had proved an ideal man for the post
-of wireless operator on the _Jules Verne_.
-
-With these preparations complete Captain Austin ordered all men below
-for evening mess and called his two special divers, Jay Thacker and
-Dick Monaghan, into his own stateroom to have dinner with him. The
-three sat down to eat and were soon engrossed in a deep discussion of
-the mysterious ship that was their neighbor for the night.
-
-"I'll say he has a nasty tongue in his head to answer the way he did,"
-said Jay. He was ready for a fight; his blood was up.
-
-"Mighty discourteous, to say the least," was the captain's comment.
-
-They were agreed by now that the strange craft had come to Martha's
-Vineyard with some design rather than that she had accidentally
-anchored for the night in the vicinity of the submerged _Dominion_. But
-who she was and who was aboard her was more than they could surmise.
-Only daylight would reveal her--provided she stayed that long. What was
-to prevent her slipping away?
-
-"I'll tell you what we'll do"----Jay had jumped from the table,
-overturning a plate of food in his excitement.
-
-"I'll go aboard her myself this very night. I'll find out who she is
-and who is aboard her and what they are doing. I'll----"
-
-"How will you go aboard her? Row over in a small boat and take your
-chances on being shot or done away with by a band of pirates? Not if I
-have anything to say about it," said Captain Austin firmly.
-
-But Jay was insistent. Nothing would deter him, he said. He would
-swim. It was the logical thing to do. If the ship were a pirate craft
-they could take measures at once to capture her or wireless for help.
-
-"But you would be running quite a risk," offered the captain.
-
-"Nonsense," rattled off Jay. "That would be just a lark, and I am more
-than able to take care of myself."
-
-In the end the leader of the salvage crew surrendered to his determined
-diver. It was agreed they would wait until ten o'clock when all was
-quiet and that no word should be spread among the crew of the _Jules
-Verne_. So while Captain Austin went off to inspect the ship, and in
-particular the guard whom he had posted, Jay repaired to his stateroom
-and stretched out for a little rest. Dick was with him and Fismes
-snoozed near the open door.
-
-"How many men do you suppose they have on board over there?" queried
-Dick, pointing in the direction of the unknown vessel.
-
-"Goodness only knows; they may have a dozen or fifty," said Jay. "She
-looks like a pretty big boat as near as you can size her up in the
-dark. If they came out here after any of that gold you can make up your
-mind they are well equipped to take care of themselves. They have
-enough men to put up a good fight and quite likely are as well armed if
-not better than we are."
-
-"What makes you think they are here after the _Dominion's_ gold? I
-thought only a few people knew where the liner went down, let alone
-that she carried such wealth," pondered Dick.
-
-"True enough," said Jay. "Not many people do know where she is. But
-they could find out. You remember that we were out here once before
-on the _Dominion_. Possibly some member of the crew of the _Nemo_ has
-spread the news."
-
-Ten o'clock found Jay ready for the venture. He had divested himself
-of all his outer clothing and had resolved to make the trip dressed
-only in a bathing suit. The night was warm and the water just the
-temperature for a cool swim. The youth went unarmed.
-
-"Just going out to reconnoiter a little bit," he had said. Jay's
-plan was to get aboard the strange craft in some way, look her over
-and report back his observations. What they would be he had not the
-slightest idea. His sole intent was to learn something about the
-unfriendly ship that had refused to divulge its identity and to bring
-back this information to the _Jules Verne_. He resolved to go unarmed,
-deciding not even to carry a dirk in his belt, although Dick had
-suggested that for the sake of self-protection in a possible surprise
-attack.
-
-"No, if the worst comes to the worst I'll just jump overboard and get
-back here in a jiffy," Jay had said.
-
-Accompanied by his chum, Jay started from his stateroom for the bridge,
-there to consult a moment with Captain Austin before leaving. On the
-way the two Brighton boys dropped in on Larry Seymour in the wireless
-room just to say "howdy."
-
-"Good enough, fellows," said Larry, as the two Brighton boys stepped
-into the wireless station. "I've just been talking with a revenue
-cutter--the _Marblehead_. She's anchored for the night in a cove about
-five miles around the bend of the coast line from us."
-
-"Fine!" exclaimed Jay, as he brought his fist down on the table. And
-then he added: "Tell him we might need his services around here pretty
-shortly and to keep a sharp ear out for us."
-
-"I've already done that much," smiled back Larry, "and he's so
-inquisitive he wants to know what's up. But I've told him nothing more.
-He knows we are a salvage ship and that we are always likely to be
-mixing it up with some highway--I mean high sea--robber."
-
-"Good work," answered Jay. "And now I'm off, fellows."
-
-Jay ran off for a moment to speak to Captain Austin and then came back
-to the rail, where Dick and Larry awaited him.
-
-"You all right, chum?" queried Dick anxiously.
-
-"Never felt better in my life," the other answered. And then they shook
-hands all around.
-
-Jay waved a farewell and went over the side on a tie rope. Soundlessly
-he slipped into the water and straightway began to swim. He had laid
-his course several times during the evening and found it easy going
-because the strange craft had dim lights forward and aft. Jay's target
-lay directly between.
-
-Accustomed to the water, a stout swimmer and in the best of condition,
-he made rapid progress. The youth's chief concern was to make no
-noise. By no means must he make the slightest sound that would betray
-his approach to any who might be watching aboard the mystery ship. That
-some one or perhaps many were on guard Jay felt only too sure.
-
-Here was a sure enough adventure! He prided himself on the exploit. It
-was just what suited his daring nature. Like Bainbridge in the harbor
-at Tripoli, or Hobson at Santiago! Jay remembered American naval heroes
-who had performed spectacularly and bravely for their country.
-
-"This may not be war, but it's good live stuff all right!" He chuckled
-to himself as he swam stealthily along in the water, conserving his
-energy in every possible way and aiming true to his target.
-
-Presently he came close up to the craft. Yes, she was a palatial
-auxiliary, just as Captain Austin had divined. Her sails were furled
-by now and she was wrapped in a mantle of darkness save for her signal
-lights and a solitary light that twinkled from the cabin ports well
-forward.
-
-Jay swam closer. He was swimming slowly with only his face out of
-water. What was that just over the rail on a line with the main mast?
-The youth turned smoothly on his back and lay looking up on the deck
-of the stranger craft. It was a guard! Jay could see faintly the glow
-of a cigar and a moment later heard the man clear his throat!
-
-Immediately the Brighton youth swam in close to the side of the vessel.
-There was less chance of being seen. Quietly he set his course toward
-the bow. Likely the guard was only to starboard since that side was
-next the _Jules Verne_ in the near distance. Jay resolved to go around
-to the port side and take his chances there on getting aboard.
-
-Accordingly, he swam quietly forward and slipped around the bow of the
-mystery ship, sliding in under her taut anchor chain. Once on the port
-quarter, Jay worked his way rapidly along looking for a line that might
-lead aboard the vessel. What was his great joy to find a rope ladder
-fully extended and firmly held above.
-
-It was only the work of a minute to draw himself up, round over round.
-At the rail he paused and surveyed the deck in both directions. No one
-was in sight. Only from the cabin forward came a murmur of voices.
-The guard--if there was one--was to the far side and apparently in
-ignorance of the fact that a boarder had come over the side.
-
-Jay's mission was to find out something of the craft and her crew.
-He resolved first to take a peep into that lighted cabin. Forthwith
-he directed his course in that direction, keeping a sharp lookout on
-either side of him. His presence so far was undiscovered.
-
-In a few seconds he had arrived by the nearest port. Now he must be
-careful, indeed. Inch by inch he moved his head along until one eye
-gazed through the glass. And what a sight!
-
-There in the cabin sat three men around a table. Upon the table were
-laid a number of bars of shining metal. Gold--the bullion, at least a
-portion of it, from the _Dominion_!
-
-The lad gasped. Here were pirates who had discovered the _Dominion_ and
-salvaged some of her precious stores. But who were these men? Jay could
-see the faces of two of them. They were unfamiliar faces to him. The
-third sat with his back to the Brighton youth. But there was something
-about the shape of the head, the contour of the shoulders and the
-general physical build that was familiar.
-
-Who was he?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XX
-
-THE TREASURE RECLAIMED
-
-
-Just then one of the trio stirred at the table and Jay drew back
-hurriedly lest his presence be noted. At the same time the Brighton lad
-heard the guard moving on the other side of the ship. It was time to
-get out of here. And why not? He had seen enough to acquaint him with
-the fact that whoever these men were aboard this palatial craft, they
-were pirates bold who had filched from the _Dominion_ some of her gold
-bullion.
-
-The lad hesitated not a moment, but quickly ran back over the deck to
-the rope ladder and as deftly lowered over the side. He had come aboard
-all unsuspected and undetected. Now he would hasten back to the _Jules
-Verne_ and tell Captain Austin all that he had seen. It would be up to
-the chief officer of the salvage ship to say what next should be done.
-
-"They must not get away at all hazards," Jay told himself. He hated to
-go, for his own disposition was to confront these chaps and demand of
-them by what right they had helped themselves to the gold that reposed
-here in American waters where only qualified agents could search it
-out. But that, of course, would have been foolhardy. The only thing to
-do was to get back to the _Jules Verne_ and report his find.
-
-The trip back was as easily negotiated as the trip over. The distance
-was short, not more than two hundred yards at most, and the athletic
-diver found himself still strong and sturdy as he came alongside the
-_Jules Verne_. A low soft whistle brought Dick to the rail in a hurry.
-
-"That you, Jay?" came the friendly challenge. To which Jay replied
-affirmatively, and was quickly drawn aboard by the eager hands of his
-friends.
-
-"What luck?" asked Captain Austin, who came up on the _qui vive_.
-
-Jay motioned them all into his stateroom and there, while Dick and
-Larry rubbed him down and helped him into his clothes, Jay told the
-whole story as rapidly as he could. Captain Austin, Dick, Larry and
-Jay--these composed the group--with the addition of Fismes, who was
-snoring in one corner. Wide-eyed, they sat hearing the whole narrative.
-Patiently they heard him through.
-
-"Did you recognize any of them at all?" asked Captain Austin.
-
-"No, not one, except that one looked familiar," replied Jay. And then,
-in explicit detail, he told of him who seemed to be the leader of the
-trio in the cabin, who sat with his back turned.
-
-"I could not get a look at his face, but he looked familiar to me and
-I've been trying to place him in my memory," added the youth.
-
-After deliberating for a time Captain Austin decided to get in touch
-with the revenue cutter _Marblehead_ and tell them the whole story. If
-the pirates decided to slip away in the night the slow-going _Jules
-Verne_ with her diving bell, the _Nautilus_, could not pursue. But the
-fast little revenue cutter could overhaul them in a hurry.
-
-Consequently, Larry Seymour repaired at once to the wireless room and
-in a few minutes was telling the whole story to the _Marblehead_.
-For some time the wireless spat its messages into the ether and then
-subsided as its receiver got busy. Larry was transcribing the messages.
-
-"Captain Fowler, of the _Marblehead_, says he will move up closer to
-us," said Larry. "He wants us to keep a sharp lookout during the night
-and apprise them of the slightest movement aboard the pirate ship. If
-they move at all the _Marblehead_ will charge down upon them. Captain
-Fowler proposes to go aboard at daybreak and find out who they are and
-by what authority they come taking the gold from the _Dominion_."
-
-"Tell him O. K. and to keep his wireless receiver constantly on the
-alert," replied Captain Austin.
-
-In the meantime extra precautions were taken to guard the pirates. An
-additional guard was posted and both the powerful searchlight and the
-machine gun on the bridge of the _Jules Verne_ were inspected to see
-that they were in prime condition.
-
-Captain Austin told Jay and Dick to turn in; that he would call them
-on the slightest provocation that their services were needed. Jay,
-although a bit fatigued by his swim, was for remaining up, but listened
-to the counsel of his chum, and together they withdrew to their
-stateroom.
-
-"Might as well rest a bit, for there is bound to be some excitement in
-the morning," advised Dick.
-
-So they repaired to the quiet of their own stateroom and with light
-extinguished lay in their bunks enjoying the cool night air that was
-such a relief after the heat of the day. From the corner came the
-gentle snores of Fismes, who was curled up fast asleep and entirely
-oblivious of the stirring events the morrow might hold for his masters.
-And pretty soon Jay and Dick, who had talked for a long time there in
-the darkness of their quarters fronting on the water about amidships,
-lapsed into slumber.
-
- * * * * *
-
-It was Dick who was first roused by a slight noise outside the
-stateroom. Was he dreaming, or had he heard a slight movement? The
-youth stirred and raised himself on one elbow. Did he imagine it, or
-was that the figure of a man--a head silhouetted through the stateroom
-window against the starry sky background? He was minded on the moment
-to cry out, demanding who was there. But he kept silence.
-
-Reaching quietly under his pillow he was a bit dismayed to find his
-revolver not there where he expected it. Then he remembered; he had
-left it on the table. But he could not reach it without getting out of
-his bunk. Jay was still asleep.
-
-How about Fismes? Funny the dog wouldn't be awake if some one was
-there. Dick listened but could hear no gentle snore that would indicate
-the dog was there as usual. Possibly Fismes had gone out on deck or
-below. The animal would prowl about at times.
-
-Just then there was a slight stir again at the window. This time
-there was no mistake--some one was there. What Dick had thought was a
-head moved slightly. And then through the open door of the stateroom
-appeared in firm outline the form of a man--a huge hulk of a figure!
-
-And then Dick did a funny thing. The best course was to have kept
-silence until the figure moved on. Then the Brighton youth could have
-slipped out of bed, grabbed his revolver and followed on. But he was
-not sure in his drowsy condition whether it was really a man, and
-whether it was friend or enemy. It might be only the guard on patrol.
-
-At any rate, Dick sat up in bed, reached for the electric light and
-snapped on the light. Instantly the intruder, who had been going by the
-door, swung on his heel and thrust a revolver through the open door.
-
-"Not a word, or I'll blow your brains out," snapped the visitor.
-
-Awakening with a start, Jay jumped up in bed. The newcomer at once
-swung his revolver to cover him.
-
-"Throw up your hands, and don't say a word," came the command. "If
-either of you speak, it means death. Not only to you, but to everybody
-on board. One sound and I'll blow this"--he indicated a whistle tied
-around his neck on a cord. "Your old boat is well covered from the
-little ship over yonder. We can blow you out of the water with one
-little broadside and the world will never know what became of you."
-
-"Who are you?" demanded Jay as he sat on the edge of his bunk with both
-hands up. The youth was thinking rapidly. What could he do, though, in
-the face of that ugly looking revolver?
-
-"Never mind who I am," came the reply. "Your game is up. We have
-cleaned out the _Dominion_ of all her gold. Our ship is on the move
-now. You will never know us nor catch up to us. A little swim for me
-and then into a fast motor launch that will take me safely aboard my
-own ship. Do you get me? The jig is up. You have come too late. The
-_Dominion_ has been cleaned as clean as a whistle. Haw! Haw!"
-
-He laughed softly. That laugh! Where had Jay and Dick heard it before?
-Somewhere--this man----
-
-They were both stirred by a quick command from their visitor.
-
-"I'll trouble you for the key to your stateroom," he was saying. "I'll
-have to lock you both in until I get safely away. Come across, quick."
-
-Jay was inclined to parley, hoping to engage the fellow until help came.
-
-"Don't imagine it is so soft for you," he sneered. "Just off the cove
-here lies a U. S. revenue cutter. They know all about you. I was aboard
-you myself to-night and saw you getting your treasure together in the
-cabin. We are equipped with wireless and we have the revenue cutter
-_Marblehead_ right outside here waiting for you. You'll never get away."
-
-The muscles of the intruder's face contracted at that, and his eyes
-bulged a bit at Jay's startling declaration. And then his finger sought
-the trigger of the revolver.
-
-"If it were not for stirring up a fuss I'd plug you both full of lead
-before I leave," hissed the figure in the doorway. "As it is, you'll
-either give me the key to your stateroom immediately or I'll shoot you
-both and then take my chances on getting away. Come along smart now or
-I'll bore you both through with this shooter."
-
-And he took a new grip on the revolver as he stepped menacingly forward.
-
-But just then came an ominous growl on deck just outside the stateroom.
-It disconcerted the intruder for a second and he turned his head
-slightly as there came another growl. In that instant Dick leaped for
-his own revolver as the lean figure of a stalwart hound dog leaped
-through the air, launched fully and fairly upon the giant in the
-doorway.
-
-"Fismes!" yelled Jay. "Get him! Get him!"
-
-It needed no direction to tell this dog what to do. With a malignant
-howl of hatred the huge war dog dove for the body of the visitor and
-sank his teeth in the flesh of the thigh. Bang! went the revolver, but
-taken off his balance by the unexpected flank attack, the intruder
-shot harmlessly over the head of the boys in the stateroom. At the
-same moment Jay hurled himself in a flying tackle just as he had flung
-himself at many a foe on the gridiron at Brighton.
-
-Down went the pirate leader. Jay's lightning-like tackle cut both feet
-from under him. Before he could shoot again Dick leaped upon him and
-wrested the revolver from his hand. Against the infuriated dog and
-the combined attack of two such sturdy youths as Jay Thacker and Dick
-Monaghan he was outclassed. The struggle was short and in the end the
-prowling visitor lay panting and helpless.
-
-Outside came the tramp of many feet and then the face of Captain
-Austin, Larry Seymour and others of the crew who had heard the shot and
-had been attracted by the commotion.
-
-"What have we here?" demanded Austin heatedly as he bent over the
-confused mass of dog and men. It took only a glance to show what had
-happened. Some one had come slyly aboard the _Jules Verne_ and had been
-trapped in the stateroom of the Brighton boys.
-
-Jay and Dick struggled to their feet, relaxing their hold now that
-help had arrived in overwhelming numbers. But not so the dog. Fismes
-held on as though his life depended on it. With difficulty his masters
-succeeded in getting him to let go the figure on the floor.
-
-"Quick, captain," shouted Jay. "The pirate ship over there is making
-ready to get away. This chap came aboard here to see who we were and
-to pay his compliments with a bomb before he left. Quick! notify the
-_Marblehead_."
-
-Like a flash Larry was away to the wireless to call the revenue cutter.
-Order followed order as other members of the crew sprang to the
-searchlight and turned its blazing rays on the pirate craft. Others
-manned the machine gun and stood by awaiting the order to fire in case
-the ship so close by attempted to move.
-
-"Zzz-t-t-ttt!" the wireless snapped out its radio call. Then the key
-was closed awaiting the answer.
-
-"_Marblehead_ half a mile away only," reported Larry as he came dashing
-back to the stateroom. "She has seen our light and knows right where
-we are. She has two boatloads of armed men on the way now to take the
-pirates in tow."
-
-The figure on the floor stirred uneasily, torn between the hurt of the
-wound where the dog had sunk his sharp teeth into the flesh and the
-despair of knowing that the game was all up.
-
-"Get up until we can take a look at you," commanded Captain Austin as
-he turned to the prisoner.
-
-Slowly the latter struggled to his feet. All eyes were on him. Who was
-he?
-
-Captain Austin turned the fellow with his face full to the light. He
-moved closer and gazed intently for a moment.
-
-"Don't think you can fool me, you rascal. Don't think I can't see
-through that disguise. You have grown beard and moustache since last we
-saw you. But I know you; and so do these boys. Take a good look at him,
-fellows--don't you recognize him?"
-
-"Carl Weddigen!" gasped the boys almost in unison.
-
-"Just who he is!" affirmed Captain Austin. "And believe me, he'll not
-get away this time."
-
-They were fastening handcuffs on the prisoner when the sound of rifle
-fire across the water indicated the men of the revenue cutter were
-boarding the pirate.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXI
-
-BACK TO BRIGHTON
-
-
-Several days had elapsed since the capture of the mysterious pirate
-ship and her motley crew. The _Jules Verne_ had remained on the job at
-Martha's Vineyard while her divers carefully combed the interior of the
-old sunken British liner _Dominion_ to find whether any of the gold
-bullion still remained in her hold. Relentless search, however, had
-disclosed no more of the precious booty--all of it had been ferreted
-out by the arch-conspirator, Carl Weddigen, diver extraordinary,
-adventurer, spy and piratical chief. But all of it in turn had been
-reclaimed from the interior of the _Monterey_, the fast auxiliary that
-Weddigen had commanded.
-
-The fight on the _Monterey_ had been short and sweet. Taken
-unexpectedly by the surprise attack of Captain Fowler and his men from
-the U. S. revenue cutter _Marblehead_, the men of the _Monterey_,
-deprived of the leadership of Weddigen, who was a captive on the
-_Jules Verne_, had given up at the first show of strength on the
-part of the government forces. Two huge motor launches, armed with
-two-pounders and machine guns, had come swooping down upon the
-_Monterey_. Although the crew of the _Monterey_ were well armed with
-modern rifles and ammunition, they had hastily thrown down their arms
-at the first withering fire from the launches of the _Marblehead_. This
-fire had swept the decks of the pirate craft, killing two of her crew
-and wounding others.
-
-Immediately the _Monterey_ had been searched. Just as Jay Thacker,
-diver aboard the _Jules Verne_, had related to Captain Austin and to
-Captain Fowler, of the _Marblehead_, the gold bars--a dozen and more
-crates of them--had been found aboard the pirate craft. Thousands of
-dollars' worth of precious metal that would have been spirited off by
-Weddigen and his crew unless the resourceful salvagers from Bridgeford
-had intervened.
-
-"Lucky thing you called us in time," Captain Fowler declared.
-
-"Yes, and a lucky thing you were near," said Captain Austin. Which was
-true, indeed, considering that the _Jules Verne_ and her crew could
-hardly have hoped to prevent the escape of the pirates.
-
-And then came the unfolding of the story of Carl Weddigen. Yes, it
-was Carl himself; the same ingenious plotter who had first entered
-the service of the Bridgeford Salvage Company with the idea of
-gaining information as to where treasure ships were submerged; the
-same intriguer who had hoped to profit through his own thefts while
-ostensibly working for Superintendent Brown and Captain Austin; the
-same despicable traitor who had been thwarted in the act of stealing
-valued U. S. Government plans taken from the lost U-boat at Cape May.
-
-Carefully and noting every particular, Captain Fowler, who was in fact
-a policeman of the high seas, had heard from Captain Austin, and from
-his star divers, Jay Thacker and Dick Monaghan, the whole story of Carl
-Weddigen. The Brighton boys started with their first encounter with
-Carl in the plant of the Bridgeford Company. They told of the first
-experience on the _Dominion_ when Carl had been discovered in the act
-of secreting diamonds in his diving suit, and how he was compelled
-to disgorge through the craftiness of Larry Seymour. The affair off
-Cape May was related, and this was the most damaging evidence, for it
-proved the fellow an enemy of the United States Government.
-
-"It surely will go hard with this chap after we turn him over to the
-Department of Justice at Washington," Captain Fowler had ventured in
-an opinion on the future status of the prisoner. For Carl was now a
-prisoner aboard the _Marblehead_, closely confined under constant guard
-in such a way that he could not possibly escape.
-
-At first Weddigen had been sullen and close-mouthed. Repeated efforts
-to get him to tell his story had failed; how he had fitted out his
-pirate craft, where he had got the speedy little vessel, and how he had
-shipped his crew; and, finally, how he had cleaned out the _Dominion_.
-But now that he had come to realize that he was literally "up against
-it" and that he was to be delivered over to the United States
-Government to face a court trial and possible death for espionage and
-high crimes against the government, to say nothing of his plots against
-the lives of the men of the _Jules Verne_, the German prisoner had
-decided to tell his own story in the hope that it might in some way
-mitigate the whole case against him.
-
-And this was the story he had told: Following his escape from the
-Navy Yard at Boston after the Cape May affair he had shipped aboard a
-coastwise trader bound that same day for Rio Janeiro. Going down the
-coast he had ingratiated himself in the favor of members of the crew
-by rescuing one of their number who had gone overboard in a terrific
-midsummer storm. The crew, most of them Latin-Americans, had acclaimed
-Weddigen their hero, and he at once assumed leadership among them. One
-night he had confided to some of them the story of the _Dominion_ and
-the gold bullion that still remained to be taken from her hold. In awe
-and in envy they had listened to the story. Their own greed aroused,
-they had proved willing converts to a plan to fit out an expedition and
-go after the treasure.
-
-On the day that the Brazilian merchantman had touched at Vera Cruz for
-fresh supplies the little band under Weddigen deserted their ship and
-took refuge in the Mexican city. From there they had worked their way
-into the Tampico oil field region and one night stole the handsome new
-twin-screw auxiliary _Monterey_, the property of a wealthy American
-oil magnate. Joined by other confederates whom they had recruited
-among Mexican refugees and bandits, the little party of adventurers had
-worked their way out of the Tampico River into the Gulf of Mexico, and
-thence up the Atlantic coast to the little cove where the _Dominion_
-had run aground, and where Weddigen had seen enough while employed
-by the Bridgeford Salvage Company to satisfy him that the desperate
-effort in quest of the hidden treasure would be well worth the effort,
-provided he was successful. From a point near the scene of operations
-the crafty skipper of the _Monterey_ had sent several of his crew
-ashore in a powerful launch to bargain in a New England seafaring town
-for a diver's modern outfit.
-
-Uninterrupted in their quiet retreat, the German and his Latin-American
-crew had worked steadily in the reclamation of the gold bullion in the
-hulk of the _Dominion_. Weddigen had found among his crew one who had
-had experience as a diver in the West Indies, and they had worked in
-relays. Just when they had completed their enormous haul, on the very
-evening that the _Jules Verne_ had arrived, the pirates had completed
-rifling the treasure ship. They had expected to sail the following
-morning early for a South American port, there to make away with their
-loot and dispose of their stolen ship. Weddigen had seen the _Jules
-Verne_ from his vantage point within the cove long before Captain
-Austin and his men knew of the presence of another craft at the old
-anchorage. But he had decided to wait until after midnight and make
-a run for it in the darkness. He had refused to answer the challenge
-of Captain Austin, although he recognized the voice of that official,
-hoping against hope he might get away unrecognized.
-
-Finally, when pressed for an explanation as to why he had foolishly
-gone aboard the _Jules Verne_ in the early morning hours and thus
-risked his chances of getting away at all by putting himself in the way
-of capture, Weddigen brazenly admitted he carried a powerful bomb with
-which he hoped to sink the salvage ship and her crew before they could
-sound an alarm. But in this he had been thwarted just as he was ready
-to set the bomb and leave the _Jules Verne_. Loudly the pirate chief
-had cursed the war dog Fismes and the two Brighton youths who, he said,
-had been his nemeses from the very first day he had met them.
-
-"Luckily for the United States Government and all parties concerned
-with the ownership of this gold bullion, there are such brave youths
-as Mr. Thacker and Mr. Monaghan," the revenue cutter captain told him.
-
-Thus had been accomplished the undoing of Carl Weddigen. Now he was
-headed for prison and a trial where he would have to answer for all his
-crimes. The gold bullion from the _Dominion_ had been transferred from
-the _Monterey_ to the _Jules Verne_. Taking the _Monterey_ in tow, the
-_Marblehead_ left on the afternoon of the second day for Boston, while
-the _Jules Verne_ put back to Bridgeford.
-
-On the deck of the latter, as the _Marblehead_ drew away from the
-cove in Martha's Vineyard, stood two stalwart youths who had played a
-stirring part in the drama that had been staged. By their side sat a
-lean hound with silken ears well set up and a silver-plated collar that
-reflected the afternoon sun with brilliant shafts of light.
-
-"Well, how do you like Treasure Cove, old pal?" asked Dick of his chum.
-Treasure Cove was the name they had dubbed the inlet and bar where the
-_Dominion_ had gone ashore during war days.
-
-"Fine, indeed," laughed Jay. "Even though I nearly lost my life here
-earlier in the summer."
-
-"And even though we both have been having a nice little party with lots
-of gun play these last few days," facetiously added Dick.
-
-"One thing about it--Weddigen saved us all the work of digging up this
-gold out of the _Dominion_," said Dick, with a whimsical smile.
-
-"And came near blowing us all to kingdom come--would have done it sure
-as guns but for Fismes here, who saved the day." Jay took the nose of
-the big pet in his hands and rubbed the dog's forehead while the animal
-grunted in appreciation.
-
-They discussed Weddigen again and agreed he was just about the toughest
-customer they had ever encountered. It was a satisfaction to them to
-know that he had been apprehended, and that they had played a signal
-part in bringing him to bay.
-
-After a time Jay said:
-
-"Well, it's been a pretty nice summer after all, hasn't it?"
-
-Dick shook his head in emphatic approval. He wouldn't have missed it
-for all the world, he added.
-
-"And likely to prove a very profitable summer." This came from another
-voice near at hand.
-
-The Brighton boys turned to greet their captain.
-
-"Likely to net you chaps a handsome profit, indeed, after all this
-Treasure Cove fight heaped up on top of your various other exploits.
-I'll wager you it's a young fortune you draw down at Bridgeford before
-you go back to school."
-
-"Perhaps more than we deserve," offered Jay.
-
-"More than you deserve?" Captain Austin's voice rose to a high pitch.
-"You chaps surely merit every single dollar that will be paid to you.
-And it will be a good roll, my boys. Just think of it. First of all,
-you have the thousand dollars each that were voted you by President
-Walter, of the Salvage Company. Now you get a bonus on all the treasure
-that we have reclaimed in addition to the wage scale agreed upon in
-your contract. On top of this is still another item."
-
-Both boys looked up.
-
-"Don't forget that the United States Government offered a prize for the
-capture of Carl Weddigen."
-
-"But we didn't capture Weddigen--it was Fismes," protested Jay in happy
-vein.
-
-"All right then, have it your own way; Fismes gets the prize money
-from Uncle Sam," laughed Captain Austin.
-
-Arm in arm, the trio retreated from the deck of the _Jules Verne_ in
-quest of one good square meal and a full night's sleep after nearly
-a week of the merriest kind of adventure--actors in a great game of
-treasure hunting. Out on deck a brown-haired police dog stretched
-himself luxuriously and nestled his jaw into the embrace of two paws
-crossed scissor-like.
-
- * * * * *
-
-In September, on a morning that dawned in full autumnal splendor,
-two young men stood on the station platform at Bridgeford awaiting a
-train bound for New York. With them were many friends, young and old,
-including officials and employes from the big shipbuilding yard. They
-had come to wish a farewell to these two youths bound for Winchester
-and the opening of the new school year at Brighton Academy.
-
-In the pocket of each youth reposed a bank book showing healthy
-deposits to their credit. More than six thousand dollars each in the
-name of Jay Thacker and Richard Monaghan--this from the Bridgeford
-Salvage Company for the splendid work the young divers had done
-throughout the summer! Enough to carry each young man through
-preparatory school and on into college!
-
-"But those friendships are not counted in terms of dollars and cents,
-are they, chum?" said Dick Monaghan, with just a trace of a lump in his
-throat as he indicated the group of friends on the station platform.
-The train was moving out. Larry Seymour--good old Larry--had staged the
-farewell.
-
-It might have been a cinder in Jay's eye; at any rate, he was blinking
-hard as the train gathered speed.
-
-"You said a whole heaping mouthful that time," replied Jay, trying to
-laugh off the flood of emotion that welled up in him.
-
-Up in the baggage coach ahead, a skinny brown hound, accustomed to
-making the best of every situation, winked at the baggage agent and
-curled himself up for a snooze and a dream of the new life to come at
-Brighton Academy.
-
-
-THE END
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Brighton Boys in the Submarine
-Treasure Ship, by Lieutenant James R. Driscoll
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BRIGHTON BOYS ***
-
-***** This file should be named 54364-8.txt or 54364-8.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/3/6/54364/
-
-Produced by David Edwards, Ralph and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (Images courtesy
-of the Digital Library@Villanova University
-(http://digital.library.villanova.edu/))
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
-will be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
-permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
-rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
-research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
-redistribution.
-
-
-
-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
-http://gutenberg.org/license).
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
-collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
-are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
-the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
-copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
-or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
-form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
-that
-
-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
- owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
- has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
- must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
- prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
- returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
- sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
- address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
- the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or
- destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
- and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
- Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
- money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
- of receipt of the work.
-
-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
-collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
-your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
-and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
-http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
-809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
-business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
-information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
-page at http://pglaf.org
-
-For additional contact information:
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
-particular state visit http://pglaf.org
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
-To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
-unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/54364-8.zip b/old/54364-8.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 2537ae3..0000000
--- a/old/54364-8.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/54364-h.zip b/old/54364-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index eebb998..0000000
--- a/old/54364-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/54364-h/54364-h.htm b/old/54364-h/54364-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index e37d319..0000000
--- a/old/54364-h/54364-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8924 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
- <title>
- The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Brighton Boys in the Submarine Treasure Ship, by Lieutenant James R. Driscoll.
- </title>
-
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
-
- <style type="text/css">
-
-body {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
-}
-
- h1,h2 {
- text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
- clear: both;
-}
-
-h2.nobreak {
- page-break-before: avoid;
-}
-
-
-h2 span {
-display: block;}
-
-.ch {font-size: .9em;
- font-weight: normal;
- font-variant: small-caps;
- padding: .7em 0 0em 0;}
-
-p {
- margin-top: .15em;
- text-align: justify;
- margin-bottom: .15em;
- text-indent: 1.5em;
-}
-
-.p2 {margin-top: 2em;}
-
-.pi6 {text-indent: 0.2em; padding-left: 6em;}
-div.limit1 {max-width: 25em; padding-left: 5em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-
-
-p.drop-cap {
- text-indent: 0em;
-}
-p.drop-cap:first-letter
-{
- float: left;
- margin: 0.0em 0.1em 0em 0em;
- font-size: 350%;
- line-height:0.85em;
-}
-@media handheld
-{
- p.drop-cap:first-letter
- {
- float: none;
- margin: 0;
- font-size: 100%;
- }
-}
-
-.front01 {text-align: center;
- text-indent: 0em;
- font-size: .8em;
- font-weight: bold;
- margin: 4em 0 -.2em 0;}
-.front02 {text-align: center;
- text-indent: 0em;
- font-size: 1.4em;
- margin: 1em 0 2em 0;}
-.front03 {text-align: center;
- text-indent: 0em;
- font-size: .85em;
- font-weight: bold;
- margin: 2em 0 2em 0;}
-.front04 {text-align: center;
- text-indent: 0em;
- font-size: 1em;
- font-weight: bold;
- margin: 4em 0 0em 0;}
-.front05 {text-align: center;
- text-indent: 0em;
- font-size: .7em;
- font-weight: bold;
- margin: .5em 0 0em 0;}
-.front07 {text-align: center;
- text-indent: 0em;
- font-size: 1.0em;
- font-weight: bold;
- margin: .5em 0 1em 0;}
-
-hr {
- width: 33%;
- /*margin-top: 2em;*/
- /*margin-bottom: 2em;*/
- /*margin-left: auto;*/
- /*margin-right: auto;*/
- clear: both;
-}
-
-hr.tb {width: 45%;
- margin-left: 27%;
- margin-right: 27%;}
-
-hr.chap {width: 65%;
- margin-left: 17%;
- margin-right: 17%;}
-
-hr.r5 {width: 15%;
- margin: .5em 42% .5em 43%;}
-
-hr.r15 {width: 15%;
- margin: 8em 44% 0 44%;}
-
-hr.r15a {width: 15%;
- margin: 0 44%;}
-
-table {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
-}
-
-.toc1 {font-size: .6em;text-align: right;
- }
-.toc1a {font-size: .6em;
- text-align: right;
- }
-
-.toc2 {font-size: .95em;
- font-variant: small-caps;
- }
-.toc3 {font-size: .9em;
- text-align: right;
- }
-.toc4 {font-size: .9em;
- text-align: right;
- padding-right:.7em;
- }
-
-.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
- /* visibility: hidden; */
- position: absolute;
- left: 92%;
- font-size: smaller;
- text-align: right;
-} /* page numbers */
-
- .large {font-size: 125%;}
- .medium {font-size: 80%;}
-
-.bold {font-weight: bold;}
-
-.center {text-align: center;}
-
-.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
-
-.caption {text-align: center;
- text-indent: 0;
- font-size: .9em;
- font-variant: small-caps;
-}
-
-/* Images */
-.figcenter {
- margin: auto;
- text-align: center;
-}
-img {max-width: 100%}
-
-/* Transcriber's notes */
-.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
- color: black;
- font-size:smaller;
- padding:0.5em;
- margin-bottom:5em;
- font-family:sans-serif, serif; }
-
-.pbb {page-break-before: always;}
-
-
-
-div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
-
- </style>
- </head>
-<body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Brighton Boys in the Submarine Treasure
-Ship, by Lieutenant James R. Driscoll
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-
-Title: The Brighton Boys in the Submarine Treasure Ship
-
-Author: Lieutenant James R. Driscoll
-
-Release Date: March 14, 2017 [EBook #54364]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BRIGHTON BOYS ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by David Edwards, Ralph and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (Images courtesy
-of the Digital Library@Villanova University
-(http://digital.library.villanova.edu/))
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-
-<div class="transnote">
-
-<h2>Transcriber's Note:</h2>
-
-<p>Punctuation and possible typographical errors have been changed.</p>
-
-<p>Archaic, variable and inconsistent spelling and hyphenation have
-been preserved.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="center bold large" style="padding-top: 3em;">THE &nbsp; BRIGHTON &nbsp; BOYS &nbsp; SERIES</p>
-
-<p class="center bold">BY</p>
-
-<p class="center bold large">LIEUTENANT JAMES R. DRISCOLL</p>
-</div>
-
-<div class="limit1">
-
-<p class="p2">THE BRIGHTON BOYS</p>
-<p class="pi6">WITH THE FLYING CORPS</p>
-<hr class="r5" />
-<p>THE BRIGHTON BOYS</p>
-<p class="pi6">IN THE TRENCHES</p>
-<hr class="r5" />
-<p>THE BRIGHTON BOYS</p>
-<p class="pi6">WITH THE BATTLE FLEET</p>
-<hr class="r5" />
-<p>THE BRIGHTON BOYS</p>
-<p class="pi6">IN THE RADIO SERVICE</p>
-<hr class="r5" />
-<p>THE BRIGHTON BOYS</p>
-<p class="pi6">WITH THE SUBMARINE FLEET</p>
-<hr class="r5" />
-<p>THE BRIGHTON BOYS</p>
-<p class="pi6">WITH THE ENGINEERS AT CANTIGNY</p>
-<hr class="r5" />
-<p>THE BRIGHTON BOYS</p>
-<p class="pi6">AT CHATEAU-THIERRY</p>
-<hr class="r5" />
-<p>THE BRIGHTON BOYS</p>
-<p class="pi6">AT ST. MIHIEL</p>
-<hr class="r5" />
-<p>THE BRIGHTON BOYS</p>
-<p class="pi6">IN THE ARGONNE</p>
-<hr class="r5" />
-<p>THE BRIGHTON BOYS</p>
-<p class="pi6">IN TRANSATLANTIC FLIGHT</p>
-<hr class="r5" />
-<p>THE BRIGHTON BOYS</p>
-<p class="pi6" style="padding-bottom: 3em;">IN THE SUBMARINE TREASURE SHIP</p>
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="figcenter">
- <img src="images/frontis.jpg" alt="" />
- <p class="caption">The Torpedo had Struck Squarely abaft the
-Ship's Magazine</p>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<div class="chapter">
-
-
-<h1>
-The BRIGHTON BOYS in the<br />
-Submarine Treasure Ship</h1>
-
-
-<p class="front01">BY</p>
-<p class="front07">LIEUTENANT JAMES R. DRISCOLL</p>
-
-<hr class="r15" />
-
-
-<p class="front03">ILLUSTRATED</p>
-
-<hr class="r15a" />
-
-<p class="front04">THE JOHN C. WINSTON COMPANY</p>
-<p class="front05">PHILADELPHIA</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-
-
-
-<p class="center medium">
-Copyright, 1920, by<br />
-<span class="smcap">The John C. Winston Co.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-</div>
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span></p>
-<div class="chapter">
-
-
-
-<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
-
-
- <table width="80%" border="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Table of Contents">
- <tr>
- <td class="toc1">CHAPTER</td>
- <td>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class="toc1a">PAGE</td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4" style="width:15%">I.</td><td class="toc2">New Worlds to Conquer</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_9">9</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">II. </td><td class="toc2">"Down with the Reds!"</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_20">20</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">III. </td><td class="toc2">Signed Up for Salvage</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_31">31</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">IV. </td><td class="toc2">On the Golden Trail</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_42">42</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">V. </td><td class="toc2">A Submarine Pickpocket</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_54">54</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">VI. </td><td class="toc2">Jay Fights for His Life</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_66">66</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">VII. </td><td class="toc2">Diamonds are Trump</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_78">78</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">VIII. </td><td class="toc2">Uncle Sam Calls</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_90">90</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">IX. </td><td class="toc2">Found&mdash;One U-Boat!</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_102">102</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">X. </td><td class="toc2">Caught with the Goods</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_114">114</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">XI. </td><td class="toc2">The Spy</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_125">125</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">XII. </td><td class="toc2">Introducing the "Jules
- Verne"</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_137">137</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">XIII. </td><td class="toc2">Diving De Luxe</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_148">148</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">XIV. </td><td class="toc2">An Unexpected Find</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_159">159</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">XV. </td><td class="toc2">Trapped in the Diving Bell</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_170">170</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">XVI. </td><td class="toc2">An Explosion Impends</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_179">179</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">XVII. </td><td class="toc2">A Dog to the Rescue</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_191">191</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">XVIII. </td><td class="toc2">Honors for Heroes</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_202">202</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">XIX. </td><td class="toc2">In the Pirates' Nest</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_214">214</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">XX. </td><td class="toc2">The Treasure Reclaimed</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_227">227</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="toc4">XXI. </td><td class="toc2">Back to Brighton</td>
-
- <td class="toc3"><a href="#Page_239">239</a></td>
- </tr>
- </table>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<p class="front02 pbb">The Brighton Boys in the<br />
-Submarine Treasure Ship</p>
-
-
-
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER I
-<span class="ch">New Worlds to Conquer</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">"LOOK, Dick, what's that out there in
-the water right on the line of that
-ventilator?"</p>
-
-<p>Jay Thacker, ensign in the Navy of the
-United States, veteran of many months' service
-in the grand fleet of the American Admiral
-Sims in European waters, grabbed his old
-chum Dick Monaghan by the coat sleeve and
-pointed a long lean finger out to the open
-expanse of sea.</p>
-
-<p>The two bronzed boys, rugged and fit after
-their experiences of the Great War, erect and
-sturdy looking in their natty uniforms, stood
-on the aft deck of the giant <i>Leviathan</i>, United
-States army transport, once the pride of the
-German merchant marine, now a carrier of
-men and merchandise sailing under the Stars
-and Stripes.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Homeward bound were they after two years'
-service in the naval branch of their country's
-armed forces. Once ordinary seamen Richard
-Monaghan and Jay Thacker, back in the days
-when they had left Brighton Academy on a
-balmy spring morning to enlist in the Navy,
-they were coming back Ensigns Monaghan
-and Thacker, if you please! By virtue of
-their splendid records while with the American
-fleet, they had won the deserved promotions
-that had brought them to their present rank.</p>
-
-<p>Through many weary months they had
-labored in the mine-sweeping section of the
-fleet, alternating with the French and English
-in clearing the North Sea of the deadly floating
-bombs set adrift by the scions of the German
-eagle, who sought thus to destroy those riding
-battleships that had awaited all in vain the
-coming out of the monster German fleet from
-the safe retreat of the Kiel Canal. It had
-been hard, tedious, dangerous work; work to
-sorely try the nerve and patience of men
-whose great desire had been to meet the Hun
-in the open sea in a free-for-all fight.</p>
-
-<p>But better things had remained in store for
-these two valiant sons of Brighton who had
-turned their backs on their dear old alma
-mater to honor the call of their country. It<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span>
-had been allotted to them, along with other
-chosen men of the American fleet, to lay the
-famous mine barrier across the northern
-bottle of the North Sea&mdash;from the craggy
-shores of Scotland to the embracing waters
-of the Scandinavian countries. And it had
-been a great day when the marvelous task had
-been completed, but there followed a greater
-day when the first of the German raiders had
-run afoul of the mighty barrier and had been
-"knocked for a goal" as Dick put it. What
-a rejoicing when the President of the United
-States and the Secretary of the Navy had
-cabled the thanks of a grateful nation to every
-last man in the fleet for this splendid bit of
-service that had written a new chapter high
-in the pages of Yankee naval history!</p>
-
-<p>Now it was all over; the long days and
-nights of untiring vigils, of tempestuous tussles
-with the elements, and hard, unrelenting toil.
-Back home now to the country they had left
-in the long ago; to the old friends and familiar
-places they had dreamed about in the monotony
-of the long night hours at sea. Two years
-away from home and dear old Brighton! The
-hours dragged slowly while the great ship
-<i>Leviathan</i> ploughed the deep with her cargo
-of enlisted officers and men, now mustered out<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span>
-of service and awaiting only the lowering of
-the gangplank at Hoboken until they would
-be back again in "civvies" and the comforts
-of life again.</p>
-
-<p>"What do you mean? I don't see anything,"
-replied Dick in answer to his chum's
-startled exclamation.</p>
-
-<p>"Don't you see it&mdash;something sticking up
-out of the water like a long spar, or an old
-masthead of some sort?" continued Jay. He got
-behind his chum now and pointed over his
-shoulder.</p>
-
-<p>Dick peered more intently into the misty
-haze that hung low over the horizon.</p>
-
-<p>"Blamed if I can see anything, old pal,
-except the blue expanse of water. Guess
-maybe you are dreaming, or perhaps old man
-Neptune, King of the Deep, has thrust one
-of the prongs of his trident up through the
-waves."</p>
-
-<p>Monaghan guessed his old "bunkie" was
-"seeing things."</p>
-
-<p>"Nothing of the sort," retorted Jay. "Now
-look again, old top, just where I tell you to."
-Thacker was positive he beheld some odd
-object on the crest of the sea probably two
-miles or more away.</p>
-
-<p>As they looked together again their old<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span>
-friend Fismes, dancing at their feet on the
-transport deck, manifested an interest in the
-proceedings by setting up a raucous barking.
-Good old Fismes! Once a mascot aboard a
-German cruiser, he had been flung to the
-embrace of old ocean's gray and melancholy
-waste on a fateful day when one of the dandy
-little American submarines, with a single sting
-from its scorpion-like torpedo chamber, had
-blown the Hun warship off the map of the
-world. Swimming in the water, all but
-exhausted, he had been picked up by the
-American crew of which Thacker and Monaghan
-were members. By right of their first
-aid measures he had been allotted to the two
-Brighton boys by common consent, and he,
-too, was coming along to America as the most
-treasured war trophy the two lads possessed.
-Through all the long days Fismes had been a
-close companion. Sleek and fat as a result
-of good care and plentiful food, he was a
-favorite among all the retiring service men.</p>
-
-<p>"Keep still, Fismes; no more subs, old
-boy," cautioned Jay, remembering how the
-dog invariably had kicked up all kind of
-canine didoes every time there had been a
-likelihood of "going into action," after he
-had "joined up" with Uncle Sam.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Do you see it now?" asked Jay with a
-show of impatience.</p>
-
-<p>Dick was scanning the skyline intently.</p>
-
-<p>"Sure, I get you, old man," he replied after
-closer scrutiny of the water. "Now I see it,
-sure as guns. About two points off the starboard
-quarter. What in the world is it?" he
-continued, shading his eyes with cupped hands
-the better to focus on the object.</p>
-
-<p>"Blamed if I know," answered Jay. "Wait
-a minute. I'll run down to quarters and get
-the glasses."</p>
-
-<p>Off he dashed with Fismes at his heels,
-leaving his chum standing at the rail. In a
-moment he was back with a burnished pair of
-binoculars which, once adjusted, he trained
-on the floating object in the sea.</p>
-
-<p>"Just what I doped it to be," affirmed Jay
-after one long look. "A masthead bobbing
-up and down in the water. Some old battered
-hulk of a ship that has sailed its last long
-voyage, sure as you are born."</p>
-
-<p>Dick reached for the glasses. "Let's have
-a look," he requested.</p>
-
-<p>Jay extended the binoculars, and it took
-only one hurried glance on the part of his chum
-to corroborate the former's surmise.</p>
-
-<p>"Guess you're right, pal," confirmed Dick.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span>
-"A derelict loose in the pathway of ocean
-traffic. Some one of the vessels belonging to
-the allied nations probably sunk by one of
-the German submarines during the war. Gone
-to her last resting-place in the salty brine."</p>
-
-<p>After studying the derelict for several minutes
-the two ensigns hurried off to the executive
-officer of the <i>Leviathan</i> to report their
-find. They found him, too, with glasses
-examining the derelict.</p>
-
-<p>"Beg pardon, sir, but we thought perhaps
-you hadn't seen it," said Jay deferentially.</p>
-
-<p>The officer nodded a smiling assent. He
-was busy taking the latitude and longitude of
-the wreck to report to maritime quarters in New
-York and London by wireless. No use stopping,
-for nothing could be done; the derelict
-would float until some salvage crew came to
-blow it up or take it in tow&mdash;a menace to all
-shipping traveling this way.</p>
-
-<p>Back to the rail hurried the two young
-officers, intent on studying the wreck as long
-as it remained within vision. Their discussion
-fell naturally into the number of grand old
-ships that had gone down during the war&mdash;the
-"wind-jammers" of earlier days, the sailing
-craft that had been drafted for service in the
-transportation of supplies, and the still more<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span>
-modern steam craft&mdash;all of them victims of
-the submarine's merciless hunger for tonnage
-through four years of frenzied world war.</p>
-
-<p>"Many gallant old ships down there under
-the waves," remarked Jay as he peered
-thoughtfully over the rail into the swirling
-waters that were churned into a mad rapids
-by the massive propeller blades of the <i>Leviathan</i>.</p>
-
-<p>Dick slung the glasses over his shoulder and
-fell into the speculative mood of his old
-Brighton roommate.</p>
-
-<p>"Right you are, Jay; good old ships of the
-line that have anchored for the last time on
-the bottom of the sea. Imbedded in silt or
-wasting away on their rocky beds. Gone but
-not forgotten."</p>
-
-<p>Jay stirred from his revery.</p>
-
-<p>"Not so sure about that 'gone but not forgotten'
-stuff," was his observation. "Science
-will never let all those ships stay there for
-keeps&mdash;not on your tin cup. Think of all the
-ships sunk! Think of the billions of cargo
-that went down with them&mdash;billions of dollars'
-worth of valuable stuff of all kinds."</p>
-
-<p>"Yes, and most of it perishable like foodstuffs,
-grain and the like that by this time
-has crumbled into decay deep down in Davy
-Jones' locker," broke in Dick.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Yes, I know," continued Jay, "but how
-about all the coal that could be reclaimed?
-Think of the ores and the steel and the guns
-and shells and stuff like that; they would still
-be good should they ever be reclaimed. And
-oh, boy, think of all the gold bullion and the
-silver and all the priceless stuff that's still as
-good as the day it first saw the rays of the
-sun. Man alive!"</p>
-
-<p>Jay's eyes sparkled at the thought of the
-treasure deep down in the fathoms&mdash;ransoms
-big enough to buy whole countries of the
-earth!</p>
-
-<p>"Yes, I know, but how you going to get it
-up?" interrogated Dick. Conservative old
-Dick! He was figuratively from Missouri, and
-had to be shown any proposition in cold facts
-and figures before he would dive in&mdash;except
-when it was an order of duty. Then he was
-Johnny-on-the-spot with all his heart and soul,
-wherever duty took him.</p>
-
-<p>"Get wise to yourself," counseled Jay,
-throwing his arm affectionately about his
-chum's shoulders. "You know as well as I
-do that it's possible; that salvagers can wrest
-a big bunch of that good old mazuma from
-'Pop' Neptune.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span></p>
-<p>"You ought to know; you've seen for yourself how it can be done," went on Jay at a
-rapid rate.</p>
-
-<p>Both boys had, indeed, had sufficient experience
-under the water to acquaint them with
-the fundamentals of deep-sea salvage. While
-serving with the Yankee fleets abroad, particularly
-in the laying of the North Sea mine
-wall, they had taken many a dip in diving
-armor below the surface of the sea. True, it
-had not been in the exploration of sunken
-ships or the reclamation of submerged cargoes;
-but their long, hard hours "down below"
-while adjusting mine screens and bombs had
-qualified them as first class divers in the
-strictest sense of the word.</p>
-
-<p>"Sure, I know; I was only kidding. I
-just wanted to see what you would say," was
-Dick's rejoinder. But while he was convinced
-that nonperishable cargoes could be reclaimed,
-he was inclined to be skeptical about the raising
-of sunken ships.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, you just wait, old pal, and see what
-Uncle Sam, Johnny Bull, and the rest of them
-do," argued Jay. "They are raising the Hun
-warships in Scapa Flow right now, and pretty
-soon you'll see them go after all the cargo
-ships that lie in shallow water. I'll wager
-you an apple against a swell feed at the Astor
-those Germans are out after them already."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"I reckon you are right," put in Dick after
-a moment's reflection.</p>
-
-<p>"And as for me, I'd like nothing better
-than to ship with a salvage crew this summer
-until Brighton opens in the fall." Jay said
-it with a broad grin.</p>
-
-<p>Dick surveyed his chum for a moment,
-looking full in his eyes.</p>
-
-<p>"On the level?" he queried rather incredulously.</p>
-
-<p>"Nothing would strike me better&mdash;action
-for mine," snapped Jay. "Holy smoke!
-think of the chance to stock up on some big
-coin! If a fellow got in right he could lay
-away enough to finish at Brighton and go on
-to college. I'd go in a minute if the chance
-developed."</p>
-
-<p>Like a flash the whole picture opened up to
-Dick&mdash;an opportunity to use the experience
-they had gained in the Navy to rake in some
-good honest "kale" during the summer recess.</p>
-
-<p>"Dad burn it! Hanged if I wouldn't go in
-myself," came his convincing reply as he thrust
-his arm into the arm of his chum and set off
-across decks in answer to the evening mess call.</p>
-
-<p>The chance to reclaim lost treasure measured
-in millions from the very bottom of the
-sea&mdash;something that Jules Verne had only
-pictured.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER II
-<span class="ch">"Down with the Reds!"</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">"COME on, Fismes, old boy; you've
-been with us in more than one pinch
-and saw us safely through," called
-Jay a few mornings later to the famous dog of
-war that he and Dick Monaghan had brought
-home with them from the North Sea.</p>
-
-<p>Ensigns Thacker and Monaghan, home less
-than a week, were losing no time. It was only
-three months until the opening of Brighton
-Academy for the fall term, and both lads were
-keen on getting back again to finish their preparatory
-school courses. A job! That was
-what they wanted. The chance to earn a few
-dollars that would go a long way toward seeing
-them through their final year at Brighton.</p>
-
-<p>Jay was a fatherless lad whose dad had lost
-his life some years previously in the big shipyard
-that was one of the major industries of
-the hustling New England city of Bridgeford.
-His mother had been able to make things go
-by reason of a small English estate left her by
-an aunt, together with an allowance provided<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span>
-by the shipbuilding company. An only sister
-had made ready money during the war in the
-central offices. Jay had helped work his way
-through three years at Brighton and was all
-set on a college career.</p>
-
-<p>His chum, Dick Monaghan, came of a family
-of moderate means. Neither lad was averse
-to good honest toil, and invariably spent the
-summer recess between school years working
-in the shipyards at one job or another. Tall,
-well-built as a result of their athletic training
-on the football field and in the "gym" at
-Brighton, they could stack up against the
-toughest kind of work and get away with it.</p>
-
-<p>Back from war, without funds except for the
-final pay-off, they were out again for a summer
-job. The home-coming had been a
-joyous reunion; hearty handshakes, reminiscences
-of the long campaign and a friendly succession
-of "Good work, boys," and "We're
-proud of you." But the job was now the
-thing&mdash;and the sooner the better for this pair.</p>
-
-<p>"Come on, Fismes, you'll have to help us
-put this over," sang out Dick, as he swung
-alongside his chum, and together they set their
-faces toward the waterfront, with the dog tagging
-along at their heels.</p>
-
-<p>"Think we'll have any trouble horning in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span>
-again at the old works," suggested Dick as
-they elbowed their way along, bowing to various
-friends whom they chanced to pass.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, they've been laying some of the
-hands off, according to what I hear," answered
-Jay. "However, there's no telling until we
-try; there may be a chance for a couple of
-retired seadogs."</p>
-
-<p>"Here's hoping," was Dick's optimistic
-sally.</p>
-
-<p>Soon they were in sight of the familiar old
-shipyard; the giant steel-framed shipways
-looming against the sky like monster spider
-webs; the throbbing rat-tat-tat of the riveting
-machines borne into their ears with a haunting
-familiarity.</p>
-
-<p>"Just the same as ever, kiddo," laughed
-Jay, as he turned to his chum.</p>
-
-<p>"Only bigger and busier than ever finishing
-up contracts," came the reply.</p>
-
-<p>They were edging toward the main gate,
-when some one came hurrying up behind and
-literally threw himself upon the two lads.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, I'll be horn-swaggled if it ain't me
-good old buddies Jay Thacker and Dick Monaghan,"
-came the precipitous cry. "Mit me,
-boys, I'm tickled to death to see you all again."</p>
-
-<p>Turning, the Brighton boys found themselves<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span>
-face to face with their old friend, Larry
-Seymour, one of their old Bridgeford crowd
-who had gone away into the army early in the
-war. Larry, the life of the party, who could
-find fun in a funeral and keep things stirring
-all the time.</p>
-
-<p>"Hello, Larry," the chums exclaimed in
-unison, fairly hugging the newcomer. It had
-been more than two years since they had last
-met. And what a lot had happened! Larry
-was in overalls and begrimed with all the firsthand
-evidences of toil.</p>
-
-<p>"Working in the yard?" asked Dick after
-the hand-pumping had subsided and they had
-told somewhat in hurried detail where they
-had been and what they had been doing since
-last they were together.</p>
-
-<p>"Am I working? Say, bo, if rivets was
-railroad spikes I'd have built a line to Mars
-by way of Venus and all around to the moon
-again," was the bantering reply.</p>
-
-<p>"Think we can land a job again?" asked
-Dick.</p>
-
-<p>"Aces beat deuces every time, fellows," was
-Larry's somewhat flippant reply. "If you
-guys can't get a job at the works again then
-the figure of Justice in the courthouse has lost
-the scales she's been carrying in her good
-right fist all these years."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Dick and Jay were absorbing some of the
-optimism of their stout-hearted old friend.
-They had been a bit dubious about being able
-to get a job right away; and time meant a
-whole lot when it was only ninety days or so
-until the opening of Brighton.</p>
-
-<p>"Montey Brown still boss of the yard?"
-queried Jay of the newcomer. He referred to
-Montague Brown, who for years had been
-yard superintendent of Bridgeford's bustling
-shipbuilding industry. Brown had told the
-boys when they went away into the service
-that their old jobs would be ready for them.</p>
-
-<p>"Bet your life he's still around," was Larry's
-reassuring reply, to which he added, somewhat
-facetiously: "Montey couldn't be pried away
-from Bridgeford Yard by all the king's horses
-and all the king's men."</p>
-
-<p>In lightning style Seymour traced the activities
-of the old workshop during the period of
-his re-employment following the expiration of
-his army term. During the war, it appeared,
-the yard had sailed serenely along, turning out
-new tonnage at a record-breaking clip, particularly
-vessels and equipment for the United
-States Navy.</p>
-
-<p>Since the armistice there had come a change
-over the works. The places of hundreds of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>
-men who had gone out into the service had
-been taken for the most part by workmen of
-foreign birth. Many of them illiterate and
-unappreciative of American freedom, they had
-fallen easy prey to the radical labor leaders
-who had sprung up within the works like mushrooms
-growing overnight.</p>
-
-<p>Preaching the doctrines of the Russian Reds,
-these extremists in economic thought had sown
-discord among the rank and file of the men,
-particularly the foreigners, preaching the dictatorship
-of the proletariat, which meant that
-the men who work with their hands must be
-the masters. Jay and Dick heard to their
-surprise that during the time the brave boys of
-America had been offering their services, their
-very lives, for their country, these Bolshevists
-had been openly plotting against the whole
-republican plan of American life.</p>
-
-<p>"Secret meetings, wild speeches and all
-kinds of goings on," muttered Larry. "All
-the time talking about strikes and walkouts,
-and even threatening among themselves to
-take over the whole blamed works and run 'em
-themselves."</p>
-
-<p>To the two naval veterans, who had always
-shared a distinctive pride in the big shipyard,
-this seemed an incredible state of affairs;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span>
-laborers who had enjoyed fancy wages during
-the time of the war while millions of loyal
-Americans were serving abroad now fanning
-the flames of industrial revolution!</p>
-
-<p>"Looks like there was lots more good work
-cut out for us fellows right here at home," was
-Dick's rather caustic comment.</p>
-
-<p>"You bet your life there is, and we are
-getting back on the job just in time so far as
-I can see," was Larry's rejoinder, as he went
-on to relate some of the later developments in
-the yard's labor situation. Only the previous
-night, it appeared, the strike leaders, in a
-long and noisy meeting, had decided to submit
-their claims forthwith for a seven-hour day
-and a forty percent increase in wages.</p>
-
-<p>"Things are likely to open up right lively
-then on a moment's notice," remarked Dick.</p>
-
-<p>"No telling when and what them bullshevicks
-is liable to pull off," offered Seymour.</p>
-
-<p>By now the trio had arrived before the main
-gate of the yard. Old Bill Cavanaugh, the
-veteran watchman, recognized the two Brighton
-boys in an instant and gave them a
-hearty welcome. No need for a pass here,
-since no more popular boys had ever passed
-the gate than Dick and Jay. Fismes, too,
-got by with a wag of his tail.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Hello, what's this," whistled Larry, as he
-directed attention across the yard to an open
-space fronting the administration building.
-Three or four score men, riggers, riveters,
-yard laborers of all kinds, were swaying to
-and fro around one who seemed buffeted about
-like a huge cork in a mountain brook. Loud
-cries, angry voices, mingled oaths and the
-strident tones of inflamed speakers rent the
-air. They seemed to be venting their anger
-on the lone figure in the midst of the turbulent
-group.</p>
-
-<p>"Looks like a sure enough riot," surmised
-Dick.</p>
-
-<p>The three youths came to a dead stop eager
-to get a line on what was going on and to
-make out if possible what it was all about.</p>
-
-<p>"Let's move up closer and get an earful,"
-suggested Dick. At once the trio headed
-across the yard toward the scene of trouble.</p>
-
-<p>"Likely more of this Red stuff," Seymour
-was saying. Hardly had the words escaped
-his lips before the demonstration, indeed,
-became a regular riot. With one accord, it
-seemed, the crowd closed in upon the beleaguered
-one in their midst. Louder and louder
-grew their voices. Cries of "Punch the stiff!"
-and "Soak him!" could be heard at this distance.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Looks like rough stuff here, boys," cried
-Dick, alarmed at the antics of the crowd and
-fearful for the fate of the lone figure whose
-face was lost in the pack of swirling humanity.</p>
-
-<p>"And just about time that we took a hand
-in it; what do you say, boys?" came Jay's
-response.</p>
-
-<p>"With you all the way," replied the other
-two.</p>
-
-<p>Suiting action to words, Jay broke into a
-run, closely followed by Dick and Larry, with
-Fismes flying at their heels, barking furiously.</p>
-
-<p>Like a flying wedge the trio of sturdy war
-veterans descended upon the wrangling mob.
-Coming closer, the boys found the central figure
-in the mass now defending himself against
-clenched fists that were reaching out from
-every direction, trying to land blows on his
-face and body. He was a stalwart man of
-middle age who was hammering back blow
-for blow now against the heavy odds pressing
-against him.</p>
-
-<p>"Into them, fellows; lay it on thick,"
-yelled Jay as he flung himself on the outer
-rim of rioters.</p>
-
-<p>Bang! Biff! Crack! Three flying figures,
-two of them in the uniform of the Navy, the
-third in blue, begrimed overalls, waded into<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>
-the mass before them. Right and left they
-swung on their opponents, a snarling canine
-at their heels leaping with them into the
-midst of the mêlée.</p>
-
-<p>"Give it to them, fellows," roared Larry
-above the tumult as he laid out a greasy
-looking six-foot brute with a right uppercut
-under the chin, and followed suit with a
-smashing solar plexus on the abdomen of
-another towering belligerent.</p>
-
-<p>In another moment the fighting trio had
-cleaved a lane clear through the rioters to the
-side of that one lone figure who was still standing
-his ground. One swarthy and bewhiskered
-rioter who seemed to be the leader of the workmen
-was pummeling his victim with smashing
-blows.</p>
-
-<p>"This for you," bellowed Jay as he let loose
-with a terrific right arm swing full in the face.
-Down he went with a grunt of rage. Jay
-leaped to get another of the ring-leaders, but
-ere he landed the furry figure of a great dog
-flashed through the air, full upon Jay's intended
-victim. With a snarl of rage the
-animal set his teeth in the left leg of the
-surprised foreigner.</p>
-
-<p>"Bully for you, Fismes," cried Dick, as he
-closed with another antagonist.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>The fight lasted not more than a minute.
-Two bronzed navy veterans, an ex-soldier with
-a fine record and a good old dog who had sense
-enough to stick with his friends against any
-odds&mdash;they were more than a match for a
-bunch of rioting strikers. Back fell the crowd
-before the fierce onslaught, scattering right
-and left, but not quick enough to evade the
-mounted shipyard police who came up on the
-gallop, swinging riot clubs with telling effect.</p>
-
-<p>With their backs to the rescued, the rescuers
-stood their ground until order had been
-restored. Only then did they turn to the
-man they had saved against the wrath of the
-mob.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, of all things, our old friend Montey
-Brown," cried Jay in surprise, recognizing at
-once the yard superintendent!</p>
-
-<p>"Jay Thacker! And Dick Monaghan! Did
-you ever? And Larry Seymour," exclaimed
-the veteran official, bruised and battered, but
-smiling through it all.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER III
-<span class="ch">Signed Up for Salvage</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">"BY George! that was a narrow call for
-me," vouchsafed Brown, the yard
-superintendent, to the three rescuers,
-whom he had invited into his office following
-the tilt with the crowd of rioters. His face a
-mass of bruises, poor old Montey presented a
-sorry spectacle.</p>
-
-<p>"But for you fellows, to say nothing of this
-bully good dog of war of yours, things might
-have gone bad for me," he continued, still
-somewhat out of breath. "I'm deeply indebted
-to you chaps and feel I never can
-repay you."</p>
-
-<p>The boys bowed modestly and asked the
-old "super" to tell them what it all was about.</p>
-
-<p>A truculent delegation of the so-called
-"Reds," it appeared, had awaited the superintendent
-just outside his office, prepared to
-present their inordinate demands. Led by
-their more rabid leaders they had presented
-what was virtually an ultimatum, and finally
-had become menacing when Brown told them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span>
-he would have to lay the whole proposition
-before the management.</p>
-
-<p>"We want an answer right now or we will
-start something," was their nasty reply. And
-as the superintendent had turned to make his
-way back into his offices they had closed in
-on him. One hot-headed belligerent had
-started the fireworks with a well-aimed blow,
-and then followed the riot.</p>
-
-<p>"But now it's all over and I have to thank
-you boys for your game stand against such
-odds," he concluded. In turn the superintendent
-quizzed the boys about where they
-had been and what they had been doing these
-last two years. He listened attentively to
-Jay's modest statement of facts, being particularly
-interested in the description of how
-the Americans had laid the mine curtain across
-the North Sea.</p>
-
-<p>"You both have had experience at deep-sea
-diving, haven't you?" he asked.</p>
-
-<p>The boys replied affirmatively, Dick adding
-some details.</p>
-
-<p>"And I reckon you are both after jobs for
-the summer, aren't you?" he asked again after
-learning that Jay and Dick expected to return
-to Brighton in the fall.</p>
-
-<p>"You're right," they replied together.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Well, you chaps come back to see me again
-day after to-morrow&mdash;nine o'clock in the
-morning right here in this office," said the
-superintendent. "I think I will have something
-at that time that may interest you," he
-added.</p>
-
-<p>The boys promised to be on hand at the
-designated time and were quite overjoyed at
-the prospect of something doing so soon&mdash;and
-right from the boss himself, too.</p>
-
-<p>"You might come along, too, Larry," the
-official turned to Seymour. "You sure gave
-me a boost just when I most needed it, and
-I reckon you are fit enough company for this
-particular project I have in mind."</p>
-
-<p>Larry eagerly accepted and said he certainly
-would be on deck. In a few minutes the trio
-withdrew from the private office, and once
-outside gave themselves over to all manner of
-speculation as to what the big boss had in
-mind.</p>
-
-<p>"It must be something good the way he
-talked," began Dick.</p>
-
-<p>"And whatever it is I'm in on it, for what
-Montey Brown goes in for anytime anywhere
-is sure to be a first-class proposition," added
-Jay.</p>
-
-<p>Larry was so happy over the turn of events<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>
-he grabbed Fismes to him and gave the dog
-such a hug that the animal gasped.</p>
-
-<p>It was agreed they would meet outside the
-superintendent's office on the designated morning
-at five minutes before nine o'clock. Then
-the trio separated, Larry going back to his
-work on the ways and Dick and Jay adjourning
-uptown to mingle among some old friends
-and, among other things, to lay in new "civvies."
-The naval uniforms were to be laid
-aside as precious mementoes of the war.</p>
-
-<p>The two Brighton boys found themselves
-heroes before the day was over. When the
-afternoon papers came out on the street they
-contained two-column double-leaded accounts
-of the riot at the shipyard and of the spectacular
-part played by two navy veterans in the
-rescue of the yard superintendent. Everywhere
-they went they were hailed with a
-hearty welcome and given the glad hand.</p>
-
-<p>"Gosh, this is awful," moaned Jay after an
-old resident had nearly wrung his hand off
-with a demonstrative felicitation.</p>
-
-<p>"I'd sooner set mines in the deepest water
-than face much of this kind of music," wailed
-Dick in return.</p>
-
-<p>The two boys could scarcely contain themselves
-until the appointed hour when they<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>
-were to meet Superintendent Brown in the
-works. The nearly forty-eight hours dragged
-by slowly for the youths who in their eagerness
-to find out what it was all about were
-down at the yard two days later a half hour
-before the appointed time.</p>
-
-<p>"Medals or mischief, whatever it is, here
-we go," snorted Larry, the irrepressible, as he
-joined the group. He was in working togs.</p>
-
-<p>Just at nine o'clock they sent in their names
-and were promptly admitted to the private
-office of the superintendent.</p>
-
-<p>"Good morning, boys, I see you are out
-bright and early, and all set for the big game,"
-began that official.</p>
-
-<p>"At your service, sir," answered Jay.</p>
-
-<p>At one side of the superintendent's big desk
-sat a grizzled old chap who had all the earmarks
-of a salt-sea captain of a matured
-vintage&mdash;side whiskers, smooth brown skin
-and steely blue eyes that twinkled with
-merriment.</p>
-
-<p>"Gentlemen, I want you to meet Captain
-Dwight Austin, whom I will further identify
-a little later," said Brown indicating the fifth
-man in the room. Deferentially the latter got
-to his feet and shook hands all around with a
-crisp "Glad to meet you, boys."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Brown indicated chairs and bade the boys
-be seated.</p>
-
-<p>"I have a proposition to make," he offered
-by way of introduction. "It may not appeal
-to you, and on the other hand it may."</p>
-
-<p>Drawing his chair closer to the table and
-surveying his auditors intently, the superintendent
-launched into his subject.</p>
-
-<p>"You all know that during the big war
-many valuable ships were sent to the bottom
-of the sea by the German U-boats, and that
-with them went precious cargoes of all kinds
-measured in wealth that can hardly be estimated.
-Many of these ships went down in
-shallow water, where they lie to-day awaiting
-the time when reconstructive men of all
-nations can set about the reclamation of this
-vast treasure that awaits them in the embrace
-of the briny deep."</p>
-
-<p>Jay and Dick glanced quickly at each other,
-recalling on the instant how only a few days
-ago they had discussed the same subject on
-the deck of the <i>Leviathan</i> while observing a
-floating derelict.</p>
-
-<p>"I want to take you all into my confidence
-at this time," the superintendent was saying,
-"and if what I have to say does not interest
-you I must bind you to silence and ask that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span>
-you say nothing of the matter to anyone. I
-trust you implicitly and feel that you will
-gladly acquiesce in the matter."</p>
-
-<p>The three lads eagerly agreed to abide by
-the will of the old yard boss.</p>
-
-<p>"All right, then," he went on. "Coming
-right down to brass tacks, our company is
-organizing a salvage company to go out after
-some of these lost ships and their cargoes.
-We have come into some new and original
-methods of stalking lost maritime game and
-have proved these processes by some very
-satisfactory experiments. Beyond all doubt
-we are in a position to say that the reclamation
-of millions of dollars' worth of lost cargoes,
-to say nothing of the raising of the ships, is a
-feasible proposition. Not only is it feasible,
-but we are about ready now to send forth our
-first salvage ship."</p>
-
-<p>Jay stirred in his chair. It was the fulfillment
-of his hazy dream&mdash;the groping for lost
-ships on the bottom of the sea and the exploration
-of their battered hulls!</p>
-
-<p>"What we want to do is to prove to the
-government that our ship salvage facilities are
-all that we claim for them," explained Brown.
-"It is our purpose to go out and work first
-on several ships that we have in mind right<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>
-here on the Atlantic coast. Once we have
-demonstrated what we can do, we hope to
-take on government contracts under government
-auspices. It is all as clear as crystal
-in our minds."</p>
-
-<p>The superintendent paused for a moment
-while he lighted a cigar.</p>
-
-<p>"What I have in mind for you fellows is
-this," he added. "How would you like to
-ship aboard this first treasure ship of ours?
-I understood that you, Thacker, and you, too,
-Monaghan, had considerable experience diving
-over there in the North Sea."</p>
-
-<p>The boys nodded their assent.</p>
-
-<p>"Good enough," replied the official. "You
-are just the kind of men we are looking for.
-Good experienced divers. We know how well
-Uncle Sam trains them. As for you, Seymour,
-you proved your courage the other day, and
-while you may have had no diving experience
-we have a place for you. What do you say,
-boys? The pay will be many times anything
-you have ever earned in one summer. Go out
-there into that anteroom and talk it over for
-a few minutes."</p>
-
-<p>The boys jumped to their feet with alacrity
-and followed the shipping official into the
-adjoining room. There, left to themselves,
-they plunged into the subject with vim.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"What do you think of that? Just what
-I was talking about the other day!" chirruped
-Jay as he whacked his chum over the shoulder.
-Dick was all smiles.</p>
-
-<p>"Looks like a good thing to me&mdash;a peach
-of a chance, I should say." For once, at
-least, Dick had readily thrown all his conservatism
-to the wind.</p>
-
-<p>"What about you, Larry?" asked Jay,
-turning to the third member of the trio.</p>
-
-<p>"Lead me to it, gentlemen, lead me to it;
-but pinch me quick, for I sure think I'm
-dreaming," piped Larry in his inimitable style.</p>
-
-<p>The three youths were in high glee. The
-chance for adventure, to say nothing of the
-wonderful remuneration that the job would
-hold. In less time than it takes to tell they
-had filed back into the superintendent's office
-and reported their decision.</p>
-
-<p>"Fine business," said the delighted superintendent.
-"And now let me introduce again
-Captain Dwight Austin, skipper of the good
-ship <i>Nemo</i>, the first salvage ship turned out
-at the Bridgeford Yard. If you boys are in
-earnest, report to Captain Austin to-morrow
-morning at 7.30 at the Emerson wharf. I
-need not add that I am very well pleased with
-your decision and wish you all kinds of luck<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>
-in your work for the summer. I don't think
-you will regret what you have done."</p>
-
-<p>In high glee the three youths piled out of
-the office after affixing their names to the
-roster of the ship's crew.</p>
-
-<p>As they bolted down the stairs and turned
-into the hallway leading to the exit Jay ran
-full into a strapping big fellow of brawny
-build, with shaggy eyebrows and scowling face,
-who was shuffling along in an unsteady gait.</p>
-
-<p>"I beg your pardon, sir, I didn't see you
-coming," said Jay apologetically, as he stepped
-aside.</p>
-
-<p>"What's the matter with you, stupid?
-Can't you watch where you're goin'?" was the
-gruff answer.</p>
-
-<p>Jay insisted it had all been an accident.</p>
-
-<p>"Keep out of my way hereafter," bellowed
-the other. "If you don't&mdash;this for you."
-And he pushed Jay full in the face with his
-flat dirty hand.</p>
-
-<p>In an instant Jay's blood was boiling.</p>
-
-<p>"I apologized to you, but I guess what you
-need is a lesson in politeness," was his cool
-retort as he stepped up close and surveyed the
-bully in the eye.</p>
-
-<p>For answer the obstreperous rowdy made a
-pass for the Brighton boy's face with clenched
-fist.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Quick as a flash Jay parried the thrust with
-his left and shot over a powerful right hand
-swing&mdash;the kind he had planted on the rioters.
-It caught the bully flush on the point of the
-jaw&mdash;a clean smash that sent him sprawling
-on the floor. His honor requited, Jay stepped
-back to survey the damage he had done.</p>
-
-<p>Half dazed from the punch and muttering to
-himself, the bully struggled to his feet and
-picked up his hat.</p>
-
-<p>"All right, smarty; I'll get you sometime
-alone when your crowd ain't with you," he
-stuttered and edged away sheepishly.</p>
-
-<p>It had happened so quickly Dick and Larry
-hardly knew what it was all about. Jay
-explained the circumstances.</p>
-
-<p>"Serves him right," said Dick. "The world
-is full of fellows nowadays who think they can
-ride roughshod over everybody. They need
-to be put in their places and realize that
-human rights belong to all the people instead
-of a few."</p>
-
-<p>The incident was soon forgotten in the
-planning for the morrow.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER IV
-<span class="ch">On the Golden Trail</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">IMAGINE the surprise of the boys the next
-morning when they appeared at the Emerson
-wharf to report to Captain Austin to
-find a trim little submarine craft hugging the
-quay, her hatches open forward and aft to
-admit her crew, the exhaust of her gasoline
-engines fluttering from the rear.</p>
-
-<p>"Must be some mistake here; I never knew
-they explored the bottom of the sea from a
-submarine," exclaimed Dick in some surprise.</p>
-
-<p>The boys had expected to find some craft
-of an altogether different nature. The submarine
-was a new one on them.</p>
-
-<p>"It's the <i>Nemo</i>, all right," said Jay, pointing
-out the name of the vessel on the prow.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin was standing near the conning
-tower directing various members of the
-crew as they prepared to cast off and head
-out of the harbor.</p>
-
-<p>"Good morning, boys, come right aboard,"
-he called out, noting the arrival of the new
-members of his crew.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Jay and Dick were soon on deck chatting
-with their captain, noting that Larry Seymour
-had already arrived. The three boys were
-assigned to the diving work exclusively and
-so had nothing to do with the navigation of
-the craft. In turn Captain Austin introduced
-the new arrivals to other divers aboard.</p>
-
-<p>"This is Mr. Weddigen&mdash;Carl Weddigen&mdash;also
-a new man," said the captain as a huge
-hulk of a fellow lurched forward when his turn
-came.</p>
-
-<p>Jay was almost too dumbfounded to speak.
-The fellow facing him was none other than the
-big bully he had knocked down the previous
-afternoon in the corridor of Superintendent
-Brown's office.</p>
-
-<p>Weddigen backed away, refusing to extend
-his hand.</p>
-
-<p>Jay smiled. "I guess we have met before,"
-he remarked dryly.</p>
-
-<p>Dick and Larry were on the point of bursting
-into a hearty guffaw, but restrained themselves.</p>
-
-<p>"What's the idea?" asked the amazed ship
-captain, noting how Weddigen was reddening.</p>
-
-<p>"I guess Mr. Weddigen can speak for himself,"
-was Jay's only answer, not wishing to
-create a scene right at the outset of the new
-adventure.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Well, that's rather extraordinary," began
-the captain.</p>
-
-<p>"Just a little unpleasantness that we had
-yesterday," added Jay, "But we'll forget it
-now for the good of the cause."</p>
-
-<p>"I hope things will be all right, for he is a
-very fine diver, according to my information,
-and can stand a lot with his big physique, so
-I am told," explained the captain.</p>
-
-<p>"The matter's a closed incident so far as I
-am concerned," offered Jay. And so the incident
-was closed, except for knowing glances
-exchanged among the newest additions to the
-ship's personnel.</p>
-
-<p>Soon the <i>Nemo</i> had backed away from her
-moorings and was headed out into Long Island
-Sound, the most of the divers and those members
-of the crew not actually engaged in the
-ship's navigation standing out on deck in
-enjoyment of the balmy spring morning.</p>
-
-<p>"I guess you would not be averse to knowing
-something about this craft," began Captain
-Austin after a half hour's run. He had
-strolled forward to where Jay, Dick and Larry
-were watching the backwash of the water as
-the steel prow of the <i>Nemo</i> sliced its way
-forward with knife-like precision.</p>
-
-<p>Indeed they would! The three veterans of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>
-the war, two of whom had quite a fund of
-submarine knowledge from their own experiences
-abroad, were wondering what the <i>Nemo</i>
-was like. Was it possible that the submersible
-was a diving bell from which divers could
-make their exit while it lay on the ocean bed?
-Were trap doors opened and the pressure of
-sea water held in abeyance by dense volumes
-of compressed air? Or did divers go down
-from the deck of the submarine just as from
-any other craft? If so, why the submarine,
-with its narrow, cramped quarters, in preference
-to any other type of vessel?</p>
-
-<p>These were some of the questions flitting
-through their minds as they embarked on their
-first treasure-hunting voyage.</p>
-
-<p>The whole thing was soon to be unfolded by
-Captain Austin.</p>
-
-<p>"With this craft we do most of our locating,"
-he began. "By that I mean that we
-are here equipped with special apparatus for
-finding the lost ships. Many a salvaging
-company has found that it is one thing to
-explore a sunken ship or even raise it, but
-quite another thing to actually locate the
-submerged ship. It is one thing to know the
-approximate position where a ship has been
-sunk, but another thing to know the exact<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span>
-spot. Some charts may give you the exact
-spot where a ship has foundered, but this
-spot may measure five miles or more, and if
-the ship is located in any channel or such
-parts of the ocean where there is an undertow
-or heavy undercurrents, the ship will soon be
-covered with sand, moss or barnacles, and
-hard for divers to locate."</p>
-
-<p>Plainly, this new salvage company must
-have some new method of finding ships all
-their own. The boys were keenly interested
-and awaiting eagerly the explanation.</p>
-
-<p>"There are several ways to locate lost
-ships," resumed Captain Austin. "Divers
-can be sent down with powerful flashlights,
-but this is a lengthy procedure, and very often
-takes weeks of patient search. Then again,
-grappling irons or anchors may be dragged
-from the salvage ship. This is even less
-satisfactory than sending down divers. But
-the Bridgeford Company has a new scheme
-all its own. And now you shall see."</p>
-
-<p>The <i>Nemo's</i> captain climbed into the turret
-and motioned the boys to follow him below
-deck. Dropping straight down into the heart
-of the ship the boys followed the captain into
-a small compartment that he was pleased to
-style "the listening post."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"In here we listen for lost ships just as
-you listen for the voice of a friend over the
-telephone. How does that strike you?"</p>
-
-<p>While in the Navy Jay and Dick had come
-to know only too well how the microphone
-was used to hear other vessels, and how it
-had been a powerful means in the overthrow
-of the U-boats and the safeguarding of American
-troops bound for Europe. The microphone
-listened for moving vessels and was
-acquainted with their movements because the
-swish of the propeller blades was borne into
-the listening device of the Yankee craft.</p>
-
-<p>But how could a salvage ship "listen" for a
-helpless wreck lying foundered on the bottom
-of the sea? They were soon to know. Captain
-Austin conducted them first into the
-forward hold and showed them another compartment
-with a massive winch used to raise
-or lower an object in the water under the keel.
-Taking them aft he showed another compartment
-equipped as was the one forward.</p>
-
-<p>"We use the so-called Hughes balance,"
-explained the skipper as the boys gathered
-close to him in order to hear above the whirr
-of the throbbing engines. "They are two
-massive rings suspended by cables and raised
-or lowered at will by the winches. These rings<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span>
-or cups are wound with copper wire. The
-lower windings connect with an ordinary telephone
-receiver while other spools are in series
-with a microphone and three dry cells. This
-makes a sensitive instrument."</p>
-
-<p>Dick, who was somewhat of a mechanic, was
-beginning to see light.</p>
-
-<p>"When these induction coils are trailed
-through the water from underneath the <i>Nemo</i>
-the telephone receiver in the control station
-gives no sound as long as the two balances
-move through the water," continued the
-captain. "But the minute one of them comes
-within the vicinity of a wreck, the electrical
-balance will be disturbed and the telephone
-will sound its warning to the operator. The
-nearer the balances come to the wreck the
-louder the sound. All you have to do is cruise
-back and forth near the spot where the sunken
-vessel is supposed to lie, and sooner or later
-the faithful induction balance will find the
-wreck."</p>
-
-<p>"How do you judge for the depth?" asked
-Dick.</p>
-
-<p>"The depth of the ocean naturally varies
-more or less," the captain explained further.
-"If a deeper strata is encountered the induction
-balances must be lowered further in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>
-water than in cruising in shallow water. Not
-only will the induction balance give the exact
-spot where the ship is located, but it will give
-the precise location even though the lost ship
-is covered with sand or silt."</p>
-
-<p>"But how do you determine the depth?
-Do you drop a plumb line, or have you a new
-method of depth sounding?" persisted Dick,
-who was taking an engineering course at
-Brighton preparatory to studying electrical
-engineering at college. Naturally he was
-interested in every engineering problem.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin smiled whimsically.</p>
-
-<p>"That is another of our new processes," he
-added after a moment's reflection. "Echo&mdash;that's
-the answer in a nutshell."</p>
-
-<p>The captain led the way to the ship's marimeter,
-a cylindrical contrivance that looked
-as though it might house a compass or a
-binnacle lamp.</p>
-
-<p>"The marimeter works on the principle of
-electricity controlled by sound vibration," the
-captain expounded in his competent fashion.
-"A sound wave is sent out from the bottom
-of the vessel by mechanical means and the
-instant this sound is started it is picked up
-electrically and relayed to the recording instrument
-and the dial of the latter begins to register.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>
-The sound wave travels to the bottom
-of the ocean and returns in the form of an
-echo, and this echo is also picked up by the
-diaphragm in the bottom of the boat and is
-also relayed by electricity to the recording
-instrument, causing the pointer to stop immediately.
-Sound travels at practically a
-uniform rate in the water, at about 4000
-feet a second. The depth is measured by
-accurately taking and recording mechanically
-the time for sound to travel down and back.
-The depth is shown on the dial in fathoms,
-and four soundings may be made per minute."</p>
-
-<p>It all sounded so simple, and yet what a
-wonderful contrivance as against the old-fashioned
-method of taking deep-sea soundings.
-To demonstrate Captain Austin took
-an electrical sounding for his new protegées
-and in a few seconds the "echo" had returned
-from the bottom of the Sound, showing a
-depth of ten fathoms.</p>
-
-<p>For some hours, under the guidance of the
-ship's skipper, the trio of newcomers thoroughly
-inspected the <i>Nemo</i>. This plainly
-was the "prospecting" boat of the salvage
-company's fleet. It went out and staked the
-claim and then called on the full facilities of
-the fleet for completion of the job.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin, completely won by the
-honesty and candor of his new friends, and
-acting under instructions of superintendent
-Brown, took the boys entirely into his confidence.</p>
-
-<p>"I do not mind telling you that we are after
-high stakes this trip," he told them. "An
-English steamship, the <i>Dominion</i>, was sunk
-off Martha's Vineyard late in 1916. She had
-among her cargo a quantity of gold bullion
-and South African diamonds. She took fire
-after being shelled by a German submarine
-and was making a run for the coast when she
-went down. She is between two and three
-hundred feet down and it is our job to look
-her over for the next few days and report
-back to Bridgeford on our findings."</p>
-
-<p>The news of impending action was joyously
-received by Jay and Dick, who declared they
-were ready on a moment's notice to take their
-first dip into the blue for their new employers.
-What! thirty dollars a day, and the chance to
-win a percentage on any treasure actually
-reclaimed! It was a wonderful opportunity,
-to their minds.</p>
-
-<p>"Better take a look over your diving equipment
-and see that everything is all right,"
-suggested the ship's captain. Jay and Dick<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span>
-accordingly went thoroughly over their outfits
-during the next few hours, finding suits,
-shoes, helmets and air-line connections quite
-up to the standard of the latest improved
-diving equipment.</p>
-
-<p>It was a lively crew that spent the warm
-spring evening above decks on the <i>Nemo</i> as
-she worked her way steadily on her course
-toward Martha's Vineyard, off the New England
-coast. By morning they would have
-arrived at their destination&mdash;ready for the
-adventure!</p>
-
-<p>A sense of eager expectancy pervaded the
-snug little "sub." Although Captain Austin
-had not shared his confidences broadcast as he
-had with his new divers the men seemed to
-divine that they were out for real business this
-time. They were for the most part singing
-merrily and glad to be in on the big game of
-treasure hunting.</p>
-
-<p>"Tomorrow morning we'll be back at the
-old stunt again," mused Dick. "Rocked in
-the cradle of the deep."</p>
-
-<p>"Hope we get the first peep at the poor
-old <i>Dominion</i>," said Jay. Although this was
-a dangerous calling the two navy veterans
-had come to look upon it by now as any
-other ordinary duty.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Only thing I don't like about this outfit is
-that fellow Weddigen," reflected Jay.</p>
-
-<p>"You mean the fellow you punched on the
-jaw?" Jay nodded.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, just let him start something and
-we'll show him where he's at," snapped Larry
-Seymour, who had just strolled up.</p>
-
-<p>"Yes, I reckon we can take care of that gent
-if he is inclined to get frisky," remarked Dick
-meaningly, convinced in his own mind that
-Weddigen was some kind of a tough customer
-who was playing his own little game in this
-adventure.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER V
-<span class="ch">A Submarine Pickpocket</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">"GOOD morning, Mr. Thacker; I hope
-you feel like taking a walk on the
-bottom of the sea this morning."</p>
-
-<p>The smiling face of Captain Austin greeted
-Jay as the latter climbed up through the forward
-hatch of the <i>Nemo</i> for a breath of the
-clear fresh morning air. The <i>Nemo</i> had
-arrived during the night at her destination and
-rode gracefully at anchor on an easy swell.</p>
-
-<p>"Never felt better in my life," answered the
-Brighton boy. The two lads had enjoyed a
-fine night's rest even in the cramped quarters
-of a submarine. Pretty soon Dick came
-climbing on deck, throwing out his chest for
-an inhalation of the clear balmy ozone.</p>
-
-<p>The <i>Nemo</i> was riding slightly offshore.
-Because of her light draft she had been
-enabled to go very close. The pounding of
-the surf could be plainly heard.</p>
-
-<p>"You see those ships' ribs sticking out of
-the water directly alongside?" asked the captain,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span>
-pointing off the starboard quarter of the
-<i>Nemo</i>.</p>
-
-<p>Both boys followed the line of direction.
-A glass was not necessary, for there, not more
-than thirty or forty yards away, loomed the
-three gaunt curved ribs of a ship, clearly outlined
-against the white of the breaking rollers
-beyond.</p>
-
-<p>"That's what's left of the <i>Dominion</i>,"
-explained the captain. "Not many people
-know she's here; we're quite a bit out of the
-regular shipping lines; but that's her all
-right."</p>
-
-<p>Jay was thrilled at the spectacle. Right
-there under the water reposed valuable treasure,
-and he the one who was to dip down deep
-to clutch it from the depths!</p>
-
-<p>"Expect that ship is pretty well battered
-to pieces, but have every reason to believe
-the real booty is still intact," Captain Austin
-was saying, as several deckmen began dragging
-various diving paraphernalia on deck.</p>
-
-<p>The chief executive turned to Jay.</p>
-
-<p>"I want you to go down this morning, if
-you are feeling fit and fine, Mr. Thacker."</p>
-
-<p>Jay indicated he was quite ready and never
-felt better in his life.</p>
-
-<p>"This chap Weddigen is also going down,"
-continued Austin.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Jay held his tongue, having learned well the
-lesson of discipline in the navy. Although
-he distrusted the fellow and knew he nursed
-a personal grudge, Jay was determined to
-make the best of the situation.</p>
-
-<p>Dick was to remain on board the <i>Nemo</i> and
-supervise Jay's air and signal lines. Knowing
-quite well by his long experience that it was
-foolhardy for a diver to eat but a very little
-before descending into the pressure of the
-depths, Jay drank only a glassful of orange
-juice and a cup of black unsweetened coffee.</p>
-
-<p>By nine o'clock final preparations for the
-descent were under way. Jay was going off
-the forward deck of the <i>Nemo</i>, and Weddigen
-was to take off from aft the conning tower.
-The huge unwieldy diving suit, the clodhopper
-shoes of iron, the ghoulish looking headgear
-with its grotesque looking eyes were ready to
-be donned. The <i>Nemo</i> was anchored to the
-lee shore of the island; the water was comparatively
-quiet and there seemed little danger
-of the "life lines" becoming unmanageable.</p>
-
-<p>"Gee, wish I was going along," sighed Dick
-a bit wistfully.</p>
-
-<p>Jay grinned. "Never mind, old pal; you'll
-get your turn all right before this is over. I'll
-stay my limit, probably not find anything, and
-then they will send you down."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin called Jay and Weddigen
-together amidships to give them their last
-instructions. With a stub of a pencil he drew
-a plan of the wreck as near as he could estimate
-it from the previous reports of other
-divers and the ship's owners.</p>
-
-<p>"The ribs sticking out of the water yonder
-are supposed to be forward of the room where
-the treasure was stored," he told them. "It
-is reported that the diamonds are in a small
-iron safe that was kept in the captain's cabin.
-The bullion was in iron chests also in the
-captain's cabin."</p>
-
-<p>He indicated on the rough map where the
-strong boxes were supposed to lie.</p>
-
-<p>"When the <i>Dominion</i> ran for the shore,"
-he continued, "she was afire aft and amidships.
-She struck the sand so hard she buried her
-nose in the soft ground, and those ribs you
-see were planted so solidly that the surf was
-never able to beat them down. You ought
-to find the captain's cabin about twenty paces
-aft of the ribs."</p>
-
-<p>Jay examined the crude sketch long and
-hard, asking many questions to make as sure
-of his ground as possible. Weddigen scowled
-and guessed how he would "jes prowl around
-until he found it."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Go ahead then, boys, and get in your
-togs," ordered the captain.</p>
-
-<p>With Dick's assistance Jay was soon ready
-to go over. The suit securely fastened on to
-make sure there were no leakages anywhere
-that would let in water, he sprawled on a
-deck chair while Dick put on the ponderous
-twenty-pound shoes that were to help anchor
-him down. Soon the helmet was adjusted on
-to the breastplate and the thumb screws set.
-The eye-pieces were hinged like a ship's porthole
-windows and not closed until the very
-last minute.</p>
-
-<p>As Jay was ready for the finishing touches
-Dick leaned close and peered into the face of
-his old chum.</p>
-
-<p>"All right, old boy," he comforted. "I'll
-be right here on this end keeping close watch.
-If anything happens just give me the emergency
-quick. And, for the love of Mike, keep
-your googley-eyes on that bird Weddigen."</p>
-
-<p>Jay smiled, an answering "Yes," and motioned
-for the eye-pieces to be closed. Immediately
-the air pump was started, feeding
-its supply of fresh oxygen to the imprisoned
-diver. With a man on each side of him Jay
-scuffed across deck and went over the side on
-a ladder leading down into the water. Just<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span>
-before his helmeted head went under he took
-one last look around for direction and fixed in
-his mind the path to be taken in the journey
-toward the <i>Dominion</i>.</p>
-
-<p>Down he went. The sun shone into the
-water, and with the sand for a background
-the light in the sea was fairly good.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, here we are&mdash;and now for the
-<i>Dominion</i>," Jay chuckled to himself as his
-feet hit bottom and he started along, using a
-small peak-nosed shovel as a push-pole to help
-himself along.</p>
-
-<p>Through his bull's-eyes he could see ahead
-some distance. Vainly he cast right and left
-for some trace of Weddigen, but nowhere was
-his diving companion to be seen.</p>
-
-<p>"I'll just be careful not to run afoul of that
-big boy's lines down here," Jay told himself.
-It was not so easy to defend against an attack
-of any kind under water clad in heavy diving
-habiliments.</p>
-
-<p>Groping his way forward steadily inch by
-inch, Jay figured soon he must be in the
-neighborhood of those ships' ribs. The
-breathing was good and the air lines were
-working fine under the expert direction of his
-chum. These two had teamed together before;
-always when one of them was down the other<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span>
-looked after the equipment above deck, keeping
-a sharp eye on the air pump to see there
-was no let-up in its functioning.</p>
-
-<p>Pretty soon Jay saw something looming up
-directly ahead. For the moment it assumed
-fantastic shape and the youth was unable to
-determine whether it was just some sort of
-an apparition or some tangible substance.
-But only for a moment.</p>
-
-<p>In another instant the specter of the
-wrecked ship filtered through the greenish haze
-of the water into the eyes of the groping diver;
-a weird spectacle that danced and eddied to
-the tilt of the waters like the wavering film
-of a cinematograph.</p>
-
-<p>"By George! there she is," gasped Jay to
-himself in sheer delight. In spite of his
-accustomed self-complacency and cool nerve
-the youth found his pulses fluttering wildly.</p>
-
-<p>"And now to get busy," he murmured to
-himself, picking his way laboriously over
-a sand hummock. The sea muck was
-so loose that the young diver's ponderous
-shoes settled deep into it at each stride. But
-the water was clear and the precious oxygen
-was coming to him in steady relays from the
-<i>Nemo's</i> pump.</p>
-
-<p>"What could have become of that chap<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span>
-Weddigen?" speculated Jay as he strained
-through the windows of his eyes for some trace
-of the other diver. Not a hint of him in any
-direction.</p>
-
-<p>At last the youth came to the side of the
-wreck. His sense of direction and implicit
-obedience to instructions had carried him
-right. He had arrived directly where the
-nose of the <i>Dominion</i> had imbedded itself in
-the sand.</p>
-
-<p>"Good enough," he thought, as he gazed
-upward to where the torn timbers lifted themselves
-toward the surface of the sea. One
-glance indicated that the <i>Dominion</i> lay listed
-slightly to port in such a slanting position
-that her bow was elevated at something like
-an angle of thirty degrees.</p>
-
-<p>Groping his way along the side of the old
-freighter the persevering young diver found
-to his great delight that the tides and deep
-water currents had banked in sand all along
-the side of the <i>Dominion</i>. Like a pillow ridge
-this sand supported the weight of the lost
-cargo-carrier.</p>
-
-<p>"This makes it all the easier; I can walk
-right aboard without any formalities," laughed
-Dick as he dropped to his hands and knees.
-He figured it would be easier going "doggey"<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span>
-fashion than to attempt to walk up the side
-of the incline and run the risk of sinking deep
-into the fluid underfooting.</p>
-
-<p>Cautiously he made his way forward. And
-now the giant proportions of the ship's superstructure
-were outlined against the green
-background. The three wide smokestacks
-loomed ominously in front of him pitched at
-an angle where they seemed tottering to their
-fall. The main mast forward with its crow's-nest
-still intact was poked out like a weird
-totem pole bereft of all rigging by reason of
-the lashing given it by the submarine currents.</p>
-
-<p>In a few minutes Jay worked himself up
-close to the wounded hulk. He could see he
-had come alongside directly abaft the forward
-funnel.</p>
-
-<p>"Things seem to be breaking right, for I
-am right off the particular spot where I want
-to go aboard," soliloquized the youth as he
-paused to adjust his air lines.</p>
-
-<p>A port hole eyed him directly in front. Jay
-was minded to step into the enclosure and
-thus raise himself into a position where he
-could grasp the twisted deck rail and pull
-himself aboard. He endeavored to thrust his
-right leg into the opening but found the distance
-too great for the weight of his iron shoe,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>
-with the pressure of water against it. Just
-at that moment his attention was attracted
-by two oblique lines drawn sharply across his
-line of vision against the background of the
-ship's funnels.</p>
-
-<p>"What in the world&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
-
-<p>And then it dawned on him. Weddigen was
-already aboard. The lines were his air and
-signal lines.</p>
-
-<p>"Beat me to it, I guess," was his mental
-comment. This made him only the more
-determined to get into that cabin at all
-hazards.</p>
-
-<p>Signaling that he desired to be raised a bit
-in the water Jay waited until he had been
-hauled up four or five feet. As his body came
-abreast of the ship's rail he grasped it firmly
-with one hand and signalled sharply with the
-other to stop. It was easy work to clamber
-over the rail.</p>
-
-<p>And now for the captain's cabin! Groping
-his way forward along the deck from state
-room to state room, maintaining his footing
-on the sloping incline by grasping the battered
-woodwork, he came at last to a companionway
-leading below. It was just aft the pilot house,
-and this, he surmised, was the way to what
-had once been the quarters of the <i>Dominion's</i><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span>
-skipper. It was necessary to go slowly and
-surely, for well this young diver knew the
-danger of entangled air lines.</p>
-
-<p>As he drew a powerful submarine flashlight
-from his belt and touched its illumination
-spring the life lines of his fellow diver brushed
-his helmet.</p>
-
-<p>"Weddigen got the jump on me, sure
-enough," he thought.</p>
-
-<p>Floundering along as carefully as he knew
-how, the Brighton boy let himself down the
-companionway on the rickety stairs. It was
-ticklish business. At any moment the air
-lines might be fouled by the swaying currents
-and the diver have to fight for his life or
-perish of suffocation.</p>
-
-<p>"But if that big bully Weddigen can do it,
-I can do it," he assured himself.</p>
-
-<p>By now he was conscious of a faint glow
-of light in the subaqueous chamber more
-remote than the pencil rays of his own flash.
-This, he figured, was the light of Weddigen.
-A slight turn to the left and he stepped into
-the erstwhile domain of the <i>Dominion's</i> chief
-executive.</p>
-
-<p>Through the blur of water a startling picture
-was unfolded before his eyes. Crouched
-over a square iron chest, playing the rays of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span>
-his flashlight over an iron strong box, was
-the figure of a diver. The cover of the chest
-had been pried off. The diver was transferring
-the contents of the chest into a long narrow
-slit of a pocket that bulged from the side of
-his diving armor!</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER VI
-<span class="ch">Jay Fights for His Life</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">"WEDDIGEN helping himself to the
-diamonds!"</p>
-
-<p>Could it be possible that this
-fellow was a submarine pickpocket who was
-playing his own little game? Was he a pirate
-of the deep who pretended to be working for
-others and all the time seeking covertly to
-appropriate reclaimed treasure solely for himself?
-Certainly it appeared so to Jay Thacker
-as he stood watching the dramatic scene.</p>
-
-<p>The diver determined to see it through without
-making the other acquainted with the
-fact that he was being watched. Very quickly
-Weddigen was working, seemingly on the
-theory that Jay might arrive on the scene
-any moment, and that he must lose no time.</p>
-
-<p>Jay noted that Weddigen was slipping something
-like tiny pebbles into the tiny pocket of
-his diving suit, letting them in very slowly
-and patting them down to make sure the currents
-would not wash them out.</p>
-
-<p>"Diamonds!" gasped Jay, remembering<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span>
-instantly that part of the treasure to be
-reclaimed from the <i>Dominion</i> was to be
-diamonds.</p>
-
-<p>The Brighton youth determined to see it
-through. Crouching back against the side of
-the areaway he brushed the eyes of his helmet
-the better to see. Now Weddigen was buttoning
-over a flap on the pocket!</p>
-
-<p>Between flashes of light Jay could see that
-the man was working now on the chest.
-First he battered shut the lid again as best he
-could. Next he took a coil of chain from his
-belt and lashed it around the strong box.
-Then he picked up a long slim crowbar that
-he had brought along as a push-pole and
-began to work the chest across the floor of the
-compartment. He could only move it a few
-inches at a time because of its weight and
-the pressure of the water. Slowly but surely,
-though, he pushed the thing along in front of
-him.</p>
-
-<p>"He's coming right toward me with it and
-I might as well make known my presence,"
-reasoned Jay.</p>
-
-<p>He was on the point of flashing on his own
-light when Weddigen stopped, tossed the
-crowbar aside and knelt again over the
-treasure box. For a time he fumbled in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span>
-dark while Jay stood wondering what was
-going on. Again a flash of light, and in that
-instant the Brighton youth saw that the other
-diver was making fast on his salvage lines.
-Beyond a doubt his plan was to send the
-treasure chest aloft now that he had worked
-it close to the door of the areaway where it
-might be yanked up the companionway and
-thence up through the depths to the deck of
-the <i>Nemo</i>.</p>
-
-<p>"Going to send the rest of the diamonds up
-and try to get away with what he has already
-helped himself to," thought Jay as the daring
-scheme of his fellow diver was now revealed.
-But Jay had seen all and was determined so
-soon as he got back on the <i>Nemo</i> to compel
-an opening of that cunning little pocket on
-the side of Weddigen's diving suit.</p>
-
-<p>But now a real danger confronted the
-Brighton youth. Suppose Weddigen gave the
-signal for the diamond chest to be raised away?
-Deckmen aboard the <i>Nemo</i>, when the signal
-was given, would haul away with all their
-vigor, eager to perform their part in the salvage
-of the much desired treasure.</p>
-
-<p>Crouched in the areaway outside the cabin
-Jay would be directly in the line of the treasure
-chest as it was yanked away. Suppose that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span>
-iron box came his way? Perhaps it might
-crash full into his life lines? One swift blow
-might sever his air hose and leave him helpless
-against the inrushing water? Or suppose
-it cut off his signal lines, leaving him powerless
-to ask for a lift off the ocean bed?</p>
-
-<p>There was only one thing to do, and that
-was to get out of there as quickly as possible.
-Weddigen would not signal for the strong
-box to be hoisted away until he, too, was out
-of harm's way; and Jay, now that he had been
-an eye-witness to the theft, was determined
-not to let the other know he had seen the theft
-until they were back on the <i>Nemo</i> again.</p>
-
-<p>As quickly as possible he shuffled along
-the areaway and began climbing the steps
-toward the deck of the <i>Dominion</i>. He was
-just in time, too, for a glimmer of light behind
-him indicated that Weddigen was following
-close behind. Rather than reveal his presence
-Jay fumbled along in the darkness, climbing
-the steps without resorting to the use of his
-flash.</p>
-
-<p>Once on deck he turned sharply aft and
-moved away from the companionway leading
-below. In his anxiety to make haste he
-momentarily let go the state room door by
-which he had steadied himself and in that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>
-instant his feet flew from under him. The
-slimy deck would have been hard enough
-walking had the <i>Dominion</i> lay on an even
-keel; but with the pitch to port the half-rotted
-flooring was difficult walking for the
-most experienced and careful diver.</p>
-
-<p>As he felt himself going the unfortunate
-youth grabbed for his life lines for the purpose
-of signaling the "emergency"; but in the
-swirl of water he was pitched headlong, the
-added weight of his own diving accoutrements
-bearing him along like a leaf in a windstorm.
-Clear across the wide slanting deck of the
-<i>Dominion</i> he was hurled until he brought up
-hard against the rotted deck rail.</p>
-
-<p>Like a drowning man grasping for a straw
-Jay reached out to clutch the iron post outlined
-directly in front of him; but as he
-grabbed its top knob he felt the whole structure
-rend and twist, its fastenings loosened by
-the rust of a prolonged submergence. The
-impact of the young diver's body wrenched it
-loose and in a moment Jay was hurtled overboard
-from the inclined deck of the <i>Dominion</i>
-and enmeshed in a tangle of the collapsed deck
-railing.</p>
-
-<p>It had all happened so quickly the dazed
-youth was unable to figure out where he was
-and what really had happened.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"What a pretty pickle I'm in," was all he
-could gasp, as he sought to tear himself free
-from his incumbrances.</p>
-
-<p>And then, to his utter consternation, he found
-that his air and signal lines had become all
-entangled in the demolished railing! Sprawling
-on his back in the soft sand that undulated
-in a wavy crest against the side of the <i>Dominion</i>
-he struggled in vain to tear himself free
-and get to his feet. But, weighed down by
-his equipment, tired out by his long stay
-under water and imprisoned in the débris of
-the <i>Dominion</i>, he found his strength fast
-slipping.</p>
-
-<p>"I've got to get hold of that emergency
-line," he said to himself, gritting his teeth and
-thrashing the water above his head for a hold
-on the precious life line. Eventually he found
-it and tugged with all his might, awaiting the
-welcome pull that would lift him out of the
-depths.</p>
-
-<p>But no welcome pull came. The life lines
-were caught in the débris! And now he found
-himself breathing with difficulty. The air
-lines, too, had been fouled! The air supply
-was virtually cut off altogether, and the
-young diver breathing only the air contained
-within his diving armor!</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Looks as though I was up against it unless
-I can work these lines free," the thought
-flashed through his brain with unrelenting
-reality. Now, indeed, was he fighting for life
-against the very fates!</p>
-
-<p>With the desperation born of madness Jay
-battled to free himself. Caught like a fly
-in a great spider's web, he knew every moment
-was precious. Unless those air lines were
-freed or he got a signal to the surface he was
-doomed.</p>
-
-<p>Seizing the life lines above his helmet he
-drew them tight in his hands and followed
-them along until he came to the first entanglement
-of iron piping. For a moment the
-impediment thwarted him, and then he tore
-it free of the hose lines. But still no relief.</p>
-
-<p>By now his brain was reeling and he could
-feel the blood vessels standing out on his
-forehead. A sense of suffocation pressed his
-heart and lungs and he found his breath coming
-in short wheezy gasps.</p>
-
-<p>"Can it be that I'm lost!" he cried half
-aloud, the sound of his voice flooding his own
-ears like the wail of a siren.</p>
-
-<p>But this was a time for self-control if he
-was to escape at all the perilous plight into
-which he had fallen. By sheer force of will<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>
-he calmed himself and set about again to free
-himself. Taking the air lines as before he
-followed them to another point of contact
-with the débris and slipped down to his
-knees as he tugged at another joint of the
-tubing.</p>
-
-<p>Fate, however, was hard and cruel. Try
-as he did, battling with all his strength and
-praying fervently as he worked, he was unable
-to move the obstacle. His fingers felt numb
-and weak; they refused to respond to his will.
-Even his legs seemed paralyzed. And again
-that horrible clutching at the throat and lungs!</p>
-
-<p>"I&mdash;&mdash;guess&mdash;&mdash;I&mdash;&mdash;can't&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
-
-<p>His voice trailed off into a whisper and his
-brain swam until a panorama of mythical
-scenes and figures flitted before his fancy.
-Still clutching the lines of hose that refused
-him life he reeled and stretched himself helplessly
-on the floor of the ocean. Dreamily he
-thought of home, of Brighton, of the service he
-had lately left. Now he was with the fleet
-vainly tugging to fasten an obdurate mine in
-place with other jackies of Uncle Sam's mighty
-war fleet.</p>
-
-<p>"Now we've got the haughty Germans,"
-he screamed in his delirium. All the while he
-was gasping and gurgling as his shoulders<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span>
-heaved and his lungs were convulsed in the
-agony of suffocation. Life was slipping fast
-away, and life was sweet to this youth who
-had dared death for his country and come
-through unscathed in the two years' campaign
-in the North Sea. By the irony of fate he
-had lived through all the period of the war
-only to come home to an untimely death like
-this while searching for lost treasure!</p>
-
-<p>Now he was floating free in the ocean, a
-great filmy light suffusing the whole of the
-green sea, a myriad of soft-clad figures dancing
-before his glazed eyes, the murmur of some
-cathedral orchestra intermingled with the
-song of the sea. Out, out, out through the
-vast unknown recesses of the sea he drifted,
-propelled along by some unseen force....</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>"Something wrong down there!" Dick
-Monaghan, standing guard over the life lines
-of his chum aboard the <i>Nemo</i>, sensed the
-danger of his old Brighton pal. No signal of
-any kind had come up to him from the depths,
-and yet he seemed to realize, for some strange
-reason, that a mishap of some kind had befallen
-Jay.</p>
-
-<p>"What's that?" called out Captain Austin
-as he hurried forward to where Dick held the
-lines over the side of the <i>Nemo</i>.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"I had a hunch of some kind that Jay was
-in trouble," explained Dick. "I've been
-trying for the last two or three minutes to
-get some kind of an answering signal from
-below, but I can't seem to get him. And
-there's been such a tugging on the lift lines
-at times. I don't quite understand it."</p>
-
-<p>"Pump working all right?" asked the
-captain.</p>
-
-<p>"So far as we can tell, although it seems to
-have slowed up somewhat," Dick replied,
-somewhat agitated.</p>
-
-<p>Just then a shout arose from aft the <i>Nemo</i>.
-The deckmen were hauling something over
-the side and yelling their heads off with
-delight.</p>
-
-<p>"Look, a great iron treasure chest," they
-chorused, as the attention of Captain Austin
-and Dick was diverted for a moment from
-the possible plight of Jay Thacker.</p>
-
-<p>True enough, for as they exulted, the iron
-box containing diamonds that Weddigen had
-reclaimed from the captain's cabin of the
-<i>Dominion</i> came over the side, dripping with
-sediment and seaweed, but firmly held in an
-encircling chain band.</p>
-
-<p>"Hurrah! Hurrah! we have landed some
-of the lost cargo." The crew were rejoicing<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span>
-over the big find of the morning, hardly able
-to contain themselves over the knowledge that
-a handsome chest of "swag" had been ferreted
-from its submarine hiding place, and that they
-would get a fine fat bonus out of the big
-"divvy."</p>
-
-<p>"Weddigen on his way up," called out the
-officer in charge of the operations aft.</p>
-
-<p>Only for a moment were Captain Austin
-and Dick Monaghan deterred from the subject
-that engrossed their minds. What had
-become of Jay Thacker?</p>
-
-<p>"Haul him up as fast as you can," the
-captain commanded.</p>
-
-<p>Jumping to their work, the forward crew
-began tugging away at the steel cables with
-which Jay had been suspended. But pull as
-hard as they could they could not budge the
-lost diver.</p>
-
-<p>"Quick, men, uncover that deck winch,"
-he ordered, now thoroughly alarmed.</p>
-
-<p>In short order it was made ready for service
-and the steel cables supporting Jay affixed.
-A word of command from Captain Austin and
-the power was turned on. For an instant the
-cables wound faithfully, and then brought up
-taut. Something had to give; either the
-cables had to part, or the contained weight<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span>
-at the sea bottom torn free of its holdings.
-More power was turned on. A violent tug,
-and then the winch began winding steadily
-again!</p>
-
-<p>"Thank God! it's Jay," murmured Dick a
-minute or so later as the helmeted figure
-appeared through the haze of the sea green.
-But the arms and lower limbs hung limp, and
-portions of the <i>Dominion's</i> deck rail still clung
-to the suspension cables.</p>
-
-<p>"Hurry, men, there; haul him on deck
-and pull that armor off," Austin directed.</p>
-
-<p>As the form of Jay was drawn on deck
-Dick and several assistants tried to stand him
-on his feet, only to see him crumple and fall
-like a man of straw. One glance through
-the eye ports showed closed lids. A twist of
-the thumb screw and then the helmet was
-raised.</p>
-
-<p>"Jay! Jay! Speak to me," implored Dick,
-bending over his chum.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER VII
-<span class="ch">Diamonds are Trump</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">LIGHT! The glorious sunlight of the
-world! Voices, too; the friendly voices
-of his old chums aboard the <i>Nemo</i>.
-These were the evidences of returned life to
-Jay Thacker as he lay on the deck of the
-<i>Nemo</i> looking up into the sky. It was like
-a dream and his befagged brain could scarce
-comprehend the situation.</p>
-
-<p>"Jay, old boy, look at me. Do you know
-me? Speak to me, pal, and tell me you are
-all right again."</p>
-
-<p>It was the voice of Dick. He was bending
-over chafing the wrists of his comrade in school
-and in arms. Tears were coursing down his
-cheeks. But now he was happy because Jay
-had opened his eyes again and smiled feebly
-through flickering eyelids.</p>
-
-<p>For some time the rescued diver lay in a
-stupor. The heavy diving armor and shoes
-had been wrenched off. Several members of
-crew were rubbing his wrists and ankles,
-An oxygen tank had been used with successful<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span>
-results. The tiny spark of life remaining had
-been fanned again after a grim battle between
-science and nature. And science had turned
-the ally of nature.</p>
-
-<p>"Do you know me now?" faltered Dick.</p>
-
-<p>For answer Jay opened his eyes again, and
-this time he recognized his chum.</p>
-
-<p>"Where have I been? What happened to
-me?" he began.</p>
-
-<p>"Don't you remember? You were down
-there working on the <i>Dominion</i>. You got all
-tangled up in something and we just pulled
-you up in the nick of time."</p>
-
-<p>And then it all came back to Jay; the terrible
-struggle for life on the bottom of the
-sea. Those twisted air lines! He seemed to
-be living it all over again. And that mass of
-débris that held him fast!</p>
-
-<p>"Pull it off of me, Dick; cut me free," he
-moaned feebly.</p>
-
-<p>"You are all right again, old boy; you're
-right here on the deck of the <i>Nemo</i>," reassured
-Dick in soothing tones.</p>
-
-<p>Slowly but surely the iron constitution of
-the Brighton boy responded to resuscitation
-measures. Good fresh air flowed again into
-his lungs, clearing his brain and setting his
-circulation going anew.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Where is Weddigen?" asked Jay, with a
-startled expression.</p>
-
-<p>"He's here on the aft deck, pretty well
-tuckered out, but fine and dandy, nevertheless,"
-Dick told him.</p>
-
-<p>"And the diamonds&mdash;did he send them up?"
-inquired Jay.</p>
-
-<p>"You bet your boots he did; all here safe
-and sound," was his chum's rejoinder. "A
-nice day's work, too; but what would we have
-cared for the stones if your life had been forfeit
-in the deal."</p>
-
-<p>The diamonds! How did Jay know about
-them?</p>
-
-<p>"How did you know Weddigen landed any
-diamonds?" asked Dick, bending over his
-chum.</p>
-
-<p>"I saw them," came the answer.</p>
-
-<p>"But Weddigen says he landed them all
-alone and didn't see a trace of you all the time
-he was down. How's that?" Dick was nonplussed.</p>
-
-<p>"Tell you after a bit," whispered Jay.</p>
-
-<p>They made him as comfortable as possible
-on deck, preferring to leave him out in the
-fresh air and sunshine rather than carry him
-below. Dick took complete charge of him,
-and a capable physician he proved as he ministered
-to the needs of his chum.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Now that Jay had been rescued, the men
-of the <i>Nemo</i> were celebrating hilariously the
-salvage of the precious jewels, knowing the
-contents of the chest must be worth many
-thousands of dollars. Under the direction of
-Captain Austin the strong box was carried
-below, not to be opened until the <i>Nemo</i>
-returned to her base at Bridgeford.</p>
-
-<p>Weddigen still reclined on deck. It had
-been a long, hard fight under water and he,
-too, had somewhat overstayed his time limit.</p>
-
-<p>His friends in the crew were fêting him.
-They crowded about, patting him on the back
-and congratulating him for his plucky and
-successful efforts to get at the lost treasure.</p>
-
-<p>"Wait till we get back to Bridgeford&mdash;the
-swellest time you ever had in your life,"
-shouted one enthusiast.</p>
-
-<p>All of this adulation pleased Weddigen.
-The rôle of the hero appealed to him and he
-was enjoying the situation immensely.</p>
-
-<p>Meanwhile Jay was slowly but surely
-returning to life. The oxygen tank had performed
-yeoman service. Color was coming
-back into the face and circulation had been
-restored. A stimulant was offered, but the
-stout-hearted lad declined it, smilingly preferring
-to keep the temperance pledge that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>
-he had taken before he had left home to go to
-school.</p>
-
-<p>"Thanks, Cap, but I'm coming back in fine
-shape," he mumbled, while Dick fairly beamed
-over the recovery of his chum.</p>
-
-<p>In a few minutes Jay was able to sit up.
-He drank eagerly the cup of hot black coffee
-that was offered him. He was very weak
-from his trying ordeal, and no one ventured
-to ask him about his hazardous trip to the
-<i>Dominion</i> and his narrow escape from death.</p>
-
-<p>By and by Jay motioned Dick to come
-closer.</p>
-
-<p>"Did Weddigen land any treasure?" he
-asked with an inquisitive look.</p>
-
-<p>Dick launched into the story, telling how
-the strong box had been hauled over the side
-amid wild jubilation and taken below into
-Captain Austin's quarters.</p>
-
-<p>"Are you sure there were diamonds in the
-chest?" persisted Jay.</p>
-
-<p>"Sure, Mike," responded his chum. "Oodles
-of them worth thousands of dollars.
-Glittering cut stones; a young fortune big
-enough to put us all on easy street for the
-rest of our lives if they belonged to us."</p>
-
-<p>Jay pondered the situation for a moment.
-In his eyes was a queer look that neither<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span>
-Dick nor Larry Seymour, who had joined the
-group, could fathom.</p>
-
-<p>"Is Weddigen still on deck?" persisted Jay.</p>
-
-<p>"Still back there resting up while the crew
-make a fuss over him," replied Larry.</p>
-
-<p>"All right, now, Larry, do what I tell you,
-please," said Jay. "Just stroll back there
-casually and look him over without arousing
-suspicion. See if you don't notice a narrow
-slit of a pocket on the inside of the right leg
-of his armor suit, buttoned over with a flap.
-When he gets up to take off his diving suit
-just manage to accidentally flip that pocket
-open and then keep your eyes on it."</p>
-
-<p>"Why, what do you mean?" offered Larry,
-perplexed by the directions given him by Jay.</p>
-
-<p>"Remember, I never fooled you in my life,
-old friend," answered the latter. "Just do
-what I tell you, and perhaps you'll have a
-bit of a surprise party."</p>
-
-<p>Jay was weakened by the exertion of talking
-and sank back to rest again with closed
-eyes. Withdrawing a few paces, Dick and
-Larry discussed the suggestions made by Jay.</p>
-
-<p>"Think he is still a little dippy as a result
-of his experience?" questioned Larry.</p>
-
-<p>"Sounds rather queer, doesn't it?" pondered
-Dick, unable to grasp the significance of Jay's
-remarks.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>They agreed, however, there surely must
-be some ground for Jay talking so; and, moreover,
-they shared similar opinions regarding
-one Carl Weddigen, notwithstanding the fact
-that Weddigen had made a game fight for
-the diamonds and come off victorious.</p>
-
-<p>"You stay here with Jay and I'll just stroll
-aft and look the old bird over," counseled
-Larry after a little further deliberation. "To
-my mind he's just the kind of a fellow who
-might put something over on us."</p>
-
-<p>Dick agreed, and Larry accordingly hurried
-away, slowing down to a leisurely gait after
-he had passed the conning tower and approached
-the group of which the much-admired
-diver was the central figure. As
-he drew near, Larry could hear Weddigen
-recounting his experiences on the ocean bed
-in the hold of the <i>Dominion</i>. And he was
-omitting no detail in the narration.</p>
-
-<p>All smiles and apparently with all friendly
-intent Larry eased himself into the circle of
-admiring friends.</p>
-
-<p>"How's Thacker?" queried Weddigen solicitously,
-breaking away from his story of the
-reclamation.</p>
-
-<p>"Coming along fine," said Larry, detailing
-how Jay had responded satisfactorily to treatment.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Glad of that," responded Weddigen. "I'm
-sorry we couldn't both have come upon the
-glittering goods together and yanked them
-out with a little teamwork. Tell him I'll be
-over to see him in a few minutes."</p>
-
-<p>Larry hung around while other members of
-the crew insisted that Weddigen complete his
-story of the salvage expedition. But Carl was
-in no mood to continue the yarn and said he
-guessed he was feeling strong enough now to
-take off his diving clothes and go below for a
-snooze. Accordingly he struggled to his feet
-with the aid of several members of the crew.</p>
-
-<p>Larry was now all attention. Following
-out the instructions of Jay he carefully examined
-the trousers of the big diver. Yes, there
-it was; the telltale little pocket on the side
-of the right leg. Larry edged up closer to
-get a better look at it. There was a certain
-bulge to it as though it was well filled.</p>
-
-<p>"Gee, you're a regular Beau Brummel of a
-diver with your fancy clothes," offered Seymour
-facetiously as he smiled up into the face
-of Weddigen.</p>
-
-<p>"What do you mean, fellow?" blurted the
-latter, turning short to survey the Bridgeford
-seaman whom he remembered as one of the
-three he had encountered the day he and Jay<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span>
-had come together just outside Superintendent
-Brown's office.</p>
-
-<p>"Why, with your pretty little side pockets,"
-prattled Larry with a sickly grin.</p>
-
-<p>With a flourish of the hand he indicated
-the bulging patch on the side of Weddigen's
-armor, and before the latter could intervene
-Larry swept his hand carelessly but unerringly
-over the pocket, giving it such a thrust that
-the button slipped through the stout canvas
-eye-hole. At the same time Weddigen
-clutched the pocket as though to cover it.
-But he was too late!</p>
-
-<p>Instantly a half dozen glittering diamonds
-popped from the aperture and rolled on the
-deck of the <i>Nemo</i>, sparkling in the morning
-sun like the jewels of a monarch's crown!</p>
-
-<p>"What do you mean, you big stiff,"
-growled Weddigen in dismay as the treasure
-that he had filched from the strong box while
-yet in the wreck of the <i>Dominion</i> was revealed.</p>
-
-<p>"What do I mean? I mean that you're a
-rascal and a thief," shot back Larry, fully
-convinced now that the sparklers were part
-of the loot that had been recovered from the
-lost British liner.</p>
-
-<p>Immediately there was a great hubbub
-among the crew as they pounced upon the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span>
-scattered diamonds, eager to retrieve them
-before they rolled overboard or were jostled
-below by the roll of the <i>Nemo</i>.</p>
-
-<p>"You're a big fool and I'll break your face
-so soon as I get in trim again, that's what
-I'll do," snorted Weddigen in a rage.</p>
-
-<p>But Larry was his equal in the showdown.</p>
-
-<p>"You may have a little trouble smashing
-my face," he countered, "but you are going
-to have a bigger time explaining to Captain
-Austin and the Bridgeford Salvage Company
-how you came in possession of those diamonds."</p>
-
-<p>Attracted by the commotion, Captain Austin
-came hurrying up.</p>
-
-<p>"What's all the commotion about?" he demanded.
-There had been excitement enough
-on the <i>Nemo</i> for one morning.</p>
-
-<p>"It's none of your business, and I'll prove
-mightily easy how I came about those diamonds,"
-Weddigen was saying as the ship's
-executive officer drew near.</p>
-
-<p>"This man is not playing fair," denounced
-Larry, pointing out the diver to Captain
-Austin. "He's holding back a whole pocketful
-of diamonds on you, Captain."</p>
-
-<p>The captain was so amazed he could only
-gaze from one to the other.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"You are making a grave accusation, Mr.
-Seymour, and against a man who has risked
-his life this morning in the recovery of thousands
-of dollars' worth of diamonds," the ship
-captain remarked slowly. There were murmurs
-of approval from members of the crew.</p>
-
-<p>"All right, sir, I only ask that Mr. Weddigen
-bare the contents of that pocket on the right
-leg of his diving suit," retorted Larry.</p>
-
-<p>All eyes were turned forthwith on the diver.
-But the crafty Weddigen was equal to the
-occasion.</p>
-
-<p>"I was trying to tell this big boob I could
-explain everything," he countered with an
-air of superiority. "You see, it was this way,
-Captain. When I came upon that treasure
-chest down there I had to bang it about a bit
-to get it ready for the lift. You can see for
-yourself if you inspect it closely that the
-hinges were rusted. In prodding about I
-loosened up the lid. I thought I'd just take
-a peep to see if I really had the goods. There
-they were, all right. Some of them were
-lying loose, so I just scooped them up and
-slipped them into this vent in my suit. I
-didn't want to take any chances on losing
-them."</p>
-
-<p>As he talked he stooped over and holding a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span>
-cupped hand over the pocket forced out a
-handful of the finest of diamonds, ranging in
-size from one- to three- and five-carat stones.</p>
-
-<p>"There you are; I never had the slightest
-intention of keeping them," blustered Weddigen.
-"This fresh guy Seymour thinks he
-gets me in wrong, and I'll attend to him later.
-I was waiting until I got rested up a bit before
-coming to you with them."</p>
-
-<p>Upon Larry he cast a murderous scowl of
-hatred as Captain Austin hurried the diamonds
-below, apparently satisfied with Weddigen's
-story.</p>
-
-<p>But Larry, hearing the true story later from
-the lips of Jay Thacker, knew Weddigen's
-quick-witted defense was but skilled camouflage
-to cover his attempted theft of the
-pocketed diamonds. With the two Brighton
-youths, he formed a pact to keep a watchful
-eye on the surly diver in the future.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER VIII
-<span class="ch">Uncle Sam Calls</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">SOME fellows are pursued by luck no
-matter where they turn in life. Others
-of evil design seem to be able to get
-away with anything they attempt solely on
-their nerve. Carl Weddigen was one of this
-class. Not one chap in a thousand, caught
-as he had been with stolen diamonds, would
-have breasted it out and escaped so cleverly
-by use of his nimble wits. Criminologists'
-records show that the average thief trapped
-as Weddigen was either surrenders abjectly or
-makes a break for it in an effort to escape.
-The crafty minority stand their ground and
-worm their way out by subterfuge.</p>
-
-<p>"I'll say he's got the nerve, all right,"
-remarked Dick Monaghan. The <i>Nemo</i> had
-returned to Bridgeford and the members of
-the crew were enjoying a few days' rest after
-their arduous and successful trip in exploration
-of the sunken <i>Dominion</i>.</p>
-
-<p>"Nerve!" retorted Larry Seymour. "Why,
-if that guy had been sent into Germany by<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span>
-General Pershing he could have dragged the
-Kaiser out of Berlin and made those dazed
-Fritzies think he was only kidding them."</p>
-
-<p>Jay Thacker smiled at that. He was feeling
-much better after his experiences; in fact, a
-couple of good nights' sleep and recreation
-had put him back in good trim again. Two
-years at sea in the U. S. Navy will toughen
-the bone and muscle of any lad.</p>
-
-<p>Dick and Larry had been wanting Jay to
-go to Captain Austin to relate the whole story
-of what had happened on the bottom of the
-sea in the cabin of the <i>Dominion</i>. Magnanimously,
-Jay had spurned the proposition.</p>
-
-<p>"They might think I was jealous because
-Weddigen fished up the diamonds while all I
-got was a handful of deck railing that well-nigh
-finished me," was his answer.</p>
-
-<p>"Yes, but you owe it to yourself and to
-the company," argued Dick. "Think how
-that bird may clean out the bunch again."</p>
-
-<p>Larry was shaking his head.</p>
-
-<p>"Never on your life. Remember, I'm
-always on deck when he's working below, and
-you can bet your bottom dollar I'll put him
-under my nice little X-ray every time he
-comes up again. No, sir-ee, fellows, I'm wise
-to that gink for all time. He may think he's<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span>
-slippery, but he'll find I'm the original slippery
-elm."</p>
-
-<p>Deep down Jay resented this big diver's
-bold audacity and cunning. Never had he
-seen anything so brazen as the way Weddigen
-had smoothed over the matter of the diamonds
-that he had carried in his diving trousers'
-pocket. Nervily he had sought out Captain
-Austin and explained the whole thing several
-times over. The captain had seemingly been
-pretty well convinced that Weddigen was on
-the square in the matter, and this had only
-strengthened Jay's determination to keep
-silence.</p>
-
-<p>"But I'll get him in the long run, for he's
-a crook of the deepest dye and murder is
-sure to out," he had told himself.</p>
-
-<p>For some days the two Brighton lads and
-their friend Larry Seymour remained inactive
-about the big shipyard at Bridgeford awaiting
-the call to further service. Captain Austin
-had told them to take things easy. Superintendent
-Brown and the higher officials of the
-company were elated at the success of the
-<i>Nemo's</i> crew in bringing up some of the treasure
-of the <i>Dominion</i> and had decreed that as
-part of their reward they were to loaf a while.
-Eventually, each lad knew, he would come in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span>
-for a slice of the huge "divvy" that was sure
-to be tendered the company for salvaging the
-lost diamonds. The Brighton boys were
-delighted with the prospect, for it meant the
-money would go a long ways toward payment
-of their tuition for the new school year. They
-had expected to be assigned to the job of
-bringing up the gold bullion from the <i>Dominion</i>,
-but more urgent work awaited them.</p>
-
-<p>Great secrecy was attendant upon the
-fitting out of a special ship in the yard that
-the boys had heard was to be used in salvage
-work later in the summer. With it the Bridgeford
-officials contemplated using some of their
-new apparatus and employing some of their
-lately developed processes for deep-sea salvage.</p>
-
-<p>The ship, which they had heard referred to
-as the <i>Jules Verne</i>, was denied to everybody
-except the chosen men employed in putting
-the finishing touches on her. She was roped
-off in a portion of the big wet basin all to
-herself and armed guards kept prying eyes at
-a distance.</p>
-
-<p>"We're apt to know sooner or later," Dick
-remarked as they discussed the new venture
-one afternoon.</p>
-
-<p>"And as for me, I'm getting tired of laying
-around this way," said Dick. For two years<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span>
-they had had so much to do while serving in
-the Navy that inaction now palled upon them.</p>
-
-<p>They had not long to wait, for one morning,
-a few days later, just after they had checked
-in the shipyard, there came a summons to
-them to appear in the office of Superintendent
-Brown. They hurried over at once, finding
-that official awaiting them with Captain
-Austin.</p>
-
-<p>"Morning, boys," called out the superintendent
-cheerily. "I hope you are feeling in
-good shape again after your tussle with the
-old <i>Dominion</i>."</p>
-
-<p>To which they answered they preferred
-getting down again into the danger zone
-rather than to sit around cooling their heels.</p>
-
-<p>"That's the spirit, all right," remarked the
-official with a grin. "We are proud of you
-fellows who compose the crew of the <i>Nemo</i>
-for what you have already done, and we sure
-are going to take care of you."</p>
-
-<p>Jay tried to explain that one man alone
-had recovered the diamonds and that he was
-in no sense to be credited with any of the
-glory.</p>
-
-<p>"Just the same, you were there trying hard,
-and what's more you endangered your own
-life in an unfortunate accident while in the
-act of duty."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>And then the superintendent began telling
-them why he had summoned them to headquarters.</p>
-
-<p>"You chaps doubtless know that the <i>Jules
-Verne</i> will be ready for her maiden trip within
-the next two weeks," he began.</p>
-
-<p>The boys perked up at this when it seemed
-likely they were to be let in on the big secret
-that had every man in the yard guessing.</p>
-
-<p>"I can only say at this time," continued Mr.
-Brown, "that the <i>Jules Verne</i> combines our
-latest improved method of searching the ocean
-bottom and has facilities that will greatly
-expedite deep-sea salvage work. You will
-know in due time, for you chaps will be
-among the first batch of divers sent out on
-the <i>Jules Verne</i>. We shall want to thoroughly
-acquaint you at first with the operation
-of the new diving bell before you will
-actually engage in salvage work."</p>
-
-<p>The yard official paused to draw several
-times on his cigar.</p>
-
-<p>"In the meantime, I need you for a diving
-expedition of tremendous importance to Uncle
-Sam. Are you game?"</p>
-
-<p>He looked from one face to the other, eying
-the boys with a roguish smile.</p>
-
-<p>They nodded their heads eagerly. "If it's
-for Uncle Sammy, lead us to it!"</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Well, listen," said Superintendent Brown,
-as the boys sat wondering what was coming.
-"An executive officer from the Bureau of
-Naval Operations in Washington is here on a
-mission of great importance. It seems the
-Navy Department has been watching our
-salvage work, and read about what you boys
-were doing in the hold of the <i>Dominion</i>.
-They want us to do a piece of work for them
-that demands speed as well as secrecy."</p>
-
-<p>And then he explained in detail. During
-the war, at the time when a fleet of German
-submarines had escaped the allied fleets in
-the North Sea and come to this side of the
-Atlantic to attack shipping, and particularly
-supply ships bound for Europe, one of the
-U-boats had been sunk off Cape May, N. J.,
-at the mouth of the Delaware River. Submarine
-chasers putting out hurriedly from the
-inlet had dashed up in time to drop depth
-bombs on the submerging U-boat.</p>
-
-<p>That the U-boat, badly crippled, had been
-sunk had been established beyond all doubt
-by navy divers who had located it on the
-bottom. The Navy Department had intended
-salvaging the U-boat at once but had been
-prevented by reason of the fact that the war
-kept the department busy sending troopships<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span>
-to Europe, guarding them en route and combating
-the Hun "mosquitoes" that threatened
-Atlantic ports and coastwise shipping.</p>
-
-<p>When the Navy Department had eventually
-set about the salvage of the U-boat they
-had found it by this time so nearly imbedded
-in the floor of the ocean that only the conning
-tower remained above ground. The Navy
-was now ready to dig the U-boat out, but had
-decided to ask the Bridgeford Company to
-co-operate with them in the venture.</p>
-
-<p>"And now we come to the meat of the
-whole thing," confided the superintendent.
-"The men who are to engage in this work
-must be of the most trustworthy character, for
-reasons I will now explain. We have selected
-you fellows to get in on this because you are
-naval veterans and we know you can be
-trusted to the limit."</p>
-
-<p>The superintendent motioned the boys
-closer and resumed in an undertone,</p>
-
-<p>"Deep down in that sunken U-boat are
-plans of United States fortifications, ship and
-munition designs and highly valuable scientific
-formulas that must be recovered at
-whatever cost. They were stolen from the
-archives of the department at Washington by
-adroit tools of the German espionage system.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span>
-I am not at liberty to tell you how they were
-stolen, for it is one of the secrets of the department.
-But we are told that those plans are
-on that submerged U-boat. The Germans
-were smuggling them out of the country, and
-it was a lucky shot from the 'ash-cans' of our
-chasers that laid that particular U-boat low."</p>
-
-<p>"Naturally, we are elated that the Department
-has come to us in such an important
-matter, and it is needless for me to say that
-we are more than anxious to make good, not
-alone for the sake of our company, but, and
-very much more to the point, for the sake of
-the dear old country that we love so much."</p>
-
-<p>"And we&mdash;" began Jay.</p>
-
-<p>"Yes, I rather fancied you two fellows
-would enjoy getting in on a project of this
-kind," interrupted the superintendent. "I
-don't suppose it is necessary for me formally
-to ask you whether you would like to look up
-this unlucky U-boat."</p>
-
-<p>"Well, hardly." Almost in unison they
-had leaped to their feet to answer in the
-affirmative.</p>
-
-<p>"Bully! You are assigned forthwith, with
-our hearty good wishes, and here's hoping
-you succeed in putting over another neat
-piece of work for Uncle Sam just as you did<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span>
-over there in the North Sea. If you fellows
-had laid that mine curtain before those
-U-boats escaped this Cape May job never
-would have happened. But now we've got
-to get those plans back. They are of immense
-value to our government."</p>
-
-<p>"They wouldn't be of much value to Germany
-now!" interrupted Dick with a grin.</p>
-
-<p>"Right!" laughed the superintendent.
-"Germany doesn't look very formidable, with
-her surrendered navy, and her surrendered
-iron and coal fields, and her surrendered stores
-of munitions. But you never can tell. Besides,
-there are scientific secrets in that collection
-that, even if the defeated Huns couldn't
-use them, could be sold for sums that would
-make you gasp if I mentioned them."</p>
-
-<p>The boys whistled.</p>
-
-<p>"This is the information I have from the
-naval officer. You can see how urgent the
-job is. That sunken U-boat is guarded night
-and day by American war vessels ever on the
-alert. The exact spot where she lies on the
-bottom is known and guarded like the gold
-in the United States Treasury vaults.</p>
-
-<p>"And now I wish you 'bon voyage,'" concluded
-the superintendent as he shook hands
-with the two lads. "You will go out this<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span>
-afternoon with Captain Austin on the <i>Nemo</i>;
-and, don't forget, when you come back the
-<i>Jules Verne</i> will be waiting for you."</p>
-
-<p>Elated with the prospects of a new venture
-of such an important character, Jay and Dick
-arose to go, telling Captain Austin they would
-report immediately aboard the <i>Nemo</i> and
-make ready to depart for the trip down the
-coast to Cape May.</p>
-
-<p>"Better luck to you this time, Mr. Thacker,"
-called out the yard superintendent.</p>
-
-<p>"Thanks, Mr. Brown. I sincerely hope
-so," the youth replied.</p>
-
-<p>Jay turned and opened the door of the
-superintendent's office. As he stepped into
-the hallway he came face to face with Carl
-Weddigen. For an instant the latter seemed
-embarrassed, but quickly regained his composure.</p>
-
-<p>"How are you, fellows! Is Captain Austin
-in there with the superintendent?" he asked
-imperiously.</p>
-
-<p>Dick replied that he was, whereupon Weddigen
-coolly declared he would wait where he
-was until the captain came out.</p>
-
-<p>The boys hurried along leaving the diver
-still standing outside the superintendent's
-office.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Funny thing how he happened to be
-standing around like that," remarked Dick
-as they let themselves out of the administration
-building.</p>
-
-<p>"Funny is right," countered Jay. "Looks
-as though he might have been spying around
-or trying to horn in where he hadn't been
-invited. I've seen enough to know what kind
-of a chap he is and I'm here to say I don't
-think he wanted to see Captain Austin at all.
-That was only a bluff. I'll bet he was listening
-in on us while 'Montey' Brown was giving
-us the dope on that U-boat."</p>
-
-<p>"So!" whistled Dick. "All right, we have
-his number right now. If he is going along
-to Cape May&mdash;look out!"</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER IX
-<span class="ch">Found&mdash;One U-Boat!</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">CAPE May Light loomed in the distance
-like a lone sentinel of the night.
-At intervals of ten seconds its long
-penciled rays shot out over the ocean as the
-giant electric beacon oscillated in its rhythmic
-swing around the horizon. Dimly in the distance
-were reflected the lights along the boardwalk
-of the seashore resort, and far off toward
-the north the faint blur against the night
-skyline marked the spot where Wildwood
-nestled on the sands.</p>
-
-<p>The <i>Nemo</i> rode at anchor on the smooth
-summer sea. To starboard lay a trim little
-United States destroyer that had stood guard
-for days over the submerged U-boat. Here
-and there on the surface of the sea could be
-seen the outlines of a submarine chaser, a
-fleet of them having come out to welcome the
-newly arrived salvage ship.</p>
-
-<p>Mid-afternoon the <i>Nemo</i> had arrived from
-her home base in Long Island Sound and was
-awaiting now the morning to begin operations<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span>
-on the foundered German submarine. There
-had remained before sundown only a brief
-time for a superficial examination of the sea
-bottom, but in that time Jay Thacker and
-Dick Monaghan, crack divers of the Bridgeford
-Company, had donned diving armor and
-spent an hour under water.</p>
-
-<p>Imagine the surprise of the navy officials
-when these two youths had returned to the
-deck to report they could find no trace of
-the lost U-boat!</p>
-
-<p>"I don't quite understand this at all,"
-remarked Lieutenant-Commander Wilberforce,
-U. S. N. He and Captain Austin were conferring
-together on the U. S. S. <i>Monadnock</i>,
-the destroyer.</p>
-
-<p>"Our men declare positively that this is the
-identical spot where the U-boat was located
-by divers some time ago," explained the officer.
-"We have not been sending divers down
-these last few weeks since the department
-ordered us to wait until they sent salvage
-facilities. But we have stood guard here
-continually and can assure you absolutely
-that no foreign salvage corps has been working
-here."</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin ventured the opinion that
-the U-boat had been broken up by the shifting<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span>
-waters during a recent ten-day gale that
-had raged up and down the coast.</p>
-
-<p>"No, I hardly think so," hazarded Commander
-Wilberforce. "When last our divers
-were down they reported the U-boat well
-above sea bottom. It's a mystery to me."</p>
-
-<p>"Perhaps the German craft has been covered
-up with drifted sand," suggested Captain
-Austin.</p>
-
-<p>Wilberforce thought that over for a moment.</p>
-
-<p>"That hadn't occurred to me," he resumed
-after a moment. "There may be something
-to that. You see, we are just off the Delaware
-River breakwater and there are all kinds
-of cross-currents here."</p>
-
-<p>For an hour or more the two officers discussed
-the project and collaborated on their
-plans for the morrow.</p>
-
-<p>"I've got some pretty good divers with
-me," said Captain Austin as he made ready
-to return to the <i>Nemo</i> for the night. "I'll
-stack them against anything in the world.
-If they can't find that U-boat then nobody
-can find it."</p>
-
-<p>"Good enough, I'm sure they'll do their
-best." Commander Wilberforce had thought
-well of Jay and Dick, and had so expressed
-himself during the afternoon as he saw the
-boys in action.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>With the morning sun the boys were up
-and ready for the day's explorations. They
-were anxious to get down to business. And
-furthermore, they were anxious that one or
-the other should get the first assignment of
-the day. Weddigen was along, but Captain
-Austin had not ordered him into diving
-armor the previous afternoon, and the Brighton
-boys were hopeful that the task of searching
-for the U-boat was to be entrusted to
-them alone.</p>
-
-<p>Jay was first to go over the side of the
-<i>Nemo</i>. The sea had looked calm and placid
-as a mountain lake as he started and he
-figured no difficulty in getting about over the
-bottom. But, as every diver knows, the sea
-is the most deceptive thing in the world.
-Stand on the shore on a quiet day and look
-out to sea over waters unruffled save for the
-roll of the surf. Everything lovely; yet,
-down deep, mighty forces heaving and tossing
-like a hidden monster seeking some prey to
-devour.</p>
-
-<p>From hummock to hummock the young
-diver was tumbled over the submarine sandbars.
-First he would be knocked down and
-then as quickly stood up once more. At
-intervals he would be lifted off his feet and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span>
-swirled along in the vortex of a deadly current.
-Then he would be slammed down hard
-again and pinned with such force against the
-ocean bed that it seemed he never would get
-to his feet again. Occasionally he found
-himself sprawled out on hands and knees like
-a creeping crustacean.</p>
-
-<p>Under such circumstances search for the
-U-boat was next to impossible. Instead of
-the usual green radiance of the water Jay
-found himself in a deadly saffron light, at
-times almost opaque. Experience had taught
-him that that meant the sand was in motion.
-Light conditions, therefore, were not favorable
-for exploration, since the youth could not
-see very far in any direction. Peer about as
-he did between his many enforced flip-flops,
-he saw nothing of the U-boat, even though
-the navy men had said it was in these very
-waters and within a very narrow prescribed
-circle.</p>
-
-<p>Presently, as he was swept helter-skelter
-along over the sand hummocks by the twisting
-waters, he brought up sharp against some
-object that projected out of the sand like a
-slim piling. Instinctively he flung out an
-arm as he was swept close to it. His arm
-struck with such a resounding whack that for
-the moment the limb felt numb.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"What in the name of sense is this?" he
-speculated, unable to see for a moment because
-of the swirling sand. His mind conjectured
-all manner of things.</p>
-
-<p>Clinging tenaciously to his new-found support,
-Jay ran his hands up and down the protuberance.
-It was smooth and round like
-some cylindrical metal object. But what
-was it?</p>
-
-<p>Soon there came a rift in the cloud of sand
-particles and the filtered sun's rays came down
-through the opulent green. In that moment
-Jay cleared the sand from the eyes of his
-helmet that he might scrutinize the object
-more clearly. Turning his gaze upward, he
-beheld the boxed lens glass of a periscope&mdash;the
-eye of the submarine!</p>
-
-<p>"Great guns! here's the old U-boat buried
-to her eyelashes in the bottom of the sea!"
-ejaculated the diver, surprised and stunned at
-his discovery. There was no doubt of it;
-here was the periscopic pole of a submarine
-with its great eyes still intact. But what of
-the U-boat itself? Was it there under the
-sandy floor of the ocean? And by what queer
-prank of the tides had it come to be covered
-over?</p>
-
-<p>In succession, these questions flitted through<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span>
-the mind of the lad as he further inspected
-his new find. Leaving it, he paced off first
-in one direction and then in another, keeping
-this up until he had run a radius in every
-direction from the periscope pole. But nowhere
-was there any trace of a ship's hull
-within a reasonable distance of that stranded
-ship's eye.</p>
-
-<p>Jay was all excited. To think! He had
-located the lost submarine in such an extraordinary
-manner!</p>
-
-<p>"I'll have to get out of here, though, and
-mighty quick," was his next thought as he
-began to feel that queer pain across the eyes
-and at the base of the brain that tells a diver
-he has had enough for one time of the deadly
-sea pressure.</p>
-
-<p>In his excitement he gave his signal line a
-mighty jerk. Afterwards they told him he
-had signaled the emergency. And they had
-been awaiting the signal so long, thinking
-some mishap had come to Jay, that they
-yanked him up in jig time.</p>
-
-<p>Jay was a sight when he came over the side
-of the <i>Nemo</i> again. For one thing he had
-stayed too long. His nose was bleeding profusely
-and his head was bruised and battered
-by the pummeling he had gotten down below<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span>
-in the embrace of that undertow. But when
-they got his helmet off and freshened him up
-with cold water and first aid restoratives he
-soon rallied again to his normal self.</p>
-
-<p>And then he told them all about the U-boat
-in its sepulcher of sand with its periscope
-standing out like a gravestone.</p>
-
-<p>"Guess you were right," admitted Commander
-Wilberforce as he turned to Captain
-Austin, recalling how the latter had suggested
-the previous night that the U-boat might
-have been covered over by drifted sand, set
-in motion by cross currents and undertows.</p>
-
-<p>"And that being the case, I don't see that
-there is much that we can do here for the
-present," added the Bridgeford official. "It
-will be necessary for us to bring down our
-new salvage ship before we can do anything
-with that U-boat. Of course, we have facilities
-for digging into the bottom of the ocean
-just as land engineers employ the steam shovel
-to excavate a cut or a tunnel. What do you
-think?"</p>
-
-<p>Commander Wilberforce heartily agreed
-and said he would go ashore at once to
-acquaint the department at Washington with
-the full facts and ask an authorization on
-behalf of the Bridgeford Company for the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span>
-employment of their entire resources in exhuming
-the buried submarine. In the meanwhile
-the <i>Nemo</i> was to return to Bridgeford.</p>
-
-<p>But if Commander Wilberforce and Captain
-Austin were through for the present,
-Diver Jay Thacker was not. He liked not at
-all the prospect of backing off at this stage
-of the game, leaving the U-boat possibly to
-be buried high over her periscope deeper and
-deeper until the new <i>Jules Verne</i> could get
-on the job from Bridgeford.</p>
-
-<p>Jay was doing a tall lot of thinking. And
-he had formulated in his own mind a plan
-of action that he hoped to put into effect with
-the aid of Captain Austin. Not even taking
-his own chum into his confidence, Jay sought
-out the <i>Nemo's</i> chief executive and drew him
-below decks for a star-chamber session of his
-own making.</p>
-
-<p>Patiently the captain heard Jay through,
-shaking his head negatively in disapproval of
-the lad's proposition.</p>
-
-<p>"There's no use of your taking any such
-risks, and, besides, we'll come back here a
-little later with the <i>Jules Verne</i> and worm
-our way right into that U-boat."</p>
-
-<p>But Jay was insistent.</p>
-
-<p>"Please, Captain Austin, I'm sure I can<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span>
-get away with this and rescue those plans
-belonging to the government&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin, looking over Jay's shoulder,
-saw some one approaching and bade the
-young diver speak softly of the stolen plans.</p>
-
-<p>The intruder was Weddigen! Jay eyed
-him keenly, trying to fathom whether the
-burly diver had overhead the remark. A
-cynical smile played at the corners of Carl's
-mouth and he smirked at Jay in a leering
-way.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, all right, Thacker, I suppose you
-will have your own way," decided the ship's
-captain. "Go ahead, I'll wait the afternoon
-out for you; but, remember, we weigh anchor
-for home to-night."</p>
-
-<p>Jay climbed on deck and prepared again to
-don his armor.</p>
-
-<p>"Bring me a crowbar and that old mushroom
-anchor that lies up front in the forward
-compartment," he asked of one of the deckmen.</p>
-
-<p>Dick was assisting his chum to get into his
-diving suit.</p>
-
-<p>"What are you going to do this time?"
-asked Dick inquisitively.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, I've got an idea and I want to see
-how it works out," replied Jay. "That freak<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span>
-undertow is doing some funny stunts and I
-think I can use it to suit my purposes. I'll
-let you know after I've had another look at
-that periscope pole."</p>
-
-<p>Pretty soon Jay was over the side again and
-dangling in the water, carrying the crowbar
-in one hand and the mushroom anchor in the
-other. Instantly his feet touched bottom, he
-set off in the direction of the periscope and
-soon came upon it by intuitively guiding along
-the course that he knew would take him to
-the goal of his aspiration. The water was
-fairly clear and the undertow still setting
-strong along the ocean bed.</p>
-
-<p>"Now we'll see," he murmured, as he set
-down the anchor within easy reach and took
-the crowbar, commencing to dig directly
-alongside the periscope pole. It is not easy
-thus to dig on the sandy bottom of the sea;
-one must go in sidewise with a due allowance
-for the currents instead of directly down.</p>
-
-<p>Little by little the sand was dislodged and
-turned away. And so soon as it became loosened
-up and was stirred around the water
-dragged at it and skitted it away freakily,
-dissolving it into particles that filled all the
-sea round about the diver. Pretty soon Jay
-was the center of a veritable submarine sand
-tornado.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Good enough; just what I wanted," he
-chuckled.</p>
-
-<p>All at once as he was digging away the
-crowbar struck something hard. With a firm
-impact it brought up against a solid substance.
-The diver's own buoyancy and the swing of
-the rolling sea kept him from digging with
-much force, but pecking away with determination
-Jay soon accomplished his purpose, and
-that was to make a considerable excavation
-over the hard metallic substance that his
-crowbar had encountered.</p>
-
-<p>"How do you do, Mr. Submarine," he
-laughed. For what he had encountered with
-his crowbar was nothing more or less than
-the top of the U-boat's conning tower!</p>
-
-<p>Setting the anchor in the hole, he lashed
-the crowbar to his body again and gave the
-signal to be hoisted.</p>
-
-<p>"See you in the morning," he called to the
-sunken submarine.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER X
-<span class="ch">Caught with the Goods</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">IT was morning. Captain Austin, won
-over by the arguments of Jay Thacker,
-one of his crack divers, had decided to
-postpone the return trip to Bridgeford twenty-four
-hours in order to give the Brighton lad a
-chance to work out a plan he had hatched
-while exploring the wreck of the submerged
-U-boat.</p>
-
-<p>"You say you want us to anchor directly
-over the submarine and play you out a hundred
-feet of hydraulic hose?" asked the captain
-of the <i>Nemo</i> as he greeted Jay and Dick
-on deck after morning mess.</p>
-
-<p>"Right you are," chirped Jay, "and I want
-the hose attached to the air pump just the
-same as you hitch up my own air lines&mdash;only
-I want all the pressure of air you can put
-behind this new hose line."</p>
-
-<p>"You shall have it, my boy," replied the
-captain, and gave orders to various members
-of his crew to rig out the apparatus for which
-Jay had called.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"What's all this hose line?" chortled Larry
-Seymour as he watched Jay preparing again
-to go over the side of the <i>Nemo</i>. "Looks as
-though you are going down to spray the mermaids
-with a little hot air."</p>
-
-<p>"Nothing doing, kiddo; it's a vacuum
-cleaner to scrub up Father Neptune's parlor,"
-remarked Dick, who had been let in on Jay's
-plans.</p>
-
-<p>Weddigen sauntered up like a pouter pigeon.</p>
-
-<p>"Nothing new about this," said he to members
-of the crew standing beside him. "This
-bird Thacker knows his onion; he's simply
-taking down a line of hose and proposes to
-bore his way into the stranded submarine with
-a line of compressed air. All you got to do is
-turn on the air, point the nozzle of the hose
-into the sand, and away she goes."</p>
-
-<p>Jay, getting ready to adjust his helmet,
-overheard the remark. How did Weddigen
-know it was a U-boat?</p>
-
-<p>"You have it O. K., Weddigen; that's just
-exactly what I'm going to try and do," he
-replied pleasantly. At the same time he was
-asking himself: "Has Weddigen overheard
-about the plans in the U-boat?"</p>
-
-<p>It was a bold plan, but quite a feasible plan
-after all. Taking advantage of the undertow<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span>
-that snatched up every loosened particle of
-sand and scurried it away, Jay proposed to
-do a little excavating in the neighborhood of
-the U-boat and leave it to the currents themselves
-to exhume the lost ship&mdash;at least to
-free it far enough for the divers to get inside
-and salvage the plans so much wanted by the
-U. S. Government.</p>
-
-<p>And now Jay was ready to be off. His new
-"vacuum cleaner" was ready and the air
-pump working smoothly.</p>
-
-<p>"Good luck to you," called out Captain
-Austin as Dick prepared to clamp on his
-chum's helmet.</p>
-
-<p>The youth smiled and in a moment shuffled
-to the side and was over and gone deep down
-into the embrace of the green sea, his air hose
-fastened at his belt. Pretty soon he was on
-bottom and groping his way along from hummock
-to hummock, now stumbling and now
-lifted by the whirling currents.</p>
-
-<p>Presently he came upon the periscope pole
-and the mushroom anchor he had left below
-the previous night. But now the anchor sat
-deep down in a wide depression that opened
-out of the floor of the sea like the crater of a
-volcano.</p>
-
-<p>"Bless my soul if that undertow hasn't<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span>
-been working for me all night," he observed
-while noting that the sand had been scooped
-out in huge quantities in every direction
-radiating from the periscope pole.</p>
-
-<p>Which made it that much easier for the
-submarine excavator. The digging, of course,
-but not the actual work; for the deadly currents
-were dragging the youth to and fro
-until he reeled and tottered like a drunken
-man. But Jay had come prepared so that he
-would not again be subjected to the terrific
-mauling he had received before. This time
-he had piled on lead until he was heavily
-weighted down. A canvas belt, slung from
-hips to armpits, with pockets, held close to
-fifty pounds of metal. In addition he had
-fastened around each ankle a bag containing
-another twenty-five pounds.</p>
-
-<p>As he prepared to swing his air hose into
-action Jay found the sea clutching and tearing
-viciously at his own air and signal lines and
-he made sure that they were intact and working
-perfectly before he gave the signal for
-the air to be turned into the "spray" line
-that he carried.</p>
-
-<p>At last the youth was ready for his experiment.
-Jay had no idea how his plan would
-turn out, for, while he had heard of this kind<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span>
-of work and knew of its practicability, he had
-never tried it out for himself. It was his
-purpose to start the sand shifting in the
-belief that once the movement was under way
-the freakish undertow and cross-currents
-would come to his assistance and facilitate
-the task of unearthing the U-boat.</p>
-
-<p>"Here goes," he cried as he sat down on
-the sandy bottom and, holding the nozzle
-of the hose away from him at an oblique
-angle of forty degrees, turned on the air full
-force.</p>
-
-<p>Instantly the sea began to boil up around
-him like a young geyser. The sand was swept
-and swirled in every direction by the column
-of compressed air that was boring relentlessly
-into everything it touched. The young diver
-could feel his feet sinking slowly into an aperture
-as the sea bottom was scooped up and
-distributed into the yellow clouds that filled
-all the space of water around the periscope
-pole.</p>
-
-<p>A new danger confronted the youth. Unless
-he exercised extreme caution he might dig
-his own grave. The shifting sand might
-collect around his own body and imbed him
-quickly unless he kept it shifting away from
-him instead of around him. The thought of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span>
-being buried alive made him shudder for an
-instant, but he dismissed it and set himself
-carefully to keep the moving sand in front
-instead of behind him.</p>
-
-<p>He resolved to keep on the move, holding
-the air hose ever far in front and drawing
-himself, as best he could shift the weights that
-held him down, in a wide circle around the
-periscope pole, throwing the sand off to the
-left. In this way he hoped to make an excavation
-that would gradually bring the conning
-tower of the U-boat above the level of the
-sea bottom. Backing steadily all the time
-on the circumference of his circle, he kept
-the sand moving ever outward; and move it
-did with the assistance of the undertow that
-aided and abetted the work of the air hose
-just as Jay had anticipated it would do.</p>
-
-<p>Despite the perils of the undertaking Jay
-persisted and soon had worked himself completely
-around to the starting-point, a complete
-circle having the periscope pole of the
-U-boat as the hub of the imaginative wheel.
-By the feel of it under his feet and by thrusting
-his right foot out into the hole that he had
-dug Jay could tell his efforts had not been
-in vain. Considerable sand must have been
-shifted.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>He decided to turn off the compressed air
-and await the clearing of the water so that
-he could see what he had accomplished. He
-had by now been down for considerable time
-and was commencing to feel the effects of
-his hard toil, the wear and tear of the sea, and
-the weight of his added incumbrances. Nevertheless,
-since his breathing was still free
-and easy he decided he could risk a few more
-minutes anyway to view the results of his
-handiwork.</p>
-
-<p>By and by the sand clouds began to settle
-and the yellow sedimentation to subside.
-Imagine his joy when he found that he had
-successfully dug a great excavation right over
-the deck of the U-boat amidships, with the
-conning tower standing out entirely freed of
-all sand investiture.</p>
-
-<p>"Good enough," he told himself gleefully.
-"And now to get inside the U-boat before the
-sands shift back again."</p>
-
-<p>Reluctantly he gave the signal to be raised
-away after lashing the air hose with which
-he had successfully accomplished the task fast
-to the conning tower of the U-boat.</p>
-
-<p>By now he could feel his heart pounding
-fiercely while a fitful darkness obscured his
-sight. Well he knew these symptoms&mdash;he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span>
-had stayed down longer than he should have.
-But with his signal for a lift he felt the cables
-tighten and then he was swept along through
-the water toward the surface. Soon they
-were hauling him over the side of the <i>Nemo</i>
-just when his senses were reeling.</p>
-
-<p>"Boy, you stayed too long," he heard
-Captain Austin saying as the helmet was lifted
-and he breathed again the pure air of the
-surface.</p>
-
-<p>He could only nod a reply. But within a
-few minutes he was himself again and able to
-talk.</p>
-
-<p>"What success, lad?" Captain Austin was
-eager to know how he had gotten along.</p>
-
-<p>Jay told him the story; how he had utilized
-the air hose in excavating the U-boat and
-how it now lay all exposed in its hastily
-improvised crater.</p>
-
-<p>"Some one had better go down right away
-and see if they can pry into that conning
-tower," he counseled. "No telling when
-those sands will commence to shift back
-again with the undertow."</p>
-
-<p>Immediately Dick Monaghan and Carl
-Weddigen stepped forward.</p>
-
-<p>"Please, sir, I'd like to take a shot at it,"
-offered Dick.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Give me a chance, Captain; remember
-how I got along with the <i>Dominion</i>," pleaded
-Weddigen.</p>
-
-<p>Other members of the crew who were divers
-offered to take Jay's place and the captain
-for a moment was in a quandary.</p>
-
-<p>"Guess you better go down, Weddigen, and
-see what you can do by way of prodding that
-conning tower open," the <i>Nemo's</i> executive
-decided. "You have big powerful arms and
-good lungs." At the same time, Austin
-winked at Jay, thinking Weddigen knew
-nothing of the plans in the U-boat.</p>
-
-<p>Turning to Dick the captain said:</p>
-
-<p>"I'll send you down after Weddigen works
-awhile, and we'll see what the two of you
-can do."</p>
-
-<p>So Weddigen hastily climbed into his diving
-suit and made ready to go. Weddigen went
-equipped with tools that he hoped to use in
-forcing an entrance into the submarine. He
-took along with him also the extra air hose
-since it was possible the sand was shifting
-again and he might find it necessary to do
-some more digging.</p>
-
-<p>After he had gone Jay and Dick engaged in
-earnest conversation.</p>
-
-<p>"That fellow's not to be trusted," remarked
-Jay tartly.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"He may undo all that you've done," added
-Dick.</p>
-
-<p>"Yes, or get into that U-boat and make
-away with those navy plans." Jay had seen
-enough of Weddigen to give him the idea
-that the big fellow had ulterior motives behind
-his activities with the Bridgeford Salvage
-Company.</p>
-
-<p>After half an hour's wait Captain Austin
-told Dick to go ahead and get ready for a
-descent to the U-boat.</p>
-
-<p>"See how Weddigen's getting along. Maybe
-you can recover those plans yourself."</p>
-
-<p>The captain had confided to the two divers,
-Jay and Dick, that the coveted plans were
-contained in a stout steel box that would be
-found in a locker in the submarine's wireless
-chamber just forward of the main turret.</p>
-
-<p>Dick was glad of the chance to get the
-assignment. So far he had not had an
-opportunity to prove his ability as a diver to
-Captain Austin and he was anxious to make
-good. What a fine thing if he could be instrumental
-in reclaiming for the United States
-Government the long lost plans and scientific
-formulas! It had been hinted that among
-other things, the stolen plans included the
-formula for manufacture of the deadly gas<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span>
-that U. S. chemists had discovered just before
-the close of the war.</p>
-
-<p>"I'll certainly do my level best," soliloquized
-Dick as he floundered along on the
-sea bottom in the direction of the U-boat.</p>
-
-<p>Very soon he came in sight of it. The
-sun, shining strong on the surface of the sea,
-lit up the whole area of clear water so that
-he was able to see quite a distance in front of
-him.</p>
-
-<p>Through the green haze of the sea he discerned
-suddenly the figure of another diver.
-He was dragging after him a long rectangular
-box of some kind. Undoubtedly it was
-Weddigen! But what was he doing and what
-was the chest that he dragged with so much
-effort?</p>
-
-<p>"The plans!" gasped Dick. In an instant
-it was clearly revealed to him. Weddigen
-had succeeded in getting into the submarine
-and had salvaged the stolen plans!</p>
-
-<p>What was Weddigen doing now? Dick
-stopped short in his tracks to watch the
-maneuvers of the other diver.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER XI
-<span class="ch">The Spy!</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">PEERING intently through the water
-Dick watched every move of Weddigen.
-The latter had knelt on the sandy
-bottom and was tinkering with the steel chest.
-His back was turned to the Brighton youth
-and he, to all intents, had no knowledge of
-the proximity of the latter.</p>
-
-<p>And then Dick made an astounding discovery.
-Weddigen had unfastened the extra
-air hose from his belt, turned on the air and
-was digging a hole in the sand some ten or
-fifteen yards away from the submarine. A
-cloud of sediment was stirred up by the air
-which for the time served the purpose of
-hiding the diver at his work.</p>
-
-<p>Dick's first impulse was to move forward
-hastily and make known his presence, thinking
-perhaps Weddigen was having trouble lugging
-the chest and needed assistance. But then,
-it occurred to him, why would Carl be digging
-a hole with the air line when he had already
-salvaged the precious box? Why had he not<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span>
-gripped it with a steel cable and sent it aloft
-to the <i>Nemo</i>?</p>
-
-<p>"By jove! I know what he's doing,"
-exclaimed Dick to himself. "He's trying to
-lose those plans under the floor of the sea
-rather than give them back to the government!"</p>
-
-<p>The youth saw red on the instant. A
-traitor to America! An enemy of the United
-States Government who, rather than return
-the plans that he had found, was trying to
-cover them up where he might return later
-and dig for them at his leisure.</p>
-
-<p>Just for an instant Dick was undecided
-whether to return at once to the <i>Nemo</i> and
-report what he had seen or stay and see it
-through to the limit. To grapple with
-Weddigen here under the sea was next to
-impossible. Heavily accoutred as he was
-with diving paraphernalia and weighed down
-by additional anchors, he could hope to gain
-nothing by forcibly encountering the big
-diver in front of him.</p>
-
-<p>He decided to wait until Weddigen had
-stopped digging and the water cleared again.
-In the meantime he moved closer, thinking
-perhaps when Weddigen found that he was
-being observed he would switch his tactics<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span>
-and order the steel chest with its precious
-documents hoisted away. It was a trying
-moment for the lad and he bit his lip to think
-that he had no submarine weapon of any
-kind that would enable him to challenge the
-traitor and compel him to desist. But it
-was a time for quick thinking and direct
-action, and he firmly resolved to make the
-best of the situation.</p>
-
-<p>Before long the stirring of the sands ceased
-and the water began to clear. Dick by now
-was no further away from Weddigen than
-ten or fifteen feet. But Weddigen was still
-crouched with his back to the newcomer and
-all unmindful of Dick's presence. And then,
-in one quick glance, Dick discerned that
-Weddigen had dug his hole, and was dragging
-the steel chest into it, preparatory to covering
-it up.</p>
-
-<p>"The dirty dog!" hissed the Brighton
-youth, instinctively clenching his fists.</p>
-
-<p>On the instant Dick was minded to grapple
-with the fellow at all hazards and wrestle with
-him for possession of the steel box. The only
-thing in the way of a weapon that he carried
-was a short, slender crowbar that he had used
-to facilitate walking, while at the feet of
-Weddigen lay the various tools that he had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span>
-brought along to force his way into the
-U-boat.</p>
-
-<p>And then Dick saw his opportunity! Weddigen
-was still unmindful of the presence of
-another diver, so intent was he on getting
-the treasure box buried. Why not steal up
-behind Carl, grasp his signal lines and signal
-for the emergency lift before the scheming
-diver could interfere? Up he would go,
-leaving the unattached strong box behind
-him!</p>
-
-<p>"I'll do it, so help me!" the youth exclaimed
-in sheer delight.</p>
-
-<p>Stealthily he approached, taking every precaution
-not to stir up any more of the sea
-bottom than he could help in order not to
-apprise Weddigen that he was so close at
-hand. The latter by now had the box in
-position and was prepared to swing the air
-hose in action. In a moment or two the
-precious plans would be gone again&mdash;covered
-up by a dastardly enemy of America!</p>
-
-<p>Dick was almost on top of Weddigen
-before the latter wheeled suddenly to find
-that he had company. But as Carl swung
-round in his heavy shoes Dick took one
-desperate lunge through the water in the
-direction of Weddigen's helmet. His aim<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span>
-was true and his momentum despite his
-weights sufficient to carry him to the mark.
-Eagerly he clutched the signal lines over
-Carl's head.</p>
-
-<p>Weddigen saw the move and divined the
-intent&mdash;but all too late. As Dick's fingers
-closed over the conspirator's signal lines he
-gave one mighty tug and instantly released
-his hold, knowing full well what would happen.
-And happen it did! Yanked off his feet by
-willing hands on the deck of the <i>Nemo</i> the
-hapless Carl Weddigen was carried swiftly up
-through the swirling currents, leaving the
-salvage that he had recovered and tried to
-lose again behind him at the feet of Dick
-Monaghan.</p>
-
-<p>It had been Dick's only play and he had
-seized his opportunity, just as at Brighton he
-had recovered many a fumble on the football
-field by quick thinking.</p>
-
-<p>"Thank heaven!" he murmured in prayerful
-gratitude.</p>
-
-<p>Dick now was free to make fast the strong
-box and hoist it away. Taking a short length
-of chain from his belt he trussed up the box
-securely, affixed one of his cables and gave the
-signal to raise away. Up went the chest
-over his head, and then he gathered the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span>
-abandoned tools that Weddigen had left
-behind him, strapping them to his sides.</p>
-
-<p>"Now for the <i>Nemo</i> and the story of Mr.
-Carl Weddigen and his despicable infamy
-before he makes a getaway."</p>
-
-<p>Presently Dick was back again on the deck
-of the <i>Nemo</i>, still fresh in body and spirit
-and none the worse for his rather long stay
-on the sea bottom.</p>
-
-<p>So impatient was the lad to be released from
-his diving armor that he could scarce contain
-himself. Glancing through the eye ports of
-his helmet he noted that Weddigen was being
-relieved of his armor, and that he was scowling
-fiercely at those who were assisting him.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin and Jay Thacker were
-standing close by Dick, waiting only his
-release to congratulate him on the recovery
-of the government formulas and charts from
-the sunken U-boat. They had no idea as yet,
-of course, as to how they had been reclaimed,
-for Weddigen had given them no tangible
-story. Instead he had proved evasive.</p>
-
-<p>"Good work, boy," Dick heard Captain
-Austin say, as his helmet was lifted. A
-proffered hand was extended him.</p>
-
-<p>"Gee, chum, I sure am proud of you," Jay
-was smiling&mdash;all smiles.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>But not so Dick. Anger blazed in his eyes
-and he emerged from his diving accoutrements
-with something like the ferocity of a beast of
-prey released from its trap.</p>
-
-<p>While the captain of the <i>Nemo</i> and Diver
-Thacker looked on dumbfounded Dick fairly
-leaped across the deck in the direction of
-Weddigen and shook a fist under that diver's
-nose.</p>
-
-<p>"You dirty dog of a traitor; don't think
-you will get away with it this time."</p>
-
-<p>Weddigen recoiled under the fury of the
-verbal attack, his own teeth showing like a
-whipped cur that has been backed in a corner
-by a giant mastiff.</p>
-
-<p>Instantly there was a great hubbub on
-deck, members of the crew jostling about
-just as a crowd collects on a public thoroughfare
-at the least sign of a commotion. It was
-not the first time that Diver Weddigen was
-thus confronted by one of the Brighton boys.
-Sailors of the <i>Nemo</i> recalled on the instant
-the scene after the recovery of the diamonds
-from the <i>Dominion</i>.</p>
-
-<p>"You are a spy in the service of the German
-secret service and a cowardly villain to
-the very core of your heart."</p>
-
-<p>Dick Monaghan was fairly railing at the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span>
-cowering diver. By now Captain Austin had
-edged up closer with Jay Thacker right at his
-heels.</p>
-
-<p>"Captain Austin, this man Weddigen recovered
-that chest of government plans from the
-U-boat; but he was trying to get rid of them
-again. He knew that Jay Thacker and I
-would stay here as long as you would let us
-in an attempt to reclaim them, and that in
-the event of our failure to salvage them the
-U. S. Navy would have persisted until it had
-gotten them back again. And so he tried to
-do away with them when he realized that it
-was impossible now ever to get these plans
-out of this country."</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin stepped away aghast with
-rage.</p>
-
-<p>"What! Do you mean&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
-
-<p>Like a human machine gun Dick rattled off
-the story of what had happened on the floor
-of the ocean; how he had come upon Weddigen
-tugging away at the chest; how he had stood
-watch while the diver made ready to bury the
-precious documents, and how he had intervened
-just in the nick of time.</p>
-
-<p>Through the whole recital Weddigen cringed
-like an animal afraid. His face was ghastly
-white, but with it all he endeavored to keep<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span>
-quiet and self-possessed, ready to take advantage
-of any opening.</p>
-
-<p>"I've suspected him from the very beginning,"
-Dick was saying. "The first day you
-broached this proposition to us, Mr. Thacker
-found him spying at the keyhole of your office.
-Only yesterday, when Mr. Thacker was telling
-you how he planned to get into the U-boat,
-this chap Weddigen bobbed up unexpectedly."</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin was nodding in a knowing
-way.</p>
-
-<p>At this juncture some one else took a hand
-in the proceedings. Jay Thacker stepped
-forward.</p>
-
-<p>"Captain Austin, I'm neither a quitter nor
-a squealer," he began. Just for a moment he
-paused, and then resumed.</p>
-
-<p>"You recall the scene on the day that we
-came back with the diamonds from the
-<i>Dominion</i>&mdash;or rather, when Weddigen came
-back with the diamonds. Weddigen was
-accused by Larry Seymour of having stolen
-some of the glittering gems and secreted them
-in a slit pocket in the side of his diving suit.
-Weddigen explained that the chest had come
-open and that he had slipped some of the
-jewels into his pocket only when they were
-in danger of being lost."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>The captain of the <i>Nemo</i> remembered it all.</p>
-
-<p>"Very well, captain, I had intended always
-to keep silent," continued Jay. "You seemed
-satisfied to take his word for it; and I did
-not feel like speaking out for fear you and some
-of the fellows would think I was only jealous
-because Weddigen had gotten the diamonds
-and I had not. But now I'm going to speak
-out and tell the truth."</p>
-
-<p>Jay looked full into the face of Weddigen,
-fearlessly and intently. In return he was met
-with a bitter look of scorn.</p>
-
-<p>Pointing his finger directly at the big diver,
-Jay said:</p>
-
-<p>"Weddigen stole those diamonds. By the
-light of his own flash I saw him break open
-the chest in the captain's cabin of the <i>Dominion</i>
-and transfer some of those sparklers
-to his pockets. As God is my judge, I saw
-this man take those diamonds."</p>
-
-<p>The hubbub increased. The crew of the
-<i>Nemo</i> seemed about to leap on the accused
-diver.</p>
-
-<p>"Since he didn't get away with the theft
-because of the alertness of Seymour," Jay
-continued, "I decided to let the matter go by.
-But now that he's been caught again, and this
-time in a dastardly effort against the country<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span>
-that we all love, I'm telling the whole story.
-He's a thief and a traitor, and Dick Monaghan
-and I have the goods on him."</p>
-
-<p>Jay's dramatic climax in high-pitched voice
-with an extended hand that shook with rage
-aroused the crew of the <i>Nemo</i> to a wild frenzy
-of rage. With one accord they moved toward
-the indicted diver. A traitor to the United
-States! More yet, an emissary of the vaunted
-German secret service working right in their
-very midst!</p>
-
-<p>"String him up! Give him his due! Kill
-him!" the cries were intermingled with the
-hoarse guttural exclamations of the <i>Nemo's</i>
-crew. They were minded on the moment to
-mete out justice themselves&mdash;the mob-rule
-spirit when it has been whetted to white heat
-passion.</p>
-
-<p>In this trying situation, Captain Austin,
-exponent of law and order, took a hand.
-Enraged as he was at the revelations concerning
-Weddigen, he was determined there should
-be no informal lynching party aboard his craft.
-Better to make a prisoner of the man and
-turn him over to the United States Government
-for a trial that would bring out interesting
-information and certainly result in
-punishment of a fitting nature being visited
-upon this miserable spy.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Whipping out his revolver the captain
-advanced through the crowd to the side of
-the dismayed diver.</p>
-
-<p>"He's my prisoner, boys; I'll just lock him
-up and take him back to Bridgeford with us,
-where we'll turn him over to Uncle Sam."</p>
-
-<p>As for Dick and Jay, they were thinking
-not so much of the fate of the discomfited
-diver, but of the precious government plans
-and formulas that had been saved from falling
-into the hands of foreign and unfriendly
-powers! Weddigen had overheard and knew
-all the time!</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER XII
-<span class="ch">Introducing the "Jules Verne"</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">"ALL out for the <i>Jules Verne</i>!"</p>
-
-<p>A familiar voice sounded in the
-ears of Dick Monaghan as he
-swung up through the big shipyard at Bridgeford
-bound for the office of Superintendent
-Brown in the hope that he would find Captain
-Austin and his own chum, Jay Thacker, and
-learn from them some interesting news concerning
-the next move to be made in the
-game of deep-sea salvage.</p>
-
-<p>"All out for the <i>Jules Verne</i>!" It was a
-familiar phrase to every Brighton student.
-At the academy, it was always "all out"
-when the boys quit their books at night for a
-romp in the corridors before "lights out."</p>
-
-<p>"All out yourself, old chappie," retorted
-Dick. "And what's the good news this
-morning?"</p>
-
-<p>"The good news is that the <i>Jules Verne</i> is
-ready for her maiden trip out into Long Island
-Sound, and we are bound thither, old boy,
-by the light of this afternoon's sun."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Dick was pleased. They had been back
-nearly two weeks now from Cape May and
-the recovery of government plans from the
-lost U-boat. There had been some tedious
-delay in fitting out the new salvage ship with
-its finishing touches, and the inactivity had
-tried the mettle of the two lads.</p>
-
-<p>Eagerly they set their steps toward the
-offices of "Montey" Brown, the yard superintendent,
-intent upon procuring further and
-definite information. On the way they were
-accosted by "Laughing Larry" Seymour&mdash;"the
-original optimist" the boys had labeled
-him.</p>
-
-<p>"Look who's here!" chortled Jay as Larry
-came swinging along.</p>
-
-<p>For once the volatile Seymour was repressed.</p>
-
-<p>"Heard the news yet today?" Larry was
-all earnestness.</p>
-
-<p>"Sure, we know all about the <i>Jules Verne</i>&mdash;"
-Jay was in excellent spirits and not to be
-daunted by the changed demeanor of the
-usually debonair Seymour.</p>
-
-<p>"Naw, I don't mean the <i>Jules Verne</i>! I
-mean this."</p>
-
-<p>Larry snatched a newspaper from his pocket
-and was pointing to a glaring front page
-headline.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Spy Suspect Escapes Receiving Ship
-<i>Exeter's</i> Brig at Charlestown Navy Yard in
-Boston&mdash;Carl Weddigen, Believed to be German
-Secret Service Emissary, Makes Getaway
-on Eve of Trial."</p>
-
-<p>It was a copy of the Providence <i>Journal</i>
-that had come into Bridgeford by the morning
-mail. Seymour was ready to "blow up"
-with indignation.</p>
-
-<p>"What do you know about that!" he was
-groaning.</p>
-
-<p>Jay and Dick, their faces buried in the
-outspread sheet, read every detail of the news
-item. How their erstwhile shipmate, Carl
-Weddigen, he of the diamond-theft fame
-and the U-boat plot, had slipped his chains
-at Boston, dropped over the side of the <i>Exeter</i>
-and successfully made his getaway. Within
-a few days he was to have been haled before
-a Naval Board of Inquiry; and both Jay and
-Dick were to have appeared as witnesses in
-the case.</p>
-
-<p>"Out of luck!" expostulated Jay. "Just
-after we round up that bird&mdash;then they let
-him slip away. Fine state of affairs."</p>
-
-<p>Weddigen was soon forgotten in the plans
-for going aboard the <i>Jules Verne</i> and testing
-her out on the initial voyage. Captain Austin,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span>
-meeting the three lads near the drydock, told
-them they should report for duty at seven
-o'clock the next morning. Jay had heard
-that they would go out that same afternoon;
-but now their chief executive told them it
-would be morning before they would get their
-first peek at the new salvage ship.</p>
-
-<p>The hours dragged slowly, so impatient
-were the youths to see the <i>Jules Verne</i> at last.
-They had heard so much about her and
-speculated so much on the kind of ship that
-it might be and how it would operate. Even
-carefree Larry Seymour, not much given
-to the serious side of life, avowed for once all
-this secrecy had "got his goat."</p>
-
-<p>"Must be something wonderful's all I can
-say," he laughed with a toss of the head.</p>
-
-<p>"And tomorrow we're to find out all about
-it," Jay could hardly wait.</p>
-
-<p>Morning found the three youths on hand
-early. Fismes, the war dog, accompanied
-them to the yard. Jay had wanted to take
-the pet along on the <i>Nemo</i> as a mascot, but
-it had been decided there was no space on the
-under-water craft for a dog. Now it might
-be different; for the <i>Jules Verne</i> was a surface
-cruising craft from which under-water operations
-were conducted&mdash;that much the boys
-had wormed out of Captain Austin.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Cap" himself was waiting to greet the
-lads and escort them aboard the <i>Jules Verne</i>.</p>
-
-<p>"Ho! Ho! what have we here?" interposed
-Captain Austin as he wheeled to look the dog
-over.</p>
-
-<p>"Some tramp dog that followed you fellows
-in?"</p>
-
-<p>Jay was quick to tell the story of the famous
-dog of war, and to introduce Fismes formally
-to the Bridgeford Yard official.</p>
-
-<p>"Good enough, old boy," was Cap's greeting
-as he took the extended paw of the dog.</p>
-
-<p>"And now you shall come right aboard
-the <i>Jules Verne</i> with us. We need a mascot
-for this new ship. I know of none better,
-and forthwith propose you as a member of
-the crew. What do you say, boys?"</p>
-
-<p>Jay and Dick, who shared the pet between
-them, heartily agreed, and Jay told how he
-had really wanted to take Fismes along on
-the <i>Nemo</i>, but had desisted, knowing there
-would not be room.</p>
-
-<p>"But there's plenty of room on the <i>Jules
-Verne</i>. Come along, fellows; let's be on our
-way." So saying, the four deep-sea navigators
-set out for the new craft, closely pursued
-by a shaggy brown dog, who, stiff and
-proud, walked like an animal all conceited
-over new honors heaped upon him.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Here she is all ready for us," announced
-Captain Austin as they came at last in sight
-of the <i>Jules Verne</i>.</p>
-
-<p>Both Brighton lads stopped short in their
-tracks. They had expected to see something
-pretentious. Instead, here was anchored a
-flat wide-beamed vessel that at first glance
-looked for all the world like a car-float with
-the superstructure of a ferry boat. It might
-have been a houseboat at one time in its
-career.</p>
-
-<p>But what particularly struck the fancy of
-the boys was a strange ram-like nose that
-projected straight out from the bow of this
-odd-looking craft. At this distance it looked
-like a series of huge steel cistern sections
-linked together after the fashion of a long
-sewer system. For approximately a hundred
-feet this cylindrical projection extended out
-from the bow of the <i>Jules Verne</i>. Less than
-a third of it was exposed to view, the remainder
-being under water. At the end it terminated
-in a queer flatiron-shaped turret
-something like eight or ten feet across at the
-back and tapering forward to a thin prow of
-inches.</p>
-
-<p>Truly this was a strange looking outfit!
-Never in all their maritime experience had
-the boys seen anything like it.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"You sure have one on me," faltered Dick
-as he surveyed the craft.</p>
-
-<p>Jay was shaking his head too. "Might be
-the houseboat on the Styx so far as my store
-of knowledge is concerned."</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin turned to Larry Seymour.
-"What do you think of her?"</p>
-
-<p>"Nix for me, Captain; you have me buffaloed,"
-was all Larry could hazard.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin laughed aloud.</p>
-
-<p>"I thought you chaps would be surprised.
-Well, now let's see. The <i>Jules Verne</i> is the
-mother ship"&mdash;he pointed out the "houseboat"
-that had first caught the eyes of the
-boys. "She is nothing more than an old Fall
-River liner that we bought in and converted
-into our own uses. She is simply the base
-of operations. We live on the <i>Jules Verne</i>.
-She takes us wherever we want to go and
-she is entirely seaworthy, I assure you.</p>
-
-<p>"Now, look at the access tube." The
-captain was pointing now to the long cylindrical
-tube that led away forward from the
-bow of the <i>Jules Verne</i>. "That is the way
-we get into the <i>Nautilus</i>. Oh, yes, the
-<i>Nautilus</i> is really the big secret of our plan.
-It is the small diving compartment that sets
-out there in the water."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"You mean the flatiron-shaped section
-nearly awash?" queried Dick.</p>
-
-<p>"Exactly," replied the captain. "Call it a
-diving bell if you will. What we have here is
-two distinct vessels connected by a long
-passageway. 'The Subway' as Superintendent
-Brown calls it. First we go aboard the
-<i>Jules Verne</i>. Then we find the lost ship on
-the bottom of the sea that we want to work
-on. When we are ready we lower the access
-tube and the <i>Nautilus</i> right over the wreck.
-Down goes the tube. Down we climb just
-like walking down an enclosed ladder.
-Through the air-lock&mdash;and there we are in
-the <i>Nautilus</i>! Don't you get it?"</p>
-
-<p>Jay and Dick nodded understandingly.</p>
-
-<p>"Tell us more about the <i>Nautilus</i>," asked
-Dick inquisitively.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, the <i>Nautilus</i> is nothing more or less
-than a submarine diving chamber," explained
-Austin. "It is set on the end of the access
-tube by means of a huge differential that
-enables it to work back and forth like a flexible
-hinge. Under the <i>Nautilus</i> and under
-the access tube are ballast tanks. You boys
-who have been in the submarine and the
-diving business in the Navy know how easily
-that works. We raise or lower the diving<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span>
-compartment simply by 'trimming,' or blowing
-the tanks. In case the ballast apparatus
-gets out of commission, we have the <i>Nautilus</i>
-suspended on cables. They will bring her up
-again if she gets stuck down there."</p>
-
-<p>"Oh, I commence to see it now," interrupted
-Jay. "The mother boat, or <i>Jules Verne</i>, is
-like your shoulder. The access tube through
-which you effect an entrance into the <i>Nautilus</i>
-is like your arm. The <i>Nautilus</i> is like your
-hand. You raise or lower at will, and you
-can put the <i>Nautilus</i> down in the water at a
-distance equal to the length of the access tube,
-or arm. Isn't that it?"</p>
-
-<p>"Exactly, my boy," countered "Cap"
-Austin. "And can't you see the advantages of
-such an equipment? Heretofore, we have had
-to send you divers down to go groping around
-over the bottom of the sea after we found
-our quarry. You had to prod and dig and
-scratch around to find out the condition of
-the lost ship, how best she was to be entered,
-and all that. And by that time, you were
-pretty well played out and had to stop until
-you got in good trim again."</p>
-
-<p>"To say nothing of the tides and the storms
-that kept pulling us away from our work,"
-added Dick.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Right you are," continued the captain.
-"But now all that is done away with. When
-we come to a wreck now we lower the <i>Nautilus</i>;
-you chaps go down with us and from the
-ports of the <i>Nautilus</i> we inspect the wreck
-without one of you having to step a foot on
-the bottom of the sea. When we have looked
-her over carefully and are all ready to get
-down to work, then we can let you out the
-bottom of the <i>Nautilus</i>, instead of sending
-you over the sides of the <i>Jules Verne</i>. What
-do you think of that? Think of it! You are
-already down in the sea a hundred feet or
-more. You are not only conserving your
-strength, but you are much safer than when
-out in diving armor floundering around in
-quest of your prey."</p>
-
-<p>"What is the <i>Nautilus</i> like inside, and how
-does she operate?" Dick, mechanically inclined,
-was eager to solve the whole of this riddle.</p>
-
-<p>"You shall know intimately for yourselves
-within a very short time," answered his captain.
-"We are going right aboard now, and
-as soon as Superintendent "Montey" Brown
-and a number of officials higher up come
-along we are going to cast off and go out in
-the Sound to make our first practical tests."</p>
-
-<p>That was good news to the Brighton boys<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span>
-and Larry Seymour. Headed by Captain
-Austin and followed by their good friend
-Fismes, they crossed the gangplank and
-stepped on the deck of the <i>Jules Verne</i>.</p>
-
-<p>"Not made for grace or beauty, but a very
-practical old craft," remarked "Cap" as he
-led the way forward. The new recruits were
-anxious to learn all about the new diving
-operations as quickly as possible.</p>
-
-<p>In a few minutes the rest of the party came
-aboard and the <i>Jules Verne</i> slipped out into
-Long Island Sound&mdash;ready for business!</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER XIII
-<span class="ch">Diving De Luxe</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">"ALL right, boys; now for the <i>Nautilus</i>."</p>
-
-<p>It was the voice of Captain
-Austin, hailing the Brighton boys and their
-chum Larry Seymour. The three youths,
-with Fismes at their backs, had been sitting
-on a forward promenade as the <i>Jules Verne</i>
-worked her way through the shipping that
-lined the Bridgeford harbor entrance. By
-now the new diving ship had escaped the
-confines of the harbor and was out part way
-between the dimly distant shores of Long
-Island and the state of Connecticut. Occasionally
-a train on the New Haven flitted
-along the far shore line. A passenger steamship
-from New York to Boston via the Sound
-had but passed.</p>
-
-<p>"Here's where you get your first peep at
-the <i>Nautilus</i>," said Captain Austin, as the
-boys climbed down the companionway to the
-main deck. Superintendent Brown nodded
-to the three youths and then in turn introduced<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span>
-them to a party of gentlemen composed
-of officials of the Bridgeford Company and
-others who had been interested in the formation
-of a syndicate to back the new diving
-ventures. Members of the party had heard
-of the boys' war record, and also of their
-work on the <i>Dominion</i>, and on the U-boat
-off Cape May. The lads found themselves
-the objects of much attention.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin confided the information
-that this first trip of the <i>Jules Verne</i> was to
-acquaint all hands around with the operation
-of the apparatus. In other words, it was to
-be a demonstration that would point out the
-feasibilities and practical virtues of the new
-plan. He told them that his company still
-held the assignment for the recovery of the
-gold from the old <i>Dominion</i>, but reclaiming
-the gold bullion was a man-size job and they
-had decided to use the <i>Jules Verne</i> for it if
-the practical tests turned out satisfactorily.</p>
-
-<p>"You boys come along now," sang out
-Captain Austin as he climbed into a huge
-hatch standing above deck and lowered away
-into the depths below. Without further
-ceremony the boys followed suit, Jay going
-first, followed by Dick and Larry. Fismes
-had to stay behind, but barked furiously to
-manifest his displeasure at being deserted.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Lowering away from handrail to handrail
-down the wide hatch, "Cap" Austin arrived
-finally at the bottom of the opening, closely
-pursued by the others.</p>
-
-<p>"Low bridge now, fellows," he cautioned.</p>
-
-<p>And low bridge it was as the party entered
-the access tube. Like an oblique ladder
-leading downward the tube stretched away
-into the sea. The steel piping was less than
-four feet in diameter, and the only way to
-negotiate it was to duck down almost on all
-fours and make your way along laboriously
-like a telephone repairman in a conduit.
-Electric lights were stationed at intervals
-along the way to light up the submarine tunnel.</p>
-
-<p>"Keep your head down, Fritzie boy, or
-you'll get an awful bump on the cranium,"
-cautioned the ship's captain.</p>
-
-<p>"Now we are going into the air-lock
-chamber, boys," he told them. "We are
-down below the surface of the Sound something
-like eighty-five feet. When we get on
-the deck of the <i>Nautilus</i> we will be down an
-even hundred feet. Follow me right through."</p>
-
-<p>In response to the captain's tapping on a
-huge port immediately to his right it had
-swung open like the fire door of a huge locomotive.
-There, in the encircling frame, was
-the face of Superintendent Brown.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Welcome, boys. 'Will you step into my
-parlor?' said the spider to the fly."</p>
-
-<p>The yard official was all smiles as he
-greeted the boys.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin set his foot through the
-aperture and crawled through into the adjoining
-chamber alongside the superintendent.
-The boys followed suit as rapidly as they
-could.</p>
-
-<p>They found themselves now in a narrow
-little prison not more than four feet high, six
-or seven feet long, and about two feet wide.
-With difficulty the five men distributed themselves
-in the place. Crouched closely together,
-shoulders touching each other, they filled the
-whole compartment like so many sardines in
-a can.</p>
-
-<p>"This is the air-lock chamber, boys,"
-announced Superintendent Brown. "From
-your submarine experience to date you can
-easily understand the function of this chamber.
-We have just stepped in here from the access
-tube where there maintains the air pressure
-of the surface. We want to go from here
-into the <i>Nautilus</i>, where we can roll back
-the open hatch from the bottom of the craft
-and gaze upon the very sea itself held in
-abeyance. How would you go about it, Mr.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span>
-Monaghan?" asked the superintendent, knowing
-of Dick's predilection for mechanical
-problems and his desire to pursue his education
-through college.</p>
-
-<p>Just for an instant Dick hesitated, and
-then answered: "I should say you would
-have to equalize the air pressure, sir."</p>
-
-<p>"And you are right," answered the Bridgeford
-official. "That is exactly what we have
-to do here. It is out of the question to go
-directly from the pressure of the surface to a
-pressure of one hundred feet below the surface.
-We simply come into this air chamber,
-shut ourselves off completely from the world
-above us, and then step ourselves up to the
-required air pressure for one hundred feet."</p>
-
-<p>So saying, the superintendent slammed shut
-the door of the port through which the party
-had entered the air-lock from the access tube,
-and made it doubly secure with a stout pin
-that slid into place behind a reinforcing bar.</p>
-
-<p>"Now to let some more air into the
-chamber."</p>
-
-<p>Immediately an air-cock was opened and
-with a hissing sound a great volume of compressed
-air came into the little chamber so
-tightly filled with humanity. Wsh-h-h-h-h!
-it resounded through the narrow space like<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span>
-the blow-off of a mighty steam exhaust. Just
-for a few seconds, and then it was turned off.
-Even though he had experienced divers aboard
-who were accustomed to working in high
-pressures below water, Superintendent Brown
-was taking no chances. It was always best
-to go slow, because with every foot of submergence
-there is an increase of air pressure
-upon every square inch of the body's surface
-of no less than .43 of a pound.</p>
-
-<p>At a depth of 100 feet under the sea the
-total pressure would be approximately 45
-additional pounds pressure against every
-square inch of the body. With the average
-human body representing a surface of about
-2160 square inches, that meant that at a
-depth of 100 feet a dead weight of more than
-97,000 pounds would be pressing against the
-body of each of them. Under such circumstances
-the blood is forced away from the
-surface of the body. The veins become thin,
-while the deep-lying arteries are overworked.</p>
-
-<p>It was a matter of but a short time until,
-consulting the pressure gauge, the superintendent
-found that he had admitted a sufficient
-amount of compressed air to equalize the
-difference between the surface and the one-hundred-foot
-submarine level.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Now into the <i>Nautilus</i>!" As he said this,
-"Montey" opened the huge port leading into
-the diving chamber and stepped through.
-He was closely followed by the remainder of
-the party in single file, and presently they
-had emerged in the compartment or working
-chamber. Two or three men could work in
-it comfortably; five filled it too completely.
-There was just room for the quintet to stand
-about easily without bumping each other.</p>
-
-<p>Electric lights made the chamber as
-light as a Broadway office building in the
-evening. An electric fan buzzed in one corner
-to keep the air on the move. A telephone
-hung on the wall just to the left of Superintendent
-Brown's head. Just at that moment
-it tinkled merrily. The official took down the
-receiver.</p>
-
-<p>"Hello, hello. Yes, this is Brown. Yes,
-we are all fine and dandy. Yep. We are
-ready. Go ahead now."</p>
-
-<p>The superintendent turned from the telephone.</p>
-
-<p>"They are going to move us ahead slowly
-in the water now. All hands stand by.
-Maybe we may run into something."</p>
-
-<p>Just then a slight jarring motion indicated
-that the mother ship, the <i>Jules Verne</i>, had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span>
-gotten under way, and was steering the tiny
-<i>Nautilus</i> ahead of her through the waters of
-the Sound.</p>
-
-<p>"Now you get the advantage of this system,
-boys," the superintendent was saying.
-"Here you are much safer and much more
-comfortable than if you were out there on
-the bottom floundering around in diving
-armor. You can just stand here at ease,
-breathing normally, with plenty of fresh
-oxygen pouring down from above, and with
-no unfavorable symptoms of any kind."</p>
-
-<p>To impress this point, the superintendent
-switched on an air-cock to emphasize the
-point that the <i>Nautilus</i> was completely in
-touch with the mother ship up at the other
-end of the hundred-foot access tube.</p>
-
-<p>"Look here, boys!" Captain Austin,
-standing by one of the huge ports that dotted
-the face of the <i>Nautilus</i> on either side of the
-prow, beckoned them to look out. Through
-the misty green of the water their eyes could
-carry quite a distance with the aid of the
-bright sunlight above. Certainly it was light
-enough so that in the event of any lost ship
-being encountered it could be seen in plenty
-of time.</p>
-
-<p>Through the floor of the <i>Nautilus</i> the green<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span>
-of the sea showed all around. The water
-raced along under the glass of the aquascope
-as the <i>Nautilus</i> was pushed steadily ahead.
-Virtually the whole floor of the diving bell
-was framed in a trap that could be raised and
-lowered at will; and, from their own knowledge
-of submarine affairs, the Brighton boys
-knew that with the air pressure within the
-<i>Nautilus</i> equal to that of the water itself at a
-depth of one hundred feet, this flooring could
-be rolled back, and still the water would not
-come into the <i>Nautilus</i>!</p>
-
-<p>"I know just what you are thinking about,"
-laughed the superintendent, as he caught a
-glimpse of Jay and Dick surveying the transparent
-flooring of the <i>Nautilus</i>. "You are
-thinking what a wonderful thing it is that
-we can open the bottom of a craft submerged
-one hundred feet down, and yet no water
-pour in upon us. And it truly is a wonderful
-thing. Just like the Lord opened the Red
-Sea and enabled the children of Israel to get
-across and outwit their pursuers."</p>
-
-<p>Larry Seymour, to whom the experience
-was all new, was losing no part of the proceedings.</p>
-
-<p>"But what if your air pump went on the
-bum about the time you opened up that
-flooring?" he questioned.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"If the air pump failed, it would not affect
-the water, but would cut off our breathing
-supply," answered the official.</p>
-
-<p>"How long could we last down here?"</p>
-
-<p>"Oh, two or three of us working alone
-could stand it for some hours without any
-relief."</p>
-
-<p>"Suppose some one opened the breech
-caps leading out into the access tube while
-the aquascope was up?"</p>
-
-<p>"Wow-wow! In would come Mr. Ocean,
-and I guess it would be all day for the chaps
-who would be caught down here."</p>
-
-<p>"Here you are, boys; see the whole panorama
-of the sea bottom unfolded before you,"
-remarked the superintendent as he directed
-attention downward through the aquascope.
-The lads looked in turn and saw the sea-bottom
-plainly revealed, with all its sandy
-bottom and its jagged contour of shells and
-marine life. The floor of the <i>Nautilus</i> was,
-in fact, so close to the bottom that it was
-almost touching. Brown at once gave the
-signal to the engine room of the mother ship
-that stopped the <i>Nautilus</i>. With another
-flip of the air pressure he raised the flooring
-of the chamber and there lay the limpid
-waters of the Sound, held in check completely<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span>
-even at this depth by the pressure of air
-within the chamber!</p>
-
-<p>"By Jove! You just stopped in time,"
-exclaimed Captain Austin as he turned from
-one of the forward ports.</p>
-
-<p>"What do you mean, Captain?" asked
-Superintendent Brown.</p>
-
-<p>"Look here," replied "Cap," indicating the
-port and motioning the fleet superintendent
-to look out into the green haze of water.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER XIV
-<span class="ch">An Unexpected Find</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">CLOSING the aquascope of the <i>Nautilus</i>
-with a quick turn of the air
-control, Superintendent Brown stepped
-lightly across the diving compartment of
-the new salvage ship to the side of the fleet
-captain.</p>
-
-<p>"What's up, Cap?" he inquired casually.</p>
-
-<p>Austin was peering intently straight ahead
-through the water. The <i>Nautilus</i> was moving
-slowly to and fro with the rise and fall of the
-tide, but her progress forward through the
-water had been checked by a signal to the
-engine room of the mother ship, the <i>Jules
-Verne</i>.</p>
-
-<p>"Looks like we had accidentally run upon
-a wreck our first day out." Captain Austin
-had his gaze firmly directed upon the outlines
-of some object near at hand, the character
-of which he was not at all able to make
-out as yet. Perhaps it was just a shifting
-sand formation; or possibly an apparition<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span>
-in the water due to the passage of the sun
-behind clouds, or a school of fish in the bay.</p>
-
-<p>Superintendent Brown took up his station
-at another port just to the left of the captain.
-His eyes by now, directed by Brown, rested
-on the identical object that had first claimed
-the attention of the captain.</p>
-
-<p>"Blamed if I don't think you are right,
-Austin," remarked the superintendent after
-a bit.</p>
-
-<p>He suggested that the <i>Nautilus</i> be moved
-forward slightly in order that the two might
-get a more comprehensive view of the "phantom
-ship" that had loomed out of the mist
-like some specter of the deep that Jules Verne
-himself had conjured in "Twenty Thousand
-Leagues Under the Sea."</p>
-
-<p>Cap Austin fell in with the idea, and at
-once took down the telephone connecting
-with the <i>Jules Verne</i>.</p>
-
-<p>"Move us forward until I give you one
-bell and then stop right on the trigger," was
-the order to the engine room of the mother
-ship. Instantly the <i>Nautilus</i> was propelled
-forward through the water. At the ports
-stood the two officials straining their eyes
-intently.</p>
-
-<p>Jay and Dick stood conversing in low tones,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[161]</a></span>
-while Larry kept up his inspection of the
-diving chamber. This was a new experience
-for him and he was distinctly not at home.</p>
-
-<p>"Looks like it is a small craft of some
-kind ... might be a destroyer ... perhaps
-a fishing boat ... no, it's bigger and of a
-different design ... well heeled over to port
-... close enough."</p>
-
-<p>Fragments of the conversation between
-Cap Austin and the yard superintendent
-floated back to the ears of the Brighton boys.
-They were as interested as their elders in
-the proceedings. What an extraordinary
-thing if on this first trip of the <i>Jules Verne</i>
-and the <i>Nautilus</i> a lost ship should be found!</p>
-
-<p>"Don't you think we had better stop now
-and drift up a bit with the tide?" the superintendent
-was asking.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin thought it better to go
-just a little closer. Ten or fifteen seconds
-passed when he leaped forward suddenly
-and rang the bell for the engines to be stopped
-immediately. Quietly and with scarcely a
-tremor the <i>Nautilus</i> glided to a standstill
-in the deep. The locomotion of the craft
-surely was perfect.</p>
-
-<p>"Navy craft of some kind," ejaculated
-the superintendent after a brief pause. During<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[162]</a></span>
-the interim he had been studying the
-object now close at hand.</p>
-
-<p>"I can see old battleship gray paint first
-of all," he added.</p>
-
-<p>A naval craft! For the moment Captain
-Austin was nonplussed. Surely no one knew
-Long Island Sound better than he; and he
-had no recollection on the moment of any
-naval craft having been sunk there for some
-years. True, during the war, there had been
-naval maneuvers of all kinds in the Sound,
-particularly of the lighter draught vessels
-stationed at various points from the Brooklyn
-Navy Yard up to Rock Island, Maine.
-But none&mdash;&mdash;And then it dawned on his mind:
-A sub-chaser&mdash;the E-70. Sure enough, such
-a craft had been accidentally rammed one
-day by one of the new Lake submarines just
-off the ways. Although valiant efforts had
-been made to save the craft after she had
-been rammed, all the work had been in vain.
-Down she had gone in many fathoms of
-water.</p>
-
-<p>"I have it. It's the E-70 that went down
-last August," exclaimed the captain as he
-turned to the superintendent.</p>
-
-<p>"Montey" listened while "Cap" Austin
-unfolded the whole story of the disaster that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[163]</a></span>
-had wiped a ship from the roster of the U. S.
-Navy.</p>
-
-<p>"Suppose we make sure of our identification
-then, particularly since we have been so
-fortunate as to run upon a derelict our very
-first trip out," suggested the superintendent.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin agreed that it would be the
-ideal thing to thoroughly test out the <i>Jules
-Verne</i> and the <i>Nautilus</i> with a minute inspection
-of the find that fate had so coincidentally
-thrown in their way.</p>
-
-<p>Accordingly they jockeyed the <i>Nautilus</i>
-to and fro through the water until they had
-found the bow of the submarine chaser.
-Jay and Dick had been reminded by their
-captain to keep their eyes open and take in
-every detail of the operation of the new diving
-craft.</p>
-
-<p>"It will be only a matter of a very few days
-at the most until you chaps will be down
-here as workmen instead of guests, and you
-might as well get acquainted with the new
-boat and learn everything about her you
-can," the executive had told them.</p>
-
-<p>Needless to say, they were more than
-taking it all in; they were acclimating themselves
-to the very best of their versatile
-natures. It was marvelous how well the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[164]</a></span>
-craft could be handled. The telephone
-kept them constantly in touch with the
-mother ship. In case they wanted to stop
-or start suddenly, it was not necessary to
-wait for the telephone. An electric buzzer
-rung in accordance with a pre-arranged code
-of signals told the engineer just what to do.</p>
-
-<p>By now the aquascope, or windowed floor,
-of the <i>Nautilus</i> was poised directly over the
-bow of the lost sub-chaser. By moving the
-chamber slightly to the left it was possible
-to lower away toward the bottom until the
-name of the lost craft might be noted from
-the ports of the <i>Nautilus</i>.</p>
-
-<p>"Drop her down gradually now and I'll
-keep a sharp lookout," said the superintendent,
-at the same time directing Dick to take
-his position at the other port and likewise
-to pay all attention toward finding the telltale
-mark of the supposed submarine chaser,
-E-70, on the starboard side of the bow.</p>
-
-<p>Jay remained by the side of Captain Austin.</p>
-
-<p>"This is one thing you want to learn well
-in advance and to keep constantly in mind,"
-the ship's executive cautioned as he signaled
-the <i>Jules Verne</i> to swing the <i>Nautilus</i> lower
-in the water.</p>
-
-<p>What the captain had in mind was the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[165]</a></span>
-equalizing of pressures. Every time the
-<i>Nautilus</i> was lowered deeper in the water it
-was necessary to take a greater air pressure
-into the big diving chamber before the
-aquascope could be raised. The depth always
-showed on the depth-dial. Also the amount
-of air in the chamber was registered by a
-clock-like gauge. In a crevice on the steel
-wall hung a small framed schedule under
-glass showing the air pressure necessary to
-suit varying depths. As yet the process
-had not been made automatic. The engineer
-had to keep this whole proposition constantly
-in mind.</p>
-
-<p>"See anything yet, Montey?" the captain
-asked of the superintendent as the <i>Nautilus</i>
-dropped slowly away into the depths.</p>
-
-<p>Nothing by way of identification was yet
-discernible, even though the superintendent
-had turned on the powerful submarine searchlights
-with which the <i>Nautilus</i> was equipped,
-and, with the assistance of Jay, was sweeping
-the sides of the derelict.</p>
-
-<p>For several minutes they cast about in
-the water, when of a sudden Jay exclaimed
-eagerly:</p>
-
-<p>"Hold right there."</p>
-
-<p>Instantly Captain Austin checked the movement
-of the diving outfit.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[166]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"There! That looks like E-70 to me,"
-exclaimed Jay. The superintendent moved
-over beside him and as Jay withdrew from
-his port station peered out through the
-water.</p>
-
-<p>With the glaring light of the <i>Nautilus'</i>
-reflectors shining more dazzlingly at this close
-range than any extraneous natural light that
-filtered through from the sun, Superintendent
-Brown beheld the crude yet only partially
-obliterated legend: "E-70."</p>
-
-<p>"Fine and dandy!" he shouted. "It's
-proof positive. The craft out there is none
-other than the lost U. S. submarine chaser
-that was rammed last summer, as Captain
-Austin has told us. A fine feather in the
-cap of all of us. A find the first day out."</p>
-
-<p>The superintendent's enthusiasm was contagious.
-It spread to Larry Seymour like
-wildfire.</p>
-
-<p>"Three cheers for the <i>Nautilus</i> and the
-<i>Jules Verne</i>!" he cried in his excitement.</p>
-
-<p>Deep down under the water, all unseen
-by the world, these five submarine navigators
-rejoiced over the success of their
-venture. This, the first trip of the twin
-diving craft, had so far proved eminently
-satisfactory.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[167]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Boys, we have here the positive proof
-tangibly before our eyes," said Superintendent
-Brown. "But suppose, in order to convince
-our many friends upstairs on the deck of
-the <i>Jules Verne</i>" (he pointed laughingly up
-"The Subway" out of the <i>Nautilus</i>), "we
-take something of the E-70 along with us
-as a souvenir? What say?"</p>
-
-<p>Everybody nodded assent.</p>
-
-<p>"What will it be?" asked Captain Austin.</p>
-
-<p>"Oh, say a smokestack or one of her boilers,"
-snickered the superintendent, who had a
-rare good sense of humor for all occasions.</p>
-
-<p>"Suppose we take the whole blooming
-sub-chaser with us," shot back Austin, not
-to be outdone in the pleasantries.</p>
-
-<p>They resolved to go fishing for a souvenir
-of the E-70, and accordingly signaled the
-<i>Jules Verne</i> to be lifted in the water. So
-soon as the <i>Nautilus</i> had been raised level
-with the sloping deck of the submarine
-chaser he flashed again for a stop and then
-buzzed for a slow movement ahead. Unerringly
-the tiny diving chamber was pushed
-forward directly over the forward deck of
-the E-70. Through the aquascope at their
-feet the five men in the <i>Nautilus</i> could see
-the outlines of the lost craft silhouetted
-against the background of the sea bottom.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[168]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Now to go down slowly," mused the ship's
-captain. Gracefully as in an elevator in
-the Woolworth Tower the <i>Nautilus</i> was
-eased down until it was poised directly over
-the forward deck of the E-70 to starboard.</p>
-
-<p>"See anything you can get a hold of?"
-asked Captain Austin as he brought the
-<i>Nautilus</i> to a stop not more than five or ten
-feet from the submarine chaser.</p>
-
-<p>Everybody in the party, including the
-superintendent, was down on his knees peering
-through the aquascope.</p>
-
-<p>"Sure as a cat has kittens!" yelled Larry
-Seymour. "Slip me a knockout if I don't
-see one of that old busted bird's binnacle
-lamps still hanging there. See it!" He was
-pointing now and directing the others where
-to look.</p>
-
-<p>Soon they saw it. And no sooner was it
-spied than every last one of them resolved
-they would stay down here now until they
-had their souvenir. Forthwith Captain Austin
-signaled the <i>Jules Verne</i> again to be lowered.
-Three feet was all he wanted.</p>
-
-<p>And then the miracle again. One hundred
-feet down in the embrace of the ocean,
-bottled up in a diving chamber that stood
-directly over a shipwreck, suffering not,
-even though working in a high-pressure<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[169]</a></span>
-atmosphere, these five men saw the floor
-beneath them rolled away again and the water
-of the deep sea held completely in check,&mdash;an
-unseen hand of compressed air hurling
-it back as King Canute would have swept the
-ocean back from the strand!</p>
-
-<p>"Get it, Seymour," said Superintendent
-Brown, pointing to the binnacle lamp of
-the E-70. For there it was directly beneath
-the open aquascope of the <i>Nautilus</i>.</p>
-
-<p>And the debonair young Mr. Seymour,
-now quite at ease in the diving chamber
-that had been both a riddle and a nightmare
-to him when he came below for the first
-time, nonchalantly sat down on the floor of
-the <i>Nautilus</i> and thrust his legs out into
-the sea. With no more effort than though
-he were hauling out a huge sea carp, he
-leaned down and tore from its rusted fastenings
-the binnacle lamp of the E-70. Willing
-hands reached to assist him lift it into the
-<i>Nautilus</i>; but Larry was more than equal
-to the occasion.</p>
-
-<p>"There it is&mdash;E-70," exclaimed Superintendent
-Brown, pointing to lettering on
-the side of the lamp, still visible through rust.</p>
-
-<p>"And some souvenir to take to our friends
-on the <i>Jules Verne</i>," replied "Cap" Austin as
-the party made ready to vacate the <i>Nautilus</i>.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[170]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER XV
-<span class="ch">Trapped in the Diving Bell</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">JAY Thacker and Dick Monaghan,
-together with their friend Larry Seymour,
-took to the new diving ship of
-the Bridgeford Salvage Company like the
-proverbial ducks to water. Starting with
-their first trip the day they reclaimed a
-binnacle lamp from the deck of the lost
-submarine chaser E-70, they showed a ready
-aptitude for the work at hand and soon
-proved themselves adepts.</p>
-
-<p>News of the <i>Jules Verne's</i> accomplishments
-had been flashed to all corners of the
-world and maritime engineers were much
-interested. Many of them came to inquire
-into her merits and were well pleased after
-an inspection of the twin craft.</p>
-
-<p>Usually Jay and Dick worked together in
-the diving chamber. At times they had little
-to do except to keep an eye upon things generally.
-Upon these occasions they had ample
-opportunity to discuss their own personal
-affairs, and so naturally fell into talk about<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[171]</a></span>
-the new college year. Both were anxious to
-make the 'varsity football team for one thing
-and they were wondering how many of the
-old boys would be back and what the chances
-would be for turning out a championship
-team. The gridiron sport was their favorite.</p>
-
-<p>"Wonder if Bob Greer and Chick Wharton
-will be back?" speculated Jay, recalling that
-it was a great game the pair had won through
-their individual efforts in the last game they
-had played for Brighton just before enlisting
-for the war.</p>
-
-<p>"Yes, and I hope Jack Hammond and Ted
-Wainwright are on hand, too," replied Dick,
-recalling two of his best chums who had
-enlisted early in the Navy and gotten into
-the submarine service.</p>
-
-<p>One day in early August the boys had gone
-down in the <i>Nautilus</i> to place a bomb under
-the deck of a coal barge that had been located
-that morning. More than two thousand
-tons of coal were to be reclaimed and the
-boys realized they would come in for a good
-premium on the job, which meant a lot to
-them, in view of their anxiety to get together
-as much of a pile as possible before college
-opened in the fall.</p>
-
-<p>Larry Seymour as usual was in charge of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[172]</a></span>
-the big centrifugal pump&mdash;the "All Day
-Sucker," as the crew had termed the old
-pump with which coal cargoes were raised.</p>
-
-<p>Everything was working fine. Without
-a hitch the <i>Nautilus</i> was dropped in the
-Sound by the <i>Jules Verne</i> until the access
-tube lay like the hypotenuse of a huge right-angled
-triangle that had the <i>Jules Verne</i>
-for its upper apex and the bottom of the sea
-for its base.</p>
-
-<p>Casting about over the deck of the barge,
-Jay, who was really the executive officer of
-the diving chamber with Dick as his assistant,
-found a suitable spot for a base of operations.
-Quickly the aquascope of the <i>Nautilus</i> was
-rolled back and the waters of the Sound
-lapped at the edges of the trap door.</p>
-
-<p>It was necessary only to make an opening
-large enough to insert the time bomb that
-Jay had brought down from the <i>Jules Verne</i>.
-This was but the matter of a few seconds'
-work. While Jay worked at the opening
-Dick arranged the mechanism of the time
-clock. His knowledge of and his predilection
-for mechanics made him an expert at
-this kind of business.</p>
-
-<p>"She's all ready," he told Jay in a few
-minutes.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[173]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"And I'm all ready for you, too, chum,"
-came the reply.</p>
-
-<p>Together they lowered away with their
-legs through the aquascope until they stood
-on the deck of the barge. They were in
-water up to their knees, while the rest of
-their bodies were safe and dry within the
-enclosure of the <i>Nautilus</i>. Carefully the
-bomb was inserted and so held that it would
-be most likely to rip open a good-sized hole
-in the deck when it exploded.</p>
-
-<p>"Let's go, chum," counseled Jay as they
-completed this final phase of their immediate
-task. So saying they crawled back into
-the <i>Nautilus</i> and while Dick attended closing
-and making fast again the aquascope,
-Jay turned to the telephone to tell Larry
-they were ready to be raised again.</p>
-
-<p>"You set that bomb to go off soon, didn't
-you?" called Jay to his chum, as he took
-down the telephone receiver.</p>
-
-<p>"Yep, in seventeen minutes&mdash;just at one-thirty
-sharp," answered Dick.</p>
-
-<p>To which Jay nodded in approval and then
-turned to the telephone.</p>
-
-<p>"Raise away, Larry; we're all set down
-here and anxious to get out of the way."</p>
-
-<p>In the small chamber of the <i>Nautilus</i> both<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[174]</a></span>
-boys could hear the voice at the other end
-of the wire when the one holding the receiver
-kept it slightly removed from his ear.</p>
-
-<p>"Will take you up in two minutes," came
-the reply from Larry on the deck of the
-<i>Jules Verne</i>.</p>
-
-<p>The two minutes went by, but so far as
-the boys could tell the <i>Nautilus</i> was not in
-motion. The depth dial still showed a
-submergence of eighty feet, the distance to
-the deck of the coal barge.</p>
-
-<p>"Must have forgotten us," mused Jay as
-he stepped again to the telephone.</p>
-
-<p>"Your two minutes are up and we are
-still waiting, Larry; better hurry it up."</p>
-
-<p>There was a pause, and then came the
-voice of Larry from the other end:</p>
-
-<p>"Cap wants to know whether you have
-set your time bomb and when it is to go off."</p>
-
-<p>"All set to go off at half-past one&mdash;in just
-a quarter of an hour," was Jay's rejoinder.</p>
-
-<p>Jay turned from the telephone with the
-statement to his chum that the air pump of
-the <i>Jules Verne</i> was working none too well
-and that the chief engineer, with Cap Austin,
-was trying to find out what was the matter.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, all I've got to say is they better
-get it working before very long or you and I<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[175]</a></span>
-are in danger of being blown up when that
-bomb goes off in the coal barge directly
-underneath us," suggested Dick. He was
-not exactly an alarmist; but the situation
-had possibilities that did not appear at all
-inviting.</p>
-
-<p>"You forget there is another way for us
-to be raised," was Jay's come-back.</p>
-
-<p>Dick had forgotten for the moment.</p>
-
-<p>"You forget that when the air pump fails
-the <i>Nautilus</i> is raised by steel cables. Deckmen
-wind us up with those huge winches
-that stand well forward on the <i>Jules Verne</i>
-near the hatchway leading to the access
-tube."</p>
-
-<p>"Sure enough!" exclaimed Dick. This
-secondary method had quite escaped his
-memory for the present. Reassured, the
-boys put fear out of their minds and awaited
-developments.</p>
-
-<p>Five minutes sped by, and still nothing
-happened. Going to the telephone Jay
-asked again how they were getting along
-above.</p>
-
-<p>"Gee, pal, I'm sorry, but they don't seem
-to be making much headway as yet," came
-Larry's reply.</p>
-
-<p>As Jay listened he could tell that Captain<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[176]</a></span>
-Austin was talking to Larry. He could
-hear him mention the word "bomb."</p>
-
-<p>"Cap says it don't look like as though we
-could get the pump going in a hurry, so he
-is going to take no chances and will haul
-you up with the cables," sang out Larry in
-return.</p>
-
-<p>"All right, let 'er go, for the love of Mike!"
-yelled Jay.</p>
-
-<p>Time was indeed getting short. In ten
-minutes more the bomb in the coal barge
-would go off. There was nothing else to do.
-Either the <i>Nautilus</i> had to be raised at once
-or the time bomb in the coal barge had to be
-disengaged to avert what might prove to
-be a disaster for the two Brighton boys.
-Since the air pump was out of commission
-it was impossible for the boys to go out
-through the air-lock into the access tube.
-There was no way to swing back the heavy
-doors with the compressed air cut off.</p>
-
-<p>Neither could the ballast tanks under the
-<i>Nautilus</i> and the access tube be blown out
-so long as the air pump on the <i>Jules Verne</i>
-was out of commission.</p>
-
-<p>In this extremity the cables were the
-only means of lifting the <i>Nautilus</i> out of the
-depths. The men must be working now,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[177]</a></span>
-for it was some job to wind the winches by
-hand, and progress through the water would
-be so much slower than if the diving chamber
-were "trimmed" in the regular way.</p>
-
-<p>Jay and Dick were not cowards. They
-had proved that a number of times in school
-and while they served in the Navy abroad
-during the war. Each youth had proved
-his gameness on more than one occasion.
-So in the present extremity they were far
-from flabbergasted at the failure of the air
-apparatus on the mother ship just after
-they had placed a time bomb in the coal
-barge. Cool and collected they awaited
-developments. Each was a quick-witted
-lad and could be counted on to make the best
-of any situation.</p>
-
-<p>Finally the telephone bell rang. Jay
-wrenched off the receiver. Larry was talking
-like a phonograph in high gear.</p>
-
-<p>"Bad news, fellows. Just as they were
-winding for the first heavy pull on the cables
-the right main cable on the under side of
-the access tube snapped clean in two. The
-whole system of cables is put out of business.
-Cap says&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
-
-<p>At this juncture Captain Austin leaped
-forward and took up the telephone.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[178]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"How much time have you got until your
-bomb goes off, boys?" he called down the
-tube, quietly and without any show of
-apprehension.</p>
-
-<p>Jay eyed his watch for a second.</p>
-
-<p>"Not more than five minutes," came Jay's
-even reply.</p>
-
-<p>"There's only one thing to do," the Captain
-told him in reassuring tones. "Our pump
-has gone back on us and the steel cables
-have parted on us&mdash;a combination of hard
-luck that would not happen once in a thousand
-years. Can you get your bomb back in
-any way and detach it?"</p>
-
-<p>Jay said they would try, and turned toward
-his chum. "It's our only chance now,
-Dick," he told him.</p>
-
-<p>Together they flung back the aquascope
-to grapple for the bomb they had set under
-the deck of the coal barge. But to their
-horror and dismay they found that the tide
-had swung the <i>Nautilus</i> slightly away from
-the opening in the barge&mdash;at least three or
-four feet!</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[179]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER XVI
-<span class="ch">An Explosion Impends</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">THERE was now no chance to avert the
-explosion of the time bomb within the
-coal barge. On the appointed time it
-would go off as arranged and unless the
-mechanism by some freak of luck refused to
-work; but the chances on this score were few
-indeed. The mechanism represented the very
-latest scientific thought and the bomb was
-essentially for submarine work of this
-character.</p>
-
-<p>"Looks, chum, as though we were in for
-the fireworks," smiled Dick, who was as
-cool as though he were standing on the
-twenty-five yard line at Brighton waiting
-for the ball to be passed for a try at a goal
-from the field.</p>
-
-<p>Jay had not yet given up hope of getting
-the <i>Nautilus</i> moving, or of escaping from her
-in some way. He looked at his watch.
-Little more than a minute until the bomb
-would go off!</p>
-
-<p>"Why in the name of sense don't they<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[180]</a></span>
-start the engines of the <i>Jules Verne</i> and back
-her away from the barge?" he ejaculated
-in consternation. By moving the <i>Jules
-Verne</i> the <i>Nautilus</i> also would be moved.</p>
-
-<p>"Didn't you hear Larry say there was
-a breakdown in the engine room of the <i>Jules
-Verne</i> that was the cause of the whole
-trouble?" put back Dick, who was by far
-the more self-possessed of the two.</p>
-
-<p>Slowly Jay shook his head in affirmation.
-Memory had fled with the rapid flow of
-events of the last quarter of an hour. Was it
-any wonder his senses reeled? Two youths
-completely trapped in a diving chamber
-that was poised directly over a coal barge
-in which a high explosive time bomb was
-set to go off now at any time!</p>
-
-<p>There was a chance, of course, that the
-detonation might not be severe enough to
-damage the <i>Nautilus</i>. The bomb might
-explode outward or downward instead of
-spending its energy upward under the keel
-of the diving bell. In that event the shock
-might not be sufficient to rend the seams of
-the light steel chamber in which the Brighton
-boys were crouched awaiting the inevitable
-crash. If&mdash;but no one could tell under
-circumstances like these just what would
-happen.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[181]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"If we could only get into the air-lock
-we would be farther away from the explosion
-and less likely of being bashed up," said
-Jay as he looked toward the exit chamber.</p>
-
-<p>"Yes, and if we could get into the air-lock
-we could get out into the access tube,"
-added Dick.</p>
-
-<p>Steadily they gazed into each other's eyes.
-Jay held his own watch in his hand, while
-Dick at intervals looked at the tiny steel
-clock behind a wire socket on the side of
-the <i>Nautilus</i>. By the rays of an incandescent
-bulb Dick could see that the minute hand
-had just turned twenty-seven minutes after
-one o'clock.</p>
-
-<p>Tick by tick the clock was measuring off
-the few seconds that remained until the time
-bomb in the coal bunker underneath was
-scheduled to go off. Like two men sentenced
-to die before an enemy firing squad the
-Brighton lads stood facing each other in
-the diving compartment. Just the trace
-of a smile showed over their faces. They
-clenched hands in a firm grasp.</p>
-
-<p>"In half a minute more&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
-
-<p>The jingling of the telephone bell jarred
-the stiff silence and stirred the boys from
-their stupor. As though hypnotized, they<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[182]</a></span>
-had stood awaiting the finish, not thinking
-of any further movement calculated to free
-them from their predicament. They had
-figured everything that could be done for
-their rescue having been thought of, or
-tried out.</p>
-
-<p>But now the jangle of the telephone receiver,
-Jay moved to take it off the hook and as he
-did so his right foot struck the pin that held
-the aquascope in position. When the pin
-was removed the trapdoor, or aquascope as
-they called it, opened upward of its own
-accord on an air-cushion that worked on the
-principle of a door cushion.</p>
-
-<p>And that was what happened at this
-particular moment in the <i>Nautilus</i>. The
-aquascope opened upward, leaving the limpid
-waters of the Sound purling at the very feet
-of the two boys. Just for a second the
-boys recoiled in horror, thinking now they
-were in greater danger. With the door
-open there was more chance of the force of
-the explosion below being felt within the
-<i>Nautilus</i>.</p>
-
-<p>Dick sprang to close the aquascope in the
-few seconds that remained until the explosion.
-But imagine his surprise when Jay
-intercepted and hurled him away from the
-trap.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[183]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Quick, chum, follow me," cried Jay in
-wild acclaim.</p>
-
-<p>The opening of the aquascope had given
-the youth an inspiration. Yes, he would
-do it. It was a last desperate chance, but
-there was no reason why it would not work
-if carried out in time.</p>
-
-<p>Even as Dick started back in consternation
-when thrust from the aquascope Jay
-literally leaped feet first into the aquascope
-as though he were jumping into a miniature
-swimming pool. Down he went until his
-feet struck at last on the deck of the coal
-barge. In this position he stood in water
-up to his chest, with his head and shoulders
-still in the <i>Nautilus</i>.</p>
-
-<p>"What are you going to do?" gasped
-Dick. He had failed yet to grasp the significance
-of his chum's quick move.</p>
-
-<p>"Dive out of here and take my chances
-on shooting up to the surface," came the
-instantaneous reply.</p>
-
-<p>Then it dawned on Dick. What his
-chum intended doing was to let himself out
-of the <i>Nautilus</i> through the trap door, dive
-free of the salvage chamber and shoot up
-to the surface. And why not? They were
-down about eighty-five feet, and they were<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[184]</a></span>
-accustomed to the pressure of that depth
-since the pressure in the <i>Nautilus</i> had had
-to be equal that of the water outside in
-order to open the trap safely. A sickly grin
-spread across the Brighton youth's face.
-Why hadn't either he or Jay thought of
-that before?</p>
-
-<p>"Come on, Dick, follow me," urged Jay,
-and almost before the words escaped his
-lips he quickly took a full inhalation into
-his lungs, gave one last look at his chum
-and ducked down head first into the waters
-of Long Island Sound through the open
-trap of the <i>Nautilus</i>.</p>
-
-<p>Like some weird specter in a motion picture
-drama Dick beheld the spectacle at his feet.
-First he saw Jay's head under the water;
-then he saw his chum flatten out under the
-bottom of the <i>Nautilus</i>, and as he looked
-again he could faintly make out Jay's feet
-as they faded away from the darker expanse
-of the barge deck below. Jay had cleared
-the <i>Nautilus</i> safely.</p>
-
-<p>"Here goes, too," gasped Dick to himself
-as he leaped through the aquascope. Almost
-instinctively as he let go, his eyes lifted to
-the tiny marine clock in its basket-like
-cage. Right on the half hour mark showed<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[185]</a></span>
-the minute hand. With a last frantic gasp
-for breath Dick pulled himself down into
-the embrace of water. Down out of the
-<i>Nautilus</i> into the embrace of water and into
-such close proximity with that infernal coal
-bomb!</p>
-
-<p>"If I can only hurl myself&mdash;quickly&mdash;to&mdash;one&mdash;side&mdash;before&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
-
-<p>Just then the bomb exploded with a frightful
-force that rent the waters of the Sound
-in that particular locality with the force of
-an earthquake. In the midst of this maelstrom
-were the two Brighton youths who had
-taken a last desperate chance when it seemed
-they were doomed to die like rats in a trap.</p>
-
-<p>What&mdash;Where&mdash;&mdash;!!!</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>Up on the deck of the <i>Jules Verne</i> there
-was the maddest confusion. It had maintained
-for nearly half an hour, since the
-chief engineer had first reported trouble
-from below. Frantically, members of the
-crew were endeavoring to make the necessary
-repairs. In the meantime, every one
-knew by now of the perilous position of the
-two Brighton boys who had been working
-for some time in the <i>Nautilus</i>.</p>
-
-<p>"My God, man, we've got to get those boys<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[186]</a></span>
-up somehow!" raved Superintendent Brown
-as he paced the deck.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin, his face tense with anxiety,
-was directing the knot of men who were
-endeavoring to string up again a set of
-cables that ran down along the access tube
-and connected under the <i>Nautilus</i>. Fortunately,
-the captain had seen the break
-coming just before the steel parted and the
-severed ends had been held before they had
-dropped overboard.</p>
-
-<p>Watch in hand, Captain Austin was keeping
-tabs on the time limit until the bomb in
-the coal barge was scheduled to go off. Eagerly
-the captain had scanned the bay in every
-direction for some other vessel that might
-stand by and give them help. But not a
-craft showed anywhere close, not even a
-sailboat. Unfortunately, the <i>Jules Verne</i>
-had not as yet been fitted out with wireless,
-and there was, consequently, no way to
-communicate ashore or with any other vessel.</p>
-
-<p>"How are you coming, boys, on those
-cables?" Superintendent "Montey" Brown
-kept inquiring every minute or so of the
-repair crew.</p>
-
-<p>They were making progress, but it was
-slow work. Splicing was no easy task,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[187]</a></span>
-especially with steel wire. If brand new cables
-could be run out it would be a much easier
-proposition; but that was out of the question
-with the <i>Nautilus</i> on the bottom of the
-Sound over the coal barge eighty-five feet
-under water. And there were no diving
-suits as yet on the <i>Jules Verne</i> for just such
-emergency cases as these.</p>
-
-<p>"Tell them to keep a stout heart," Captain
-Austin reminded Larry Seymour several times,
-who was at the telephone and signal booth
-connecting with the <i>Nautilus</i>.</p>
-
-<p>Larry in turn reported that he could not
-always get a reply from below.</p>
-
-<p>"Probably they are trying some way to
-worm their way out," suggested Larry, who
-was nearly beside himself with worry for
-his two old pals. Poor old Jay and Dick!
-They had been such good friends for so long.
-Was it possible now that some disaster was
-to overtake them?</p>
-
-<p>It was while Larry was thus painfully
-reviewing the possibilities of the next few
-minutes that Captain Austin suggested to
-the boys in the <i>Nautilus</i> that they try and
-put the time bomb in the coal barge out of
-commission. Eagerly the would-be rescuers
-on the <i>Jules Verne</i> awaited developments.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[188]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"It can't be done now, for we have moved
-away from the opening in the deck of the
-barge a yard or so," had been the answer
-sent up by Jay after the two imprisoned
-Brighton youths had inspected the barge
-through the aquascope of the <i>Nautilus</i>.</p>
-
-<p>Well, the only chance hope of rescue now,
-it seemed, depended on getting the cables
-spliced and the winches winding before the
-bomb was detonated. Like beavers the
-deckmen of the <i>Jules Verne</i> were exerting
-themselves. It was a fight for two lives,
-and the men of the <i>Jules Verne</i> were spending
-themselves to the limit.</p>
-
-<p>"How much time remains?" asked Superintendent
-Brown after what seemed an eternity
-of tugging with the torn cables.</p>
-
-<p>In turn he was told that less than five
-minutes remained. By the clock in the
-chart house of the <i>Jules Verne</i> it was just
-twenty-six minutes after one. And Jay had
-sent up word that the bomb was set for one-thirty!</p>
-
-<p>As a last resort Captain Austin called for
-volunteers and asked that they dive from the
-deck of the <i>Jules Verne</i> as the bomb was
-exploded in the coal barge and see whether
-they could find any trace of the two Brighton<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[189]</a></span>
-boys in the water, or learn whether or not
-the <i>Nautilus</i> had been ripped open wide by
-the force of the explosion. A half dozen
-stepped forward, and the captain asked
-them all to be ready.</p>
-
-<p>"Stand by the telephone and try to get
-them so soon as the explosion goes off, for
-they may not be hurt at all," were Larry's
-orders. With receiver glued to his right ear
-he sat awaiting the crash.</p>
-
-<p>Just then the foreman in charge of the
-cable repairs reported that he could commence
-to wind in another half minute.</p>
-
-<p>"Tell Thacker and Monaghan we are going
-to raise them now by the cables and to keep
-a stiff upper lip down there," commanded
-Austin.</p>
-
-<p>Larry buzzed and buzzed, but in vain.
-No answer came from the interior of the
-<i>Nautilus</i>. What had happened? Larry was
-frantic as he pushed down hard and harder
-on the button.</p>
-
-<p>"Look!" cried one of the crew forward
-as he pointed off the starboard bow of the
-<i>Jules Verne</i> at an object that had just shot
-up out of the water. It was the head of a
-man!</p>
-
-<p>As members of the crew of the <i>Jules Verne</i>,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[190]</a></span>
-with Superintendent Brown and Captain
-Austin in the lead, swarmed to the side of
-the ship there came an upheaval from
-beneath and a tremor that shook the old
-boat from stem to stern. It was as though
-a geyser had let loose directly under the
-new diving ship.</p>
-
-<p>"The bomb! It has exploded!" Larry
-Seymour, his face ashen white, sought anew
-to get a telephone communication with the
-two Brighton boys whom he loved so dearly.</p>
-
-<p>But even as he despaired there came a
-welcome cry forward.</p>
-
-<p>"Thacker! It's Thacker! He escaped
-unharmed from the <i>Nautilus</i>."</p>
-
-<p>But where was Dick?</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[191]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER XVII
-<span class="ch">A Dog to the Rescue</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">EVEN as the crowd of sailors on the <i>Jules
-Verne</i> cheered, Jay Thacker turned
-on his back in the waters of Long Island
-Sound and waved a hearty salute to his
-friends. Unharmed, he had completely
-escaped from the <i>Nautilus</i> just a few seconds
-before the bomb was exploded in the sunken
-coal barge.</p>
-
-<p>"Jay! Jay! Keep afloat&mdash;we'll have you
-in a minute," yelled Larry Seymour as he
-crowded to the rail, tears of joy streaming
-down his face.</p>
-
-<p>"Catch the rope!" Jay heard the cry
-from the deck of the <i>Jules Verne</i>. Turning
-he beheld a group of sailors and from their
-midst one who was ready to cast a line. But
-even before the line was hurled the figure of
-another lithe youth poised for a second on
-the rail and then dived into the water.</p>
-
-<p>"Good boy, Seymour!" came the re-echoing
-shout. And in the next moment Jay saw
-the round and puffing face of Larry directly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[192]</a></span>
-beside him. It was Larry who had dived
-overboard to the rescue. With a few strokes
-he was close up and thrust a sturdy shoulder
-under Jay's shoulders. Jay had turned on
-his back to rest for a moment.</p>
-
-<p>"Thank God, boy, you got out!" gasped
-Larry. "Are you hurt? Can you swim?"</p>
-
-<p>Jay replied he was still able to take care of
-himself.</p>
-
-<p>"Better look for Dick; he must be somewhere
-around here," was Jay's rejoinder.</p>
-
-<p>But taking no chances, Larry supported
-his old friend until the line had come over the
-side of the <i>Jules Verne</i>. When Jay had taken
-hold and was being yanked aboard Larry
-turned and swam back in the general direction
-whence Jay had come, hoping against hope
-that he would be able to find some trace of
-Dick. But he was nowhere in sight!</p>
-
-<p>As for Jay, he was given a wonderful
-welcome when at last he was hauled over the
-side of the <i>Jules Verne</i>. Eager hands clasped
-him and landed him in safety at last upon
-the deck of the vessel.</p>
-
-<p>"Thank heaven, lad, you are safe again&mdash;I
-had almost given up hope of ever seeing you
-again!" exclaimed Captain Austin as he
-clasped Jay with a fatherly hug.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[193]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Nor I either," said "Montey" Brown
-as he, with others who had come out on the
-trip of the <i>Jules Verne</i> and <i>Nautilus</i>, crowded
-around.</p>
-
-<p>But Jay was thinking of something else.
-Dick! Where was his chum, Dick Monaghan?
-What had happened to him?</p>
-
-<p>"We've got to find him somehow; I am
-sure that he followed me out of the <i>Nautilus</i>.
-He said he would follow suit as I prepared
-to lower away through the aquascope."</p>
-
-<p>Under orders of Captain Austin a small
-dory was being lowered aft, manned by a
-trio of sailors who had orders to patrol the
-waters just forward of the <i>Jules Verne</i> over
-the spot where the <i>Nautilus</i> had been
-submerged.</p>
-
-<p>"Let me go along; I've got to find my
-chum," wailed Jay as he saw the boat going
-over the side. But friendly hands restrained
-him. He was in no condition for further
-effort after his hazardous exploit.</p>
-
-<p>Just then there came a cry from the bridge
-of the <i>Jules Verne</i>, where a number of visitors
-had taken their station earlier in the day to
-watch the demonstration of the new diving
-craft.</p>
-
-<p>"Look! What's that object floating in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[194]</a></span>
-water off the port bow? Not more than three
-or four points off and about fifty feet ahead."</p>
-
-<p>A gentleman in panama hat and palm beach
-suit, a representative of a maritime magazine,
-who had come aboard as a guest of Superintendent
-Brown, was pointing out over the
-water.</p>
-
-<p>Immediately all attention was directed that
-way. Jay had come up out of the depths on
-the starboard bow of the <i>Jules Verne</i>; so, of
-one accord, passengers and crew of the vessel
-surged to the port rail and scanned the waters
-of the Sound. Jay was one of the first
-across the deck.</p>
-
-<p>"Where is it? What is it?" he called out
-excitedly.</p>
-
-<p>The journalist pointed. Every eye followed
-the general direction indicated by the
-pointing finger.</p>
-
-<p>"Some object floating in the water. Can't
-see what it is from here," added the lookout.
-Several others standing by his side agreed
-there was something out there in the water.</p>
-
-<p>"It's Dick! It's Dick, my chum!" Jay was
-in a frenzy and would have leaped overboard
-to go to the rescue had he not been restrained.
-Captain Austin by this time had run aft and
-with megaphone in hand directed the sailors<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[195]</a></span>
-in the dory to row around the stern of the
-<i>Jules Verne</i> and come up on the port bow
-of the vessel.</p>
-
-<p>In all this confusion, amid all the babel
-of voices, there resounded the furious barking
-of a dog. Fismes, an eye-witness of the
-rescue of Jay, had become all excited, too,
-and was giving vent to himself with raucous
-barking. With canine instinct the animal
-seemed to sense the situation. And when
-everyone began pointing in a certain direction
-over the side, the dog concluded there was
-something out there demanding attention;
-something to be retrieved from the water.</p>
-
-<p>It required no word of instruction, no
-exhortation, to tell this dog what to do.
-Gathering himself with all his strength, the
-lean hound leaped from the deck of the
-<i>Jules Verne</i> directly into the water. No one
-told him to go; none had an opportunity
-to hold him in check.</p>
-
-<p>"Fismes! Fismes! Good old dog! Go to
-it!" screamed Jay in sheer delight.</p>
-
-<p>Almost breathlessly the crowd on the
-ship watched the dog. As though guided
-by some uncanny power the dog swam straight
-and true in the direction of the floating
-object. Was it the body of a man? Was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[196]</a></span>
-it the form of Dick Monaghan? The dog
-knew not; he sensed only the fact that
-something was floating out there in the water,
-and it was something that all eyes on board
-were watching.</p>
-
-<p>"Good dog, Fismes!" they were shouting.</p>
-
-<p>On and on the faithful canine swam with
-all the strength of his slim legs. And soon
-he had reached the side of this mysterious
-object and set his teeth in it. They who were
-shouting encouragement from the <i>Jules Verne</i>
-saw all this and marveled at the strength of
-the animal. They saw him take a firm hold.
-They saw him stop for an instant. They
-saw him start to swim again, this time toward
-the ship&mdash;and towing the object along through
-the water as best he could! Only a dog&mdash;but
-what a wonderful animal! Swimming
-superbly and maintaining a vise-like grip
-on the salvaged object.</p>
-
-<p>A mighty shout arose from the deck of
-the <i>Jules Verne</i>.</p>
-
-<p>"It's Monaghan," came the cry from Superintendent
-Brown, who had rushed into the
-wheel-house for a pair of glasses that he
-might get a closer view of the magnet that
-had lured the dog into the water.</p>
-
-<p>"Hurrah! it's Dick! Hurrah for Fismes!"
-screamed Jay in a perfect delirium of joy.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[197]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>And Dick it was. By this time the rescue
-boat had arrived alongside and dragged both
-the inert form of Dick and the wet, tousled
-dog into the dory. One of the sailors was
-tugging at the blouse of the rescued diver
-and feeling for the heart pulse. The other
-two pulled with all their might for the <i>Jules
-Verne</i>.</p>
-
-<p>"He's still alive," the sailor shouted as
-the dory came alongside.</p>
-
-<p>"Thank God for that!" cried Jay as he bent
-over the rail of the <i>Jules Verne</i> looking down
-into the face of his chum. The eyes were
-closed and the body crumpled in an inert
-mass. But life still remained, and surely the
-spark that remained could be fanned again
-into a flame!</p>
-
-<p>Tenderly they took the unconscious
-Brighton youth aboard. Expert hands began
-working over him immediately. First the
-water was drained out of the throat and
-lungs. Then next the pulmotor was brought
-into action. Every device known in the
-resuscitation of the drowned was applied
-under the direction of Captain Austin.</p>
-
-<p>And in the meantime a lean brown German
-police dog answering to the name of Fismes
-was being patted and fêted by an admiring
-throng!</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[198]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>By and by they who ministered to the
-unconscious diver were rewarded by a flicker
-of the eyes and a stirring of the pulses that
-bespoke the return of life. The pulmotor
-with its stores of precious oxygen was getting
-in its effective work. And none watched
-more solicitously than Jay Thacker as he
-knelt close beside his old Brighton chum.</p>
-
-<p>"Dick! Dick! Open your eyes. Speak
-to me," pleaded Jay.</p>
-
-<p>And presently the eyes opened. Just for
-an instant and then closed again. Slowly
-but surely respiration became normal again.
-The splendid physique of the boy who had
-always taken good care of himself and lived
-a normal outdoor life was standing him good
-in the pinch. Where a weakling would have
-succumbed to such an ordeal the athletic
-Brighton student who had served his country
-so faithfully and efficiently in the Navy was
-pulling through.</p>
-
-<p>After what seemed an eternity to Jay
-consciousness came back at last to his chum.
-Opening his eyes Dick gazed first into the
-face of his old "bunkie."</p>
-
-<p>"It's you, Jay," he mumbled feebly.</p>
-
-<p>"Yes, Dick, old boy, it's Jay," sobbed the
-latter. The strain had told on Jay. He was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[199]</a></span>
-about ready to collapse but held himself
-together by sheer grit. And now he was
-rewarded, for Dick had been saved. Jay
-could only throw his arms around Fismes and
-hug the dog in his delight.</p>
-
-<p>Jay told them all and in turn asked what
-had happened on the mother ship that had
-put the air pumps and the engines out of
-commission. Engineers were still working
-on repairs, and by now had succeeded in
-getting the engines working again. But
-it was some time before the air pumps were
-working.</p>
-
-<p>In the meantime Dick responded wonderfully
-to treatment. For a time he was
-completely bewildered, knowing not what
-had happened to him, where he was and how
-he had been brought back again safe on the
-<i>Jules Verne</i>. But slowly it all came back to
-him and he was able to tell what had happened
-to him.</p>
-
-<p>It developed that just as he had lowered
-away through the trap of the <i>Nautilus</i> to
-follow Jay in a desperate effort to escape to
-the surface from the depths the bomb in
-the coal barge had exploded. Just as he had
-dipped his head into the water it had gone
-off. Caught off balance in an awkward<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[200]</a></span>
-position before he had had a chance to dive
-from the deck of the barge, he had been flung
-against the steel side of the <i>Nautilus</i>. He
-had felt the impact, and then he knew nothing
-more, for the blow had rendered him unconscious.</p>
-
-<p>And then, in turn, Dick heard the story of
-how his body had been discovered floating
-in the water, and how Fismes had dived
-overboard to the rescue, and held his friend
-safely until a rescue boat picked them both
-up. Dick's eyes gleamed as he heard of the
-splendid part played in the rescue by the
-war dog.</p>
-
-<p>"Where is he?" asked the Brighton boy.</p>
-
-<p>Jay sprang up on deck and came back
-presently with Fismes, fairly carrying him
-all the way.</p>
-
-<p>"Here he is," he cried, as he appeared
-again in Dick's bunk room with the dog.</p>
-
-<p>Old Fismes, wagging his tail and laying his
-silken ears back by way of recognition,
-stalked sheepishly across the room and licked
-the outstretched hand of the youth on the
-cot.</p>
-
-<p>"I owe my life to you, and I'll guard your
-life as long as life is spared to me," said Dick
-as he pulled the nose of the dog over on the
-counterpane and stroked the still wet head.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[201]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Back to Brighton he goes with us; and
-he'll be the best mascot the academy ever
-had," added Jay emphatically.</p>
-
-<p>Dick nodded approval with a smile and
-sank back on his pillow to rest again, weak
-from the exertion.</p>
-
-<p>In another hour the repairs had been completed
-and the <i>Jules Verne</i> was able to move
-again under her own power. The <i>Nautilus</i>
-had been raised, but so far there had been
-no opportunity to determine whether the
-diving chamber had been damaged.</p>
-
-<p>"But that is small concern, indeed, when
-we consider the fact that these two brave
-young divers are safe and sound again after
-a terrible experience," exclaimed Superintendent
-Brown as he directed Captain Austin
-to start back again to Bridgeford.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[202]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER XVIII
-<span class="ch">Honors for Heroes</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">IT was the sixteenth day of August. Only
-a month remained until Brighton Academy
-was scheduled to begin another
-school year. And what a year it promised
-to be! Many lads who had dropped out of
-school at the beginning of the World War
-were expected to return again to the familiar
-dormitories to renew old friendships and to
-continue the interrupted courses of study that
-would fit them either for college entrance or
-for active careers of usefulness in the world of
-work.</p>
-
-<p>None looked forward more eagerly to the
-commencement of this new school year than
-Jay Thacker and Richard Monaghan, the
-two lads who had been spending the summer
-vacation, following their discharge from service
-in the spring, with the Bridgeford Salvage
-Company in the reclamation of lost treasure
-and in testing out new apparatus lately
-devised by shipyard officials, together with
-noted scientists.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[203]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Ten days' rest had served to restore the
-boys completely to good health again after
-their harrowing experience in the <i>Nautilus</i>
-when they had been trapped at the bottom
-of Long Island Sound. Jay had come through
-entirely unaffected by his experience. As for
-Dick, he had felt the effects of his experience
-more severely. The bump that he had received
-when hurled against the side of the
-<i>Nautilus</i> by the explosion of the time bomb in
-the sunken coal barge had bruised him up
-somewhat, although no bones were broken.
-The nervous strain, together with the prolonged
-stay under heavy pressure, had left
-their marks. For a few days he had remained
-dazed; but in the end his iron constitution had
-triumphed. Expert medical attention, combined
-with complete rest, had brought him
-around in fine shape again.</p>
-
-<p>One morning just a week after the affair in
-the Sound the boys were summoned to the
-office of Superintendent Brown.</p>
-
-<p>"Bring Fismes along with you," was the
-additional summons.</p>
-
-<p>Arriving half an hour later at the headquarters
-of the shipbuilding officials, the
-Brighton boys were surprised to find all the
-officials of the company assembled, together<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[204]</a></span>
-with other distinguished looking persons,
-none of whom they recognized.</p>
-
-<p>"Come right in, and bring that dandy dog
-in with you," the superintendent called when
-the boys' arrival was announced.</p>
-
-<p>In walked the trio, the war dog falling into
-dignified step between his two masters. Eager
-eyes turned to catch a glimpse of the illustrious
-dog and his even more illustrious
-sponsors. At this juncture, Mr. John R.
-Walter, the president of the Bridgeford Company,
-stepped forward and greeted the
-Brighton boys. Jay and Dick had heard his
-name, of course; but not until now had they
-had the privilege of knowing him.</p>
-
-<p>"I have wanted to know you boys for some
-time," he began. "I have heard of you both,
-as indeed the whole world has lately. It is a
-pleasure to know such manly fellows, and
-I want here personally to congratulate both
-of you for your splendid work with this company
-during the last month or so. I have
-heard of your school and of your desire to
-complete your education there, now that the
-war has ended and you have served your
-country so well. You are, indeed, a great
-credit to Brighton Academy. This is not
-said, my boys, by way of flattery, as I believe<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[205]</a></span>
-you are both too level-headed to be victims
-of self-conceit. What I have to say is merely
-in recognition of your good work, and is only
-a deserved tribute."</p>
-
-<p>The president took from his inner pocket
-two long envelopes. One he handed to Dick;
-the other to Jay.</p>
-
-<p>"Take these, please, as a token of our
-appreciation and an expression of our goodwill
-and kindly interest in both of you.
-Please do not open them until you have
-withdrawn from this assemblage. It is not
-possible to place a value upon what you have
-done for us lately, but possibly this may
-prove of some value to you in your plans
-for pursuing your education to its completion.
-With all my heart I wish you God-speed
-wherever you go and whatever you do."</p>
-
-<p>Overwhelmed by the unexpected ovation,
-the lads could only mumble their thanks as
-they took the proffered envelopes and transferred
-them to their own pockets. Deferentially
-they bowed, while the little audience
-grouped about them in the shipbuilders'
-office applauded. And then President Walter
-turned to the dog.</p>
-
-<p>"It is a pleasure also to know this great
-dog," he continued, stroking the head of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[206]</a></span>
-hound. "He, too, is worthy of some special
-recognition. To that end, gentlemen, I
-desire to introduce Mr. Henry LeFevre, of
-New York, representing the Society of the
-Blue Cross."</p>
-
-<p>Mr. LeFevre stepped forward and explained
-about the organization that he represented;
-how it was an international organization that
-looked after the interests of animals, particularly
-horses and dogs. Throughout the war
-it had rendered valiant service on the battlefields
-of Europe looking after the interests of
-the Animal Kingdom.</p>
-
-<p>"The brilliant work of this dog in rescuing
-his master from Long Island Sound a few
-weeks ago came to our attention," he told the
-assemblage. "We decided that such a meritorious
-act was deserving of fitting recognition.
-So I am here this day personally to
-greet Fismes the War Dog and his owners,
-and to confer upon this splendid dog the
-Blue Cross of our Society."</p>
-
-<p>So saying, the speaker took from his pocket
-a neat plush-lined box from which he lifted
-the beautiful decoration of the Blue Cross.
-He stooped to fasten it on the collar of Fismes,
-but at this juncture Superintendent Brown
-and Captain Austin stepped forward and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[207]</a></span>
-suggested that the dog be placed on the big
-mahogany table. Jay and Dick at once
-lifted the hound to a place of honor amid the
-plaudits of the crowd. Then, with a few
-well chosen words, the decoration was affixed.</p>
-
-<p>An impromptu reception followed the ceremony,
-everybody crowding around to felicitate
-the Brighton boys and to pet the big
-hound on the table who stood patiently
-taking it all in, alternately rubbing his nose
-over the sleeves of Jay and Dick as they came
-close to him.</p>
-
-<p>"How much will you take for him?" asked
-one of the guests, a twinkle in his eye.</p>
-
-<p>Dick smiled. "I reckon he's not for sale
-at any price," was his reply as he put one arm
-around his protegée.</p>
-
-<p>"That dog is going to school," remarked
-Jay. "He's slated to enter Brighton with us
-next month. He'll be the mascot of our
-athletic teams; but all the time he'll be the
-particular pal of chum and me. We have a
-special reservation for him in the academy
-stables."</p>
-
-<p>Soon it was all over and the boys with their
-pet had withdrawn. It had been somewhat
-of an ordeal for the two modest youths, and
-they were glad when it was all over.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[208]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Gee, I'd sooner be a prisoner in the
-<i>Nautilus</i> any time than stand up under that
-stuff," groaned Jay.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, I should say so," re-echoed Dick.</p>
-
-<p>But the big surprise was still in store.</p>
-
-<p>"What do you suppose is in here?" smiled
-Jay, taking from his pocket the envelope
-that President Walter had given him. Dick
-followed suit.</p>
-
-<p>"I have no idea; let's look."</p>
-
-<p>They did. Imagine their joyful surprise
-when they drew out a check on the Bridgeford
-Salvage Company for one thousand dollars
-each!</p>
-
-<p>"G-o-o-d N-n-n-ight!" was all Jay could
-say. As for Dick, he just whistled and passed
-his hand over his face with a gesture of bewilderment.</p>
-
-<p>One thousand dollars! It would permit
-them to finish their courses at Brighton and
-give them a good start on their college careers.
-There it was in black and white on a note
-that accompanied the checks:</p>
-
-<p>"From the Bridgeford Salvage Company
-as a testimonial of faithful and efficient service
-in order that you may apply it to the
-completion of your education."</p>
-
-<p>Both boys were overwhelmed with the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[209]</a></span>
-bonus. They had expected to be paid off at
-the expiration of their contracts, according to
-the terms of the agreement under which they
-had been employed in June. This had
-stipulated they would receive an additional
-honorarium in the event the company was
-successful in salvaging any treasure during the
-summer. But this additional check for
-$1000 was almost too good to believe.</p>
-
-<p>"Now we can go right through to the
-diploma at Brighton," chirruped Jay as he
-danced around Fismes.</p>
-
-<p>"And have some left for college," added
-Dick.</p>
-
-<p>Delighted, they ran straight home to
-acquaint their families with the good news.
-To have been so handsomely rewarded was
-something they had never dreamed of. Now
-they were certain to go through with their
-cherished plans for an education that would
-enable them to compete with the best brains
-of the world.</p>
-
-<p>A few days later the boys received a summons
-to the office of "Montey" Brown again.
-Their contracts ran on until September 10th,
-and they were still subject to call.</p>
-
-<p>They found Captain Austin and Superintendent
-Brown awaiting them.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[210]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"What do you say, boys, to a little more
-fun before you leave us?" asked "Montey."</p>
-
-<p>"Good enough," replied Jay. To which
-Dick added a "Fire away."</p>
-
-<p>"All right," resumed the superintendent.
-"You remember we didn't finish up the job
-on the old <i>Dominion</i> off Martha's Vineyard.
-Remember, we got most of the diamonds,
-but left the gold bullion. Thousands of
-dollars' worth of precious metal down there
-yet."</p>
-
-<p>"What we want to do is to go back there
-and finish up the job while you boys are still
-with us," "Montey" Brown was saying.
-"We propose to use the <i>Jules Verne</i> and the
-<i>Nautilus</i> this time instead of sending you
-down as divers from the <i>Nemo</i>&mdash;that is, if
-you are willing."</p>
-
-<p>Were they willing? Sure they were, and
-anxious to be off whenever the salvage ship
-officials said the word. They said so, too,
-in emphatic words that left no doubt as to
-the fact that neither of the Brighton lads had
-lost his nerve as a result of their experiences
-of the summer.</p>
-
-<p>"Let's go, men," Jay responded. "We
-still have a few weeks of our contract time
-left and nothing would suit us better than to
-visit the old <i>Dominion</i> again."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[211]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>That settled it. The boys were informed
-the <i>Jules Verne</i> would sail the following
-morning at sunrise and they would be counted
-on to report in time for the sailing.</p>
-
-<p>The <i>Jules Verne</i> and the <i>Nautilus</i> had been
-completely repaired again after the breakdown
-in Long Island Sound on the occasion
-of the coal barge incident. Taken into drydock
-and carefully examined, it had developed
-that the <i>Nautilus</i> was intact, despite the
-bomb explosion. None of her seams had
-been strained and she had been fitted out
-with new equipment that made a repetition
-of the accident in which the two boys nearly
-lost their lives next to an impossibility.</p>
-
-<p>So, on the following morning, the Brighton
-boys found themselves headed again out
-Long Island Sound toward the Atlantic
-Ocean and the new seat of action off Martha's
-Vineyard.</p>
-
-<p>"We'll have no Weddigen around this time
-to ball things up or put any phoney stuff
-across again," remarked Dick as they discussed
-the work at hand.</p>
-
-<p>That set them talking about Weddigen.
-Not a trace of him had been found since his
-escape from the Navy Yard at Boston,
-although government secret service men had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[212]</a></span>
-sought everywhere for him. But the boys
-had heard from the Navy Department concerning
-their exploit off Cape May in reclaiming
-government plans and formulas from the
-submerged U-boat. From the Secretary of
-the Navy had come a letter congratulating
-them for their service.</p>
-
-<p>"I only wish Weddigen was here, though,"
-said Jay. "I've got a score to settle with him,
-and I'd enjoy nothing more than the chance
-to turn him over to Uncle Sam."</p>
-
-<p>"Some day we may meet up with him
-again," returned Dick. "In that event we'll
-see that he doesn't escape."</p>
-
-<p>Through the day the <i>Jules Verne</i> made
-her way slowly along. Because of the fact
-that she was pushing the <i>Nautilus</i> along ahead
-of her, navigation was necessarily slow. The
-speed was no better then eight knots an
-hour. It was nearly dusk when they arrived
-in the vicinity of Martha's Vineyard and
-quite dark when they approached the spot
-where the <i>Dominion</i> lay under many fathoms
-of water.</p>
-
-<p>Quite a stir was created aboard the <i>Jules
-Verne</i> when Captain Austin reported that
-another vessel of some kind had anchored for
-the night in the immediate neighborhood.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[213]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"As near as I can estimate it, she is anchored
-just about over the spot where lies the
-<i>Dominion</i>," Captain Austin confided to the
-Brighton boys as he climbed down from the
-bridge of the <i>Jules Verne</i> and joined them on
-deck.</p>
-
-<p>What manner of craft was this? Who was
-aboard her? And what was she doing here
-in this neighborhood quite out of the path of
-ocean travel?</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[214]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER XIX
-<span class="ch">In the Pirates' Nest</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">PEERING through the darkness the new
-arrivals on the <i>Jules Verne</i> could scarcely
-make out the outlines of the other
-craft. She seemed at first glance like a good-sized
-sloop with a leg-of-mutton mainsail
-that bellied wide against the night skyline.
-And then again she appeared to be a huge
-cabin cruiser. Lights appeared from a row
-of ports well forward.</p>
-
-<p>"What do you suppose it is?" asked Jay
-as he edged up close to his captain.</p>
-
-<p>"Likely an auxiliary craft of some kind&mdash;sail
-and motor," replied the chief executive
-of the <i>Jules Verne</i>.</p>
-
-<p>For a few minutes the trio watched the
-other vessel lying to only a few cable lengths
-away. Captain Austin had a glass that he
-trained on the stranger. But it was too dark
-to get many details of her.</p>
-
-<p>"Who do you suppose he is?" asked Dick.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin shook his head. There<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[215]</a></span>
-was no way of telling. "Looks as though
-some one had beat us to it," he mused.</p>
-
-<p>"Do you reckon they have gotten down
-into the <i>Dominion</i> and gotten up any of the
-bullion?" queried Larry Seymour, who had
-joined them.</p>
-
-<p>"Indeed, son, I haven't the least idea,"
-said the captain. "It does seem mighty
-strange that some one else should have
-anchored right in the vicinity of the <i>Dominion</i>.
-Very few people know where the <i>Dominion</i>
-lies, and if this chap doesn't know, it surely
-is an odd coincidence that he should be
-anchored for the night right where he is."</p>
-
-<p>The engines of the <i>Jules Verne</i> were still
-in motion. The anchors were just being run
-out and it was not possible to hear distinctly
-any noise that might have been wafted over
-the waters from the mythical craft. Captain
-Austin announced he would speak the vessel
-as soon as the <i>Jules Verne</i> had settled for the
-night and the engines had stopped. In the
-meantime the crew indulged in all manner of
-speculation.</p>
-
-<p>"Maybe it is a United States revenue
-cutter," offered Dick.</p>
-
-<p>"Or one of the fishing fleet that has gotten
-off her course and stopped here for the night,"
-suggested Larry.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[216]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Might be some millionaire's pleasure craft,
-too," put in Captain Austin. "She looks
-like a pretty swell boat, whatever she is.
-What do you think, Mr. Thacker?"</p>
-
-<p>The captain turned to Jay. That youth
-slowly shook his head.</p>
-
-<p>"I'm not a trouble-hunter, but my own
-private opinion is that that ship over there,
-whatever is she and whoever is aboard her,
-is here for no good," replied Jay deliberately.</p>
-
-<p>"You mean&mdash;" began Dick.</p>
-
-<p>"I mean that I think those fellows over
-there right now are after the gold in the <i>Dominion</i>,"
-interrupted Jay. "They may have been
-here for days. They may have the <i>Dominion</i>
-pretty well cleaned out, or they may have
-just arrived. At any rate, my hunch is that
-she is a treasure-hunter&mdash;a submarine pirate."</p>
-
-<p>"How are we going to find out?" interrogated
-Larry, very much aroused by the possibility
-of encountering a pirate.</p>
-
-<p>"Wait until morning, I reckon," answered
-Jay.</p>
-
-<p>Just then Captain Austin, who had moved
-off during the conversation, came back. He
-was carrying a megaphone.</p>
-
-<p>"I am going to hail them," he announced.
-The <i>Jules Verne</i> had been anchored and her<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[217]</a></span>
-engines shut off. So the captain of the salvage
-ship advanced to the rail and trained his
-megaphone in the direction of the other ship.</p>
-
-<p>"Hello! Who are you?" he bellowed,
-slowly and distinctly.</p>
-
-<p>Eagerly the crowd waited. But no reply.
-Again the captain shouted and still no
-response. A third time he shouted, this time
-in an even more imperative tone. And back
-came an answer.</p>
-
-<p>"None of your business who we are. Who
-are you?"</p>
-
-<p>If there had been any suspicion aboard
-the <i>Jules Verne</i> as to the character of the
-other ship, that answer settled it. Whoever
-it was, he was not going to make himself
-known. He was averse to disclosing his
-identity and he wanted no interference, as
-was manifested by his saucy answer.</p>
-
-<p>In reply Captain Austin gave no information
-to disclose his identity either. Instead
-he yelled:</p>
-
-<p>"Never mind who we are. You can find
-out in the morning."</p>
-
-<p>And in that same moment he resolved in
-his mind that he would keep the stranger
-well covered during the night and see that
-no effort was made to escape. Turning from<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[218]</a></span>
-the rail, the captain immediately called his
-executive officer and gave orders for the
-crew to be armed with sidearms, that a sentry
-with a rifle be posted to starboard on the side
-facing the stranger craft, and that a machine
-gun that the <i>Jules Verne</i> carried for just such
-protection as might arise out of an emergency
-of this kind be mounted on the bridge.</p>
-
-<p>"Seymour, I want you to stand close by the
-wireless tonight, for we might want you at
-any time," the captain directed.</p>
-
-<p>Officials of the salvage company had deemed
-it wise to arm the <i>Jules Verne</i>; for, since her
-fame as a salvage ship had gone abroad it was
-possible that pirate ships might lay for her
-and attempt to rob her. The wireless had
-been installed also because virtually all sea-going
-vessels were now so equipped. Larry
-Seymour, who had been with the radio
-service while in the army, had proved an
-ideal man for the post of wireless operator
-on the <i>Jules Verne</i>.</p>
-
-<p>With these preparations complete Captain
-Austin ordered all men below for evening
-mess and called his two special divers, Jay
-Thacker and Dick Monaghan, into his own
-stateroom to have dinner with him. The
-three sat down to eat and were soon engrossed<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[219]</a></span>
-in a deep discussion of the mysterious ship
-that was their neighbor for the night.</p>
-
-<p>"I'll say he has a nasty tongue in his head
-to answer the way he did," said Jay. He was
-ready for a fight; his blood was up.</p>
-
-<p>"Mighty discourteous, to say the least,"
-was the captain's comment.</p>
-
-<p>They were agreed by now that the strange
-craft had come to Martha's Vineyard with some
-design rather than that she had accidentally
-anchored for the night in the vicinity of the
-submerged <i>Dominion</i>. But who she was and
-who was aboard her was more than they could
-surmise. Only daylight would reveal her&mdash;provided
-she stayed that long. What was
-to prevent her slipping away?</p>
-
-<p>"I'll tell you what we'll do"&mdash;&mdash;Jay had
-jumped from the table, overturning a plate
-of food in his excitement.</p>
-
-<p>"I'll go aboard her myself this very night.
-I'll find out who she is and who is aboard her
-and what they are doing. I'll&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
-
-<p>"How will you go aboard her? Row over
-in a small boat and take your chances on being
-shot or done away with by a band of pirates?
-Not if I have anything to say about it," said
-Captain Austin firmly.</p>
-
-<p>But Jay was insistent. Nothing would<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[220]</a></span>
-deter him, he said. He would swim. It was
-the logical thing to do. If the ship were a
-pirate craft they could take measures at once
-to capture her or wireless for help.</p>
-
-<p>"But you would be running quite a risk,"
-offered the captain.</p>
-
-<p>"Nonsense," rattled off Jay. "That would
-be just a lark, and I am more than able to
-take care of myself."</p>
-
-<p>In the end the leader of the salvage crew
-surrendered to his determined diver. It was
-agreed they would wait until ten o'clock
-when all was quiet and that no word should
-be spread among the crew of the <i>Jules Verne</i>.
-So while Captain Austin went off to inspect
-the ship, and in particular the guard whom he
-had posted, Jay repaired to his stateroom
-and stretched out for a little rest. Dick was
-with him and Fismes snoozed near the open
-door.</p>
-
-<p>"How many men do you suppose they have
-on board over there?" queried Dick, pointing
-in the direction of the unknown vessel.</p>
-
-<p>"Goodness only knows; they may have a
-dozen or fifty," said Jay. "She looks like a
-pretty big boat as near as you can size her
-up in the dark. If they came out here after
-any of that gold you can make up your mind<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[221]</a></span>
-they are well equipped to take care of themselves.
-They have enough men to put up a
-good fight and quite likely are as well armed
-if not better than we are."</p>
-
-<p>"What makes you think they are here after
-the <i>Dominion's</i> gold? I thought only a few
-people knew where the liner went down, let
-alone that she carried such wealth," pondered
-Dick.</p>
-
-<p>"True enough," said Jay. "Not many
-people do know where she is. But they could
-find out. You remember that we were out
-here once before on the <i>Dominion</i>. Possibly
-some member of the crew of the <i>Nemo</i> has
-spread the news."</p>
-
-<p>Ten o'clock found Jay ready for the venture.
-He had divested himself of all his
-outer clothing and had resolved to make the
-trip dressed only in a bathing suit. The night
-was warm and the water just the temperature
-for a cool swim. The youth went
-unarmed.</p>
-
-<p>"Just going out to reconnoiter a little bit,"
-he had said. Jay's plan was to get aboard
-the strange craft in some way, look her over
-and report back his observations. What
-they would be he had not the slightest idea.
-His sole intent was to learn something about<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[222]</a></span>
-the unfriendly ship that had refused to
-divulge its identity and to bring back this
-information to the <i>Jules Verne</i>. He resolved
-to go unarmed, deciding not even to carry a
-dirk in his belt, although Dick had suggested
-that for the sake of self-protection in a possible
-surprise attack.</p>
-
-<p>"No, if the worst comes to the worst I'll
-just jump overboard and get back here in a
-jiffy," Jay had said.</p>
-
-<p>Accompanied by his chum, Jay started
-from his stateroom for the bridge, there to
-consult a moment with Captain Austin before
-leaving. On the way the two Brighton boys
-dropped in on Larry Seymour in the wireless
-room just to say "howdy."</p>
-
-<p>"Good enough, fellows," said Larry, as
-the two Brighton boys stepped into the wireless
-station. "I've just been talking with a
-revenue cutter&mdash;the <i>Marblehead</i>. She's
-anchored for the night in a cove about five
-miles around the bend of the coast line from
-us."</p>
-
-<p>"Fine!" exclaimed Jay, as he brought his
-fist down on the table. And then he added:
-"Tell him we might need his services around
-here pretty shortly and to keep a sharp ear
-out for us."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[223]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"I've already done that much," smiled
-back Larry, "and he's so inquisitive he wants
-to know what's up. But I've told him
-nothing more. He knows we are a salvage
-ship and that we are always likely to be
-mixing it up with some highway&mdash;I mean
-high sea&mdash;robber."</p>
-
-<p>"Good work," answered Jay. "And now
-I'm off, fellows."</p>
-
-<p>Jay ran off for a moment to speak to Captain
-Austin and then came back to the rail,
-where Dick and Larry awaited him.</p>
-
-<p>"You all right, chum?" queried Dick
-anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>"Never felt better in my life," the other
-answered. And then they shook hands all
-around.</p>
-
-<p>Jay waved a farewell and went over the
-side on a tie rope. Soundlessly he slipped
-into the water and straightway began to
-swim. He had laid his course several times
-during the evening and found it easy going
-because the strange craft had dim lights
-forward and aft. Jay's target lay directly
-between.</p>
-
-<p>Accustomed to the water, a stout swimmer
-and in the best of condition, he made rapid
-progress. The youth's chief concern was to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[224]</a></span>
-make no noise. By no means must he make
-the slightest sound that would betray his
-approach to any who might be watching
-aboard the mystery ship. That some one
-or perhaps many were on guard Jay felt only
-too sure.</p>
-
-<p>Here was a sure enough adventure! He
-prided himself on the exploit. It was just
-what suited his daring nature. Like Bainbridge
-in the harbor at Tripoli, or Hobson at
-Santiago! Jay remembered American naval
-heroes who had performed spectacularly and
-bravely for their country.</p>
-
-<p>"This may not be war, but it's good live
-stuff all right!" He chuckled to himself as
-he swam stealthily along in the water, conserving
-his energy in every possible way and
-aiming true to his target.</p>
-
-<p>Presently he came close up to the craft.
-Yes, she was a palatial auxiliary, just as
-Captain Austin had divined. Her sails were
-furled by now and she was wrapped in a
-mantle of darkness save for her signal lights
-and a solitary light that twinkled from the
-cabin ports well forward.</p>
-
-<p>Jay swam closer. He was swimming slowly
-with only his face out of water. What was
-that just over the rail on a line with the main
-mast? The youth turned smoothly on his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[225]</a></span>
-back and lay looking up on the deck of the
-stranger craft. It was a guard! Jay could
-see faintly the glow of a cigar and a moment
-later heard the man clear his throat!</p>
-
-<p>Immediately the Brighton youth swam in
-close to the side of the vessel. There was
-less chance of being seen. Quietly he set
-his course toward the bow. Likely the guard
-was only to starboard since that side was next
-the <i>Jules Verne</i> in the near distance. Jay
-resolved to go around to the port side and
-take his chances there on getting aboard.</p>
-
-<p>Accordingly, he swam quietly forward and
-slipped around the bow of the mystery ship,
-sliding in under her taut anchor chain. Once
-on the port quarter, Jay worked his way
-rapidly along looking for a line that might
-lead aboard the vessel. What was his great
-joy to find a rope ladder fully extended and
-firmly held above.</p>
-
-<p>It was only the work of a minute to draw
-himself up, round over round. At the rail
-he paused and surveyed the deck in both
-directions. No one was in sight. Only from
-the cabin forward came a murmur of voices.
-The guard&mdash;if there was one&mdash;was to the far
-side and apparently in ignorance of the fact
-that a boarder had come over the side.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[226]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Jay's mission was to find out something of
-the craft and her crew. He resolved first to
-take a peep into that lighted cabin. Forthwith
-he directed his course in that direction,
-keeping a sharp lookout on either side of him.
-His presence so far was undiscovered.</p>
-
-<p>In a few seconds he had arrived by the
-nearest port. Now he must be careful,
-indeed. Inch by inch he moved his head
-along until one eye gazed through the glass.
-And what a sight!</p>
-
-<p>There in the cabin sat three men around a
-table. Upon the table were laid a number
-of bars of shining metal. Gold&mdash;the bullion,
-at least a portion of it, from the <i>Dominion</i>!</p>
-
-<p>The lad gasped. Here were pirates who
-had discovered the <i>Dominion</i> and salvaged
-some of her precious stores. But who were
-these men? Jay could see the faces of two
-of them. They were unfamiliar faces to him.
-The third sat with his back to the Brighton
-youth. But there was something about the
-shape of the head, the contour of the shoulders
-and the general physical build that was
-familiar.</p>
-
-<p>Who was he?</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[227]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER XX
-<span class="ch">The Treasure Reclaimed</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">JUST then one of the trio stirred at the
-table and Jay drew back hurriedly lest
-his presence be noted. At the same time
-the Brighton lad heard the guard moving on
-the other side of the ship. It was time to
-get out of here. And why not? He had
-seen enough to acquaint him with the fact
-that whoever these men were aboard this
-palatial craft, they were pirates bold who had
-filched from the <i>Dominion</i> some of her gold
-bullion.</p>
-
-<p>The lad hesitated not a moment, but quickly
-ran back over the deck to the rope ladder
-and as deftly lowered over the side. He had
-come aboard all unsuspected and undetected.
-Now he would hasten back to the <i>Jules Verne</i>
-and tell Captain Austin all that he had seen.
-It would be up to the chief officer of the
-salvage ship to say what next should be done.</p>
-
-<p>"They must not get away at all hazards,"
-Jay told himself. He hated to go, for his
-own disposition was to confront these chaps<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[228]</a></span>
-and demand of them by what right they
-had helped themselves to the gold that reposed
-here in American waters where only qualified
-agents could search it out. But that, of
-course, would have been foolhardy. The
-only thing to do was to get back to the <i>Jules
-Verne</i> and report his find.</p>
-
-<p>The trip back was as easily negotiated as
-the trip over. The distance was short, not
-more than two hundred yards at most, and
-the athletic diver found himself still strong
-and sturdy as he came alongside the <i>Jules
-Verne</i>. A low soft whistle brought Dick to
-the rail in a hurry.</p>
-
-<p>"That you, Jay?" came the friendly challenge.
-To which Jay replied affirmatively,
-and was quickly drawn aboard by the eager
-hands of his friends.</p>
-
-<p>"What luck?" asked Captain Austin, who
-came up on the <i>qui vive</i>.</p>
-
-<p>Jay motioned them all into his stateroom
-and there, while Dick and Larry rubbed him
-down and helped him into his clothes, Jay
-told the whole story as rapidly as he could.
-Captain Austin, Dick, Larry and Jay&mdash;these
-composed the group&mdash;with the addition of
-Fismes, who was snoring in one corner. Wide-eyed,
-they sat hearing the whole narrative.
-Patiently they heard him through.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[229]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"Did you recognize any of them at all?"
-asked Captain Austin.</p>
-
-<p>"No, not one, except that one looked
-familiar," replied Jay. And then, in explicit
-detail, he told of him who seemed to be the
-leader of the trio in the cabin, who sat with
-his back turned.</p>
-
-<p>"I could not get a look at his face, but he
-looked familiar to me and I've been trying to
-place him in my memory," added the youth.</p>
-
-<p>After deliberating for a time Captain Austin
-decided to get in touch with the revenue
-cutter <i>Marblehead</i> and tell them the whole
-story. If the pirates decided to slip away in
-the night the slow-going <i>Jules Verne</i> with her
-diving bell, the <i>Nautilus</i>, could not pursue.
-But the fast little revenue cutter could overhaul
-them in a hurry.</p>
-
-<p>Consequently, Larry Seymour repaired at
-once to the wireless room and in a few minutes
-was telling the whole story to the <i>Marblehead</i>.
-For some time the wireless spat its messages
-into the ether and then subsided as its receiver
-got busy. Larry was transcribing the
-messages.</p>
-
-<p>"Captain Fowler, of the <i>Marblehead</i>, says
-he will move up closer to us," said Larry.
-"He wants us to keep a sharp lookout during<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[230]</a></span>
-the night and apprise them of the slightest
-movement aboard the pirate ship. If they
-move at all the <i>Marblehead</i> will charge down
-upon them. Captain Fowler proposes to go
-aboard at daybreak and find out who they
-are and by what authority they come taking
-the gold from the <i>Dominion</i>."</p>
-
-<p>"Tell him O. K. and to keep his wireless
-receiver constantly on the alert," replied
-Captain Austin.</p>
-
-<p>In the meantime extra precautions were
-taken to guard the pirates. An additional
-guard was posted and both the powerful
-searchlight and the machine gun on the bridge
-of the <i>Jules Verne</i> were inspected to see that
-they were in prime condition.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin told Jay and Dick to turn
-in; that he would call them on the slightest
-provocation that their services were needed.
-Jay, although a bit fatigued by his swim, was
-for remaining up, but listened to the counsel
-of his chum, and together they withdrew to
-their stateroom.</p>
-
-<p>"Might as well rest a bit, for there is bound
-to be some excitement in the morning,"
-advised Dick.</p>
-
-<p>So they repaired to the quiet of their own
-stateroom and with light extinguished lay in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[231]</a></span>
-their bunks enjoying the cool night air that
-was such a relief after the heat of the day.
-From the corner came the gentle snores of
-Fismes, who was curled up fast asleep and
-entirely oblivious of the stirring events the
-morrow might hold for his masters. And
-pretty soon Jay and Dick, who had talked
-for a long time there in the darkness of their
-quarters fronting on the water about amidships,
-lapsed into slumber.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>It was Dick who was first roused by a slight
-noise outside the stateroom. Was he dreaming,
-or had he heard a slight movement? The
-youth stirred and raised himself on one elbow.
-Did he imagine it, or was that the figure of a
-man&mdash;a head silhouetted through the stateroom
-window against the starry sky background?
-He was minded on the moment to
-cry out, demanding who was there. But he
-kept silence.</p>
-
-<p>Reaching quietly under his pillow he was
-a bit dismayed to find his revolver not there
-where he expected it. Then he remembered;
-he had left it on the table. But he could not
-reach it without getting out of his bunk. Jay
-was still asleep.</p>
-
-<p>How about Fismes? Funny the dog wouldn't<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[232]</a></span>
-be awake if some one was there. Dick listened
-but could hear no gentle snore that would
-indicate the dog was there as usual. Possibly
-Fismes had gone out on deck or below. The
-animal would prowl about at times.</p>
-
-<p>Just then there was a slight stir again at
-the window. This time there was no mistake&mdash;some
-one was there. What Dick had
-thought was a head moved slightly. And then
-through the open door of the stateroom
-appeared in firm outline the form of a man&mdash;a
-huge hulk of a figure!</p>
-
-<p>And then Dick did a funny thing. The
-best course was to have kept silence until the
-figure moved on. Then the Brighton youth
-could have slipped out of bed, grabbed his
-revolver and followed on. But he was not
-sure in his drowsy condition whether it was
-really a man, and whether it was friend or
-enemy. It might be only the guard on patrol.</p>
-
-<p>At any rate, Dick sat up in bed, reached
-for the electric light and snapped on the light.
-Instantly the intruder, who had been going
-by the door, swung on his heel and thrust a
-revolver through the open door.</p>
-
-<p>"Not a word, or I'll blow your brains out,"
-snapped the visitor.</p>
-
-<p>Awakening with a start, Jay jumped up in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[233]</a></span>
-bed. The newcomer at once swung his
-revolver to cover him.</p>
-
-<p>"Throw up your hands, and don't say a
-word," came the command. "If either of
-you speak, it means death. Not only to you,
-but to everybody on board. One sound and
-I'll blow this"&mdash;he indicated a whistle tied
-around his neck on a cord. "Your old boat is
-well covered from the little ship over yonder.
-We can blow you out of the water with one
-little broadside and the world will never know
-what became of you."</p>
-
-<p>"Who are you?" demanded Jay as he sat
-on the edge of his bunk with both hands up.
-The youth was thinking rapidly. What
-could he do, though, in the face of that ugly
-looking revolver?</p>
-
-<p>"Never mind who I am," came the reply.
-"Your game is up. We have cleaned out the
-<i>Dominion</i> of all her gold. Our ship is on
-the move now. You will never know us nor
-catch up to us. A little swim for me and then
-into a fast motor launch that will take me
-safely aboard my own ship. Do you get me?
-The jig is up. You have come too late. The
-<i>Dominion</i> has been cleaned as clean as a
-whistle. Haw! Haw!"</p>
-
-<p>He laughed softly. That laugh! Where<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[234]</a></span>
-had Jay and Dick heard it before? Somewhere&mdash;this
-man&mdash;&mdash;</p>
-
-<p>They were both stirred by a quick command
-from their visitor.</p>
-
-<p>"I'll trouble you for the key to your stateroom,"
-he was saying. "I'll have to lock you
-both in until I get safely away. Come across,
-quick."</p>
-
-<p>Jay was inclined to parley, hoping to engage
-the fellow until help came.</p>
-
-<p>"Don't imagine it is so soft for you," he
-sneered. "Just off the cove here lies a U. S.
-revenue cutter. They know all about you.
-I was aboard you myself to-night and saw
-you getting your treasure together in the
-cabin. We are equipped with wireless and
-we have the revenue cutter <i>Marblehead</i> right
-outside here waiting for you. You'll never
-get away."</p>
-
-<p>The muscles of the intruder's face contracted
-at that, and his eyes bulged a bit at
-Jay's startling declaration. And then his
-finger sought the trigger of the revolver.</p>
-
-<p>"If it were not for stirring up a fuss I'd
-plug you both full of lead before I leave,"
-hissed the figure in the doorway. "As it is,
-you'll either give me the key to your stateroom
-immediately or I'll shoot you both and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[235]</a></span>
-then take my chances on getting away. Come
-along smart now or I'll bore you both through
-with this shooter."</p>
-
-<p>And he took a new grip on the revolver as
-he stepped menacingly forward.</p>
-
-<p>But just then came an ominous growl on
-deck just outside the stateroom. It disconcerted
-the intruder for a second and he turned
-his head slightly as there came another growl.
-In that instant Dick leaped for his own
-revolver as the lean figure of a stalwart hound
-dog leaped through the air, launched fully and
-fairly upon the giant in the doorway.</p>
-
-<p>"Fismes!" yelled Jay. "Get him! Get
-him!"</p>
-
-<p>It needed no direction to tell this dog what
-to do. With a malignant howl of hatred the
-huge war dog dove for the body of the visitor
-and sank his teeth in the flesh of the thigh.
-Bang! went the revolver, but taken off his
-balance by the unexpected flank attack, the
-intruder shot harmlessly over the head of the
-boys in the stateroom. At the same moment
-Jay hurled himself in a flying tackle just as he
-had flung himself at many a foe on the gridiron
-at Brighton.</p>
-
-<p>Down went the pirate leader. Jay's lightning-like
-tackle cut both feet from under him.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[236]</a></span>
-Before he could shoot again Dick leaped upon
-him and wrested the revolver from his hand.
-Against the infuriated dog and the combined
-attack of two such sturdy youths as Jay
-Thacker and Dick Monaghan he was outclassed.
-The struggle was short and in the
-end the prowling visitor lay panting and
-helpless.</p>
-
-<p>Outside came the tramp of many feet and
-then the face of Captain Austin, Larry Seymour
-and others of the crew who had heard
-the shot and had been attracted by the commotion.</p>
-
-<p>"What have we here?" demanded Austin
-heatedly as he bent over the confused mass
-of dog and men. It took only a glance to
-show what had happened. Some one had
-come slyly aboard the <i>Jules Verne</i> and had
-been trapped in the stateroom of the Brighton
-boys.</p>
-
-<p>Jay and Dick struggled to their feet, relaxing
-their hold now that help had arrived in overwhelming
-numbers. But not so the dog.
-Fismes held on as though his life depended on
-it. With difficulty his masters succeeded in
-getting him to let go the figure on the floor.</p>
-
-<p>"Quick, captain," shouted Jay. "The
-pirate ship over there is making ready to get<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[237]</a></span>
-away. This chap came aboard here to see
-who we were and to pay his compliments with
-a bomb before he left. Quick! notify the
-<i>Marblehead</i>."</p>
-
-<p>Like a flash Larry was away to the wireless
-to call the revenue cutter. Order followed
-order as other members of the crew sprang
-to the searchlight and turned its blazing rays
-on the pirate craft. Others manned the
-machine gun and stood by awaiting the order
-to fire in case the ship so close by attempted
-to move.</p>
-
-<p>"Zzz-t-t-ttt!" the wireless snapped out its
-radio call. Then the key was closed awaiting
-the answer.</p>
-
-<p>"<i>Marblehead</i> half a mile away only," reported
-Larry as he came dashing back to the
-stateroom. "She has seen our light and
-knows right where we are. She has two
-boatloads of armed men on the way now to
-take the pirates in tow."</p>
-
-<p>The figure on the floor stirred uneasily, torn
-between the hurt of the wound where the dog
-had sunk his sharp teeth into the flesh and
-the despair of knowing that the game was
-all up.</p>
-
-<p>"Get up until we can take a look at you,"
-commanded Captain Austin as he turned to
-the prisoner.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[238]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Slowly the latter struggled to his feet. All
-eyes were on him. Who was he?</p>
-
-<p>Captain Austin turned the fellow with his
-face full to the light. He moved closer and
-gazed intently for a moment.</p>
-
-<p>"Don't think you can fool me, you rascal.
-Don't think I can't see through that disguise.
-You have grown beard and moustache since
-last we saw you. But I know you; and so
-do these boys. Take a good look at him,
-fellows&mdash;don't you recognize him?"</p>
-
-<p>"Carl Weddigen!" gasped the boys almost
-in unison.</p>
-
-<p>"Just who he is!" affirmed Captain Austin.
-"And believe me, he'll not get away this time."</p>
-
-<p>They were fastening handcuffs on the prisoner
-when the sound of rifle fire across the
-water indicated the men of the revenue cutter
-were boarding the pirate.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[239]</a></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<h2 class="nobreak large">CHAPTER XXI
-<span class="ch">Back to Brighton</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-
-<p class="drop-cap">SEVERAL days had elapsed since the
-capture of the mysterious pirate ship
-and her motley crew. The <i>Jules Verne</i>
-had remained on the job at Martha's Vineyard
-while her divers carefully combed the
-interior of the old sunken British liner
-<i>Dominion</i> to find whether any of the gold
-bullion still remained in her hold. Relentless
-search, however, had disclosed no more
-of the precious booty&mdash;all of it had been
-ferreted out by the arch-conspirator, Carl
-Weddigen, diver extraordinary, adventurer,
-spy and piratical chief. But all of it in turn
-had been reclaimed from the interior of the
-<i>Monterey</i>, the fast auxiliary that Weddigen
-had commanded.</p>
-
-<p>The fight on the <i>Monterey</i> had been short
-and sweet. Taken unexpectedly by the surprise
-attack of Captain Fowler and his men
-from the U. S. revenue cutter <i>Marblehead</i>, the
-men of the <i>Monterey</i>, deprived of the leadership
-of Weddigen, who was a captive on the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[240]</a></span>
-<i>Jules Verne</i>, had given up at the first show of
-strength on the part of the government forces.
-Two huge motor launches, armed with two-pounders
-and machine guns, had come swooping
-down upon the <i>Monterey</i>. Although the
-crew of the <i>Monterey</i> were well armed with
-modern rifles and ammunition, they had
-hastily thrown down their arms at the first
-withering fire from the launches of the <i>Marblehead</i>.
-This fire had swept the decks of the
-pirate craft, killing two of her crew and wounding
-others.</p>
-
-<p>Immediately the <i>Monterey</i> had been searched.
-Just as Jay Thacker, diver aboard the <i>Jules
-Verne</i>, had related to Captain Austin and to
-Captain Fowler, of the <i>Marblehead</i>, the gold
-bars&mdash;a dozen and more crates of them&mdash;had
-been found aboard the pirate craft. Thousands
-of dollars' worth of precious metal that
-would have been spirited off by Weddigen
-and his crew unless the resourceful salvagers
-from Bridgeford had intervened.</p>
-
-<p>"Lucky thing you called us in time," Captain
-Fowler declared.</p>
-
-<p>"Yes, and a lucky thing you were near,"
-said Captain Austin. Which was true, indeed,
-considering that the <i>Jules Verne</i> and her crew
-could hardly have hoped to prevent the
-escape of the pirates.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[241]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>And then came the unfolding of the story
-of Carl Weddigen. Yes, it was Carl himself;
-the same ingenious plotter who had first
-entered the service of the Bridgeford Salvage
-Company with the idea of gaining information
-as to where treasure ships were submerged;
-the same intriguer who had hoped to profit
-through his own thefts while ostensibly working
-for Superintendent Brown and Captain
-Austin; the same despicable traitor who had
-been thwarted in the act of stealing valued
-U. S. Government plans taken from the lost
-U-boat at Cape May.</p>
-
-<p>Carefully and noting every particular, Captain
-Fowler, who was in fact a policeman of
-the high seas, had heard from Captain Austin,
-and from his star divers, Jay Thacker and
-Dick Monaghan, the whole story of Carl
-Weddigen. The Brighton boys started with
-their first encounter with Carl in the plant of
-the Bridgeford Company. They told of the
-first experience on the <i>Dominion</i> when Carl
-had been discovered in the act of secreting
-diamonds in his diving suit, and how he
-was compelled to disgorge through the
-craftiness of Larry Seymour. The affair
-off Cape May was related, and this was
-the most damaging evidence, for it proved<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[242]</a></span>
-the fellow an enemy of the United States
-Government.</p>
-
-<p>"It surely will go hard with this chap after
-we turn him over to the Department of Justice
-at Washington," Captain Fowler had ventured
-in an opinion on the future status of
-the prisoner. For Carl was now a prisoner
-aboard the <i>Marblehead</i>, closely confined under
-constant guard in such a way that he could
-not possibly escape.</p>
-
-<p>At first Weddigen had been sullen and close-mouthed.
-Repeated efforts to get him to
-tell his story had failed; how he had fitted out
-his pirate craft, where he had got the speedy
-little vessel, and how he had shipped his crew;
-and, finally, how he had cleaned out the
-<i>Dominion</i>. But now that he had come to
-realize that he was literally "up against it"
-and that he was to be delivered over to the
-United States Government to face a court trial
-and possible death for espionage and high
-crimes against the government, to say nothing
-of his plots against the lives of the men of
-the <i>Jules Verne</i>, the German prisoner had
-decided to tell his own story in the hope that
-it might in some way mitigate the whole case
-against him.</p>
-
-<p>And this was the story he had told: Following<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[243]</a></span>
-his escape from the Navy Yard at Boston
-after the Cape May affair he had shipped
-aboard a coastwise trader bound that same
-day for Rio Janeiro. Going down the coast
-he had ingratiated himself in the favor of
-members of the crew by rescuing one of their
-number who had gone overboard in a terrific
-midsummer storm. The crew, most of them
-Latin-Americans, had acclaimed Weddigen
-their hero, and he at once assumed leadership
-among them. One night he had confided to
-some of them the story of the <i>Dominion</i> and
-the gold bullion that still remained to be
-taken from her hold. In awe and in envy
-they had listened to the story. Their own
-greed aroused, they had proved willing converts
-to a plan to fit out an expedition and
-go after the treasure.</p>
-
-<p>On the day that the Brazilian merchantman
-had touched at Vera Cruz for fresh
-supplies the little band under Weddigen
-deserted their ship and took refuge in the
-Mexican city. From there they had worked
-their way into the Tampico oil field region
-and one night stole the handsome new twin-screw
-auxiliary <i>Monterey</i>, the property of a
-wealthy American oil magnate. Joined by
-other confederates whom they had recruited<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[244]</a></span>
-among Mexican refugees and bandits, the
-little party of adventurers had worked their
-way out of the Tampico River into the Gulf
-of Mexico, and thence up the Atlantic coast
-to the little cove where the <i>Dominion</i> had
-run aground, and where Weddigen had seen
-enough while employed by the Bridgeford
-Salvage Company to satisfy him that the
-desperate effort in quest of the hidden treasure
-would be well worth the effort, provided he
-was successful. From a point near the scene
-of operations the crafty skipper of the <i>Monterey</i>
-had sent several of his crew ashore in a
-powerful launch to bargain in a New England
-seafaring town for a diver's modern outfit.</p>
-
-<p>Uninterrupted in their quiet retreat, the
-German and his Latin-American crew had
-worked steadily in the reclamation of the gold
-bullion in the hulk of the <i>Dominion</i>. Weddigen
-had found among his crew one who
-had had experience as a diver in the West
-Indies, and they had worked in relays. Just
-when they had completed their enormous
-haul, on the very evening that the <i>Jules Verne</i>
-had arrived, the pirates had completed rifling
-the treasure ship. They had expected to sail
-the following morning early for a South
-American port, there to make away with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[245]</a></span>
-their loot and dispose of their stolen ship.
-Weddigen had seen the <i>Jules Verne</i> from his
-vantage point within the cove long before
-Captain Austin and his men knew of the
-presence of another craft at the old anchorage.
-But he had decided to wait until after midnight
-and make a run for it in the darkness.
-He had refused to answer the challenge of
-Captain Austin, although he recognized the
-voice of that official, hoping against hope he
-might get away unrecognized.</p>
-
-<p>Finally, when pressed for an explanation
-as to why he had foolishly gone aboard the
-<i>Jules Verne</i> in the early morning hours and
-thus risked his chances of getting away at all
-by putting himself in the way of capture,
-Weddigen brazenly admitted he carried a
-powerful bomb with which he hoped to sink
-the salvage ship and her crew before they
-could sound an alarm. But in this he had
-been thwarted just as he was ready to set
-the bomb and leave the <i>Jules Verne</i>. Loudly
-the pirate chief had cursed the war dog
-Fismes and the two Brighton youths who, he
-said, had been his nemeses from the very
-first day he had met them.</p>
-
-<p>"Luckily for the United States Government
-and all parties concerned with the ownership<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[246]</a></span>
-of this gold bullion, there are such brave
-youths as Mr. Thacker and Mr. Monaghan,"
-the revenue cutter captain told him.</p>
-
-<p>Thus had been accomplished the undoing
-of Carl Weddigen. Now he was headed for
-prison and a trial where he would have to
-answer for all his crimes. The gold bullion
-from the <i>Dominion</i> had been transferred from
-the <i>Monterey</i> to the <i>Jules Verne</i>. Taking the
-<i>Monterey</i> in tow, the <i>Marblehead</i> left on the
-afternoon of the second day for Boston, while
-the <i>Jules Verne</i> put back to Bridgeford.</p>
-
-<p>On the deck of the latter, as the <i>Marblehead</i>
-drew away from the cove in Martha's Vineyard,
-stood two stalwart youths who had
-played a stirring part in the drama that had
-been staged. By their side sat a lean hound
-with silken ears well set up and a silver-plated
-collar that reflected the afternoon sun
-with brilliant shafts of light.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, how do you like Treasure Cove, old
-pal?" asked Dick of his chum. Treasure
-Cove was the name they had dubbed the
-inlet and bar where the <i>Dominion</i> had gone
-ashore during war days.</p>
-
-<p>"Fine, indeed," laughed Jay. "Even
-though I nearly lost my life here earlier in
-the summer."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[247]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"And even though we both have been
-having a nice little party with lots of gun
-play these last few days," facetiously added
-Dick.</p>
-
-<p>"One thing about it&mdash;Weddigen saved us
-all the work of digging up this gold out of
-the <i>Dominion</i>," said Dick, with a whimsical
-smile.</p>
-
-<p>"And came near blowing us all to kingdom
-come&mdash;would have done it sure as guns but
-for Fismes here, who saved the day." Jay
-took the nose of the big pet in his hands and
-rubbed the dog's forehead while the animal
-grunted in appreciation.</p>
-
-<p>They discussed Weddigen again and agreed
-he was just about the toughest customer they
-had ever encountered. It was a satisfaction
-to them to know that he had been apprehended,
-and that they had played a signal
-part in bringing him to bay.</p>
-
-<p>After a time Jay said:</p>
-
-<p>"Well, it's been a pretty nice summer after
-all, hasn't it?"</p>
-
-<p>Dick shook his head in emphatic approval.
-He wouldn't have missed it for all the world,
-he added.</p>
-
-<p>"And likely to prove a very profitable
-summer." This came from another voice
-near at hand.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[248]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>The Brighton boys turned to greet their
-captain.</p>
-
-<p>"Likely to net you chaps a handsome
-profit, indeed, after all this Treasure Cove
-fight heaped up on top of your various other
-exploits. I'll wager you it's a young fortune
-you draw down at Bridgeford before you go
-back to school."</p>
-
-<p>"Perhaps more than we deserve," offered
-Jay.</p>
-
-<p>"More than you deserve?" Captain Austin's
-voice rose to a high pitch. "You chaps
-surely merit every single dollar that will be
-paid to you. And it will be a good roll, my
-boys. Just think of it. First of all, you
-have the thousand dollars each that were
-voted you by President Walter, of the Salvage
-Company. Now you get a bonus on all the
-treasure that we have reclaimed in addition
-to the wage scale agreed upon in your contract.
-On top of this is still another item."</p>
-
-<p>Both boys looked up.</p>
-
-<p>"Don't forget that the United States Government
-offered a prize for the capture of Carl
-Weddigen."</p>
-
-<p>"But we didn't capture Weddigen&mdash;it was
-Fismes," protested Jay in happy vein.</p>
-
-<p>"All right then, have it your own way;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[249]</a></span>
-Fismes gets the prize money from Uncle
-Sam," laughed Captain Austin.</p>
-
-<p>Arm in arm, the trio retreated from the
-deck of the <i>Jules Verne</i> in quest of one good
-square meal and a full night's sleep after
-nearly a week of the merriest kind of adventure&mdash;actors
-in a great game of treasure
-hunting. Out on deck a brown-haired police
-dog stretched himself luxuriously and nestled
-his jaw into the embrace of two paws crossed
-scissor-like.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>In September, on a morning that dawned
-in full autumnal splendor, two young men
-stood on the station platform at Bridgeford
-awaiting a train bound for New York. With
-them were many friends, young and old,
-including officials and employes from the big
-shipbuilding yard. They had come to wish
-a farewell to these two youths bound for
-Winchester and the opening of the new school
-year at Brighton Academy.</p>
-
-<p>In the pocket of each youth reposed a bank
-book showing healthy deposits to their credit.
-More than six thousand dollars each in the
-name of Jay Thacker and Richard Monaghan&mdash;this
-from the Bridgeford Salvage Company
-for the splendid work the young divers had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[250]</a></span>
-done throughout the summer! Enough to
-carry each young man through preparatory
-school and on into college!</p>
-
-<p>"But those friendships are not counted in
-terms of dollars and cents, are they, chum?"
-said Dick Monaghan, with just a trace of a
-lump in his throat as he indicated the group
-of friends on the station platform. The train
-was moving out. Larry Seymour&mdash;good old
-Larry&mdash;had staged the farewell.</p>
-
-<p>It might have been a cinder in Jay's eye;
-at any rate, he was blinking hard as the train
-gathered speed.</p>
-
-<p>"You said a whole heaping mouthful that
-time," replied Jay, trying to laugh off the
-flood of emotion that welled up in him.</p>
-
-<p>Up in the baggage coach ahead, a skinny
-brown hound, accustomed to making the best
-of every situation, winked at the baggage
-agent and curled himself up for a snooze
-and a dream of the new life to come at
-Brighton Academy.</p>
-
-
-<p class="p2 center">THE END</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Brighton Boys in the Submarine
-Treasure Ship, by Lieutenant James R. Driscoll
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BRIGHTON BOYS ***
-
-***** This file should be named 54364-h.htm or 54364-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/3/6/54364/
-
-Produced by David Edwards, Ralph and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (Images courtesy
-of the Digital Library@Villanova University
-(http://digital.library.villanova.edu/))
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
-will be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
-permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
-rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
-research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
-redistribution.
-
-
-
-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
-http://gutenberg.org/license).
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
-collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
-are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
-the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
-copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
-or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
-form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
-that
-
-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
- owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
- has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
- must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
- prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
- returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
- sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
- address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
- the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or
- destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
- and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
- Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
- money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
- of receipt of the work.
-
-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
-collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
-your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
-and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
-http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
-809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
-business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
-information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
-page at http://pglaf.org
-
-For additional contact information:
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
-particular state visit http://pglaf.org
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
-To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
-unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-</pre>
-
-</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/old/54364-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/54364-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f944925..0000000
--- a/old/54364-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/54364-h/images/frontis.jpg b/old/54364-h/images/frontis.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 605601a..0000000
--- a/old/54364-h/images/frontis.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ